Skip to main content

Full text of "Zoological lectures delivered at the Royal Institution"

See other formats


I 

I 


ZOOLOGICAL  LECTURES  . 


GEORGE  SHA>OLDJKK.S.*V 


from  the  firft  Authorities  and  most  select  8p«vimriis 

'/  r'       y 


»  '/////^//v  ''/  /'  /""  ''/"'//'/  r' 


GRIFFITH. 


Loio>o  N 

tor  c  Kear«ley  Kl.-ct 
I8O9. 


ZOOLOGICAL  LECTURES 


DELIVERED  AT  THE 


ROYAL  INSTITUTION 


IN  THE  YEARS 


1806     AND     1807, 


BY 


GEORGE  SHAW,  M.D.F.R.S. 

&c.  &c. 


VOL.  r. 


LONDON: 

PRINTED    TOR   GdORGE   KEARSLEY,    FLBBT-SRTEET } 
BY  THOMAS  DAVISON,  WHITXFRIARI. 

1809. 


ADVERTISEMENT. 


JL  HE  present  short  course  of  Lectures  is  by  no 
means  intended  as  a  deeply  scientific  and  ela- 
borate series  of  zoological  disquisitions,  but  may 
rather  be  termed,  in  the  words  of  Sir  Kenelm 
Digby,  "  a  familiar  discourse  with  Lady-Audi- 
tors." The  general  tenor  of  the  explanations  is 
purposely  conducted  with  as  little  appearance  of 
the  parade  of  technical  terms  as  possible  ;  and  the 
reader  must  not  expect  to  find  any  long  disserta- 
tions relative  to  the  nature  of  animal  life,  any  very 
minute  observations  relative  to  the  classification 
of  the  animal  kingdom,  and  still  less  any  quota- 
tions from  Aristotle  in  order  to  prove  that  "  a  man 
hath  ten  toes  *  j"  but  the  whole  is  merely  intend 

*  Grew,  Mu«.  Reg.  Soc. 


ADVERTISEMENT. 

ed  as  a  plain  illustration  of  the  animal  world  ac- 
cording to  the  Linnaean  mode  of  arrangement, 
with  some  occasional  deviations  and  transpositions. 

It  should  be  added,  that  these  Lectures  were 
accompanied  by  a  very  numerous  collection  of  en- 
gravings, drawings,  &c.  in  order  to  elucidate  the 
respective  subjects;  and,  wherever  circumstances 
rendered  their  introduction  possible,  by  preserved 
as  well  as  living  specimens  of  the  animals  them- 
selves. 


British  Museum, 
May  30, 1808. 


The  reader  is  requested  to  pay  particular  attention  to 
the  list  of  Errata,  and  to  cast  his  ei/es  on  the  Notes  and 
Illustrations. 


SYLLABUS  OF  LECTURES. 
VOL.  I. 

LECTURE  I. 

INTRODUCTION.  General  description  of  the  Animal  King- 
dom, according  to  different  authors.  Lin  mean  ar- 
rangement. Union  of  animal  and  vegetable  life  in 
Zoophytes,  and  particularly  in  Polypes.  General  de- 
scription of  Polypes. 

LECTURE  II. 

Linrucan  arrangement  of  MAMMALIA  or  viviparous  Qua- 
drupeds. Order  Primates,  comprehending  the  Apes, 
Macaucos,  and  Bats.  Vampyres.  Order  Bruta.  Bra- 
dypus  or  Sloth.  Fossil  skeleton,  supposed  to  be  allied 
to  this  latter  genus. 

LECTURE  III. 

Continuation  of  Linnaean  Mammalia.  Genera  of  Da- 
sypus  or  Armadillo,  Munis  or  Pangolin,  Myrmeco- 


SYLLABUS. 

phaga  or  Ant-Eater,  Platypus  or  Duckbill.  Order 
Ferte.  Canis  or  Dog,  Felis  or  Cat,  Viverra  or  Wee- 
sel.  Didelphis  or  Opossum,  Macropus  or  Kanguroo. 
Order  Glires.  Hystrix  or  Porcupine,  Castor  or  Bea- 
ver, Arctomys  or  Marmot,  Lepus  or  Hare,  Sciurus  or 
Squirrel,  Mus  or  Mouse,  Dipus  or  Jerboa. 

LECTURE  IV. 

Continuation  of  Linnsean  Mammalia.  Elephant.  Mam- 
moth. Order  Pecora.  Giraffa  or  Camelopard,  Cer 
vus  or  Deer,  Bos  or  Ox,  Camelus  or  Camel,  Moschui 
or  Musk,  Antilope  or  Antelope,  Ovis  or  Sheep,  Capra 
or  Goat.  Order  Belluts.  Equus  or  Horse,  Hippopota- 
mus, Rhinoceros,  Tapir,  Sus  or  Hog.  Pinnated  Mam- 
malia. Phoca  or  Seal.  Trichechus  or  Walruss. 
Whales.  General  History  of  the  different  genera  and 
species  of  ditto. 

LECTURE  V. 

BIRDS.  General  description  of  the  anatomy  of.  Linnaean 
division  of.  Order  Accipitres.  Vultures,  Eagles,  Owls. 
Order  Pica.  Hornbills,  Toucans,  Parrots,  Wood- 
peckers, Paradise-Birds,  Kingfishers,  Cuckows,  and 
Hununing-Birds. 


SYLLABUS. 

1    KCTURE  VI. 

Continuation  of  Birds.  Order  Passcrcs.  Pigeons,  Thrushe*, 
Chan,  in  •>,  GrnNln-aks,  Tim  k  and  Slcnder-Billed Small- 
Birds.  Nightingale,  Taylor-Bird,  Titmice,  Swallows, 
and  Goatsuckers.  Order  Gallin*.  Pheasants,  Turkey, 
Partridge,  Dodo,  Peacock.  Ostrich.  Cassowary. 
Bustard.  Order  G rathe.  Jabirus,  Herons,  Storks, 
Bitterns.  Ibis,  Scarlet  ditto,  Egyptian  ditto,  Curlew. 
Jacana.  Trumpeter.  Spoonbill.  Snipes  and  Plo- 
vers. Flamingo.  Order  Anseres.  Swan.  Supposed 
song  of.  Black  Swan.  Pelican.  Corvorant.  Pen- 
guins. Albatross.  Tropic-Bird. 


VOL.  II. 

LECTURE  VII. 

I.miuvan  AMPHIBIA.  General  description  of.  Genus 
Testudo  or  Tortoise,  different  species  of.  Genus 
Rana  or  Frog,  different  species  of.  Genus  Lacerta  or 
Lizard,  different  species  of.  Crocodiles,  viz.  Indian, 


SYLLABUS. 

Argo  or  Paper  Nautilus.  Description  of  the  Linnsean 
genus  Nautilus,  or  Pearly  Nautilus.  Genera  of  Den- 
talium,  Serpula,  Teredo,  and  Sabella.  Bivalve  Shells 
exemplified.  History  of  the  Mytilus  margaritiferus 
or  Mother  of  Pearl  Shell,  of  Pearls,  of  the  Pearl- 
Fishery,  and  manufacture  of  artificial  pearls.  Genera 
of  Spondylus,  Chama,  and  Pinna.  Multivalve  Shells 
exemplified  by  the  genus  Lepas  or  Barnacle.  History 
of  the  Lepas  anatifera,  &c.  Hatching  of  shell-ani- 
mals, and  growth  of  shells. 

LECTURE  XII. 

Linnaean  Vermes  and  Zoophytes.  The  Vermes  or  Worms 
elucidated  by  a  description  of  the  genera  of  Tsenia, 
Gordius,  Filaria,  &c.  Genus  Furia,  with  the  history  of 
the  Furia  infernalis.  Zoophytes  or  Plant-Animals. 
Genus  Hydra  or  Polype  particularly  described.  Gene- 
ral description  of  the  Coral  tribe,  with  the  observations 
of  Marsigli,  Peyssonel,  Ellis,  &c.  Genera  of  Sertularia, 
Tubularia,  Flustra,  Gorgoriia,  Isis,  and  Madrepora. 
Formation  of  coral  rocks  and  islands  in  the  Indian  seas 
by  the  different  species  of  Madrepoe,  &c.  Animal- 
cula  Infusoria  or  Animalcules  in  fluids,  general  his- 
tory of.  Description  of  the  genus  Vorticella,  and  of 
some  of  the  chief  species.  Genus  Cercaria,  with  the 
particular  description  of  Cercaria  mutabilis.  Genus 


81  1  I  \I1US. 

Trichoda,  with  particular  description  of  Trichoda  Sol. 
Genus  Volvox,  with  particular  description  of  Volvox 
Globator  or  the  Globe- Animal.  Genus  Vibrio,  with 
t)tion  of  the  Vibrio  Anguillula  or  Paste-Vibrio. 
Genus  Cyclidium.  Genus  Monas,  containing  the 
smallot  of  all  animals  visible  by  the  assistance  of  the 
microscope. 


The  Vignette  represents,  in  its  natural  size,  an  elegant  species 
of  Humming-Bird,  called  the  Trochilus  furcatus  or  Smaller 
Fork-Tailed  Humming-Bird,  seated  on  a  sprig  of  the  Ipomsca 
coccinea. 


Plate     l    to  face  page 

—  — 
7 

20 

38 
42 

43 

45 

51 
60 
OB 

71 

78 
82 

85 
88 

89 

90 

93 
96 

SSS^m 

Plate   3  1  to  face  page 

105 

107 

1O8 
111 
116 
117 
118 

12O 
122 
125 
128 
129 
132 
135 
137 

143 

147 
150 
152 
156 
164 
166 
168 
172 
175 
176 

179 
ISO 
183 

3-  ,   

99 
•tA          .                     , 

4.  _ 

5^^^^ 

14 

6,  .    .   , 

qfi*                        _     _ 

TR      ..      ._.... 

1  1     _. 

39 

A? 

AM 

i  «         

A  A                ___.  

i,,     . 

AK               

17           

Afi        ...,.,., 

1  H      -        .         .  . 

Af 

in     __ 

**/ 

5ft     - 

o  i 

9 

00 

HI 

OQ 

52     

ft  A         _.          .       ..    _ 

°_1 

Ofi         .      „        . 

O7         ,__        _ 

56      ... 

00          ,   . 

on 

«R         _ 

•*y 

'in    - 

ID 

XIV 


6O    to  face  page 
Hi 

184 
187 

195 
197 
ib. 
198 
202 
209 
213 

217 

219 
220 
223 

Plate  74  to  face  page 

22S 
229 
230 
233 
234 
236 
237 
238 
242 
243 
245 
247 
248 

fin 

*7«      

fit 

70 

T7 

fid       .1  .               •      -• 

1  1 

fi<5 

fifi       ., 

QfJ        —           ,.  • 

fi7      . 

O/ 

fifl      • 

3" 

/5f»      -  -    i, 

70    

>"> 

Rfi      _         ....    ... 

73     —  —  . 

LECTURES, 


LECTURE  I. 

JL  HE  study  of  Natural  History  at  large,  or  in 
all  its  branches,  has  of  late  been  so  much  cultivated, 
that  it  seems  almost  unnecessary  to  enforce  its 
utility  by  any  particular  recommendation.  _Its 
importance  begins  to  be  understood,  and  it  is 
generally  acknowledged,  that,  exclusive  of  its 
more  consequential  aims,  it  has  the  peculiar  advan- 
tage of  uniting  amusement  with  instruction,  and 
of  impressing  the  mind  with  a  train  of  the  most 
pleasing  ideas  while  engaged  in  Contemplating  tin 
infinitely-varied  forms  exhibited  in  the  fi<  M  d 
Nature,  and  in  tracing  their  gradations  and  con 

LECT.  I.  B 


2  LECTURE  I. 

nexions ;  and  we  must  readily  allow  that  it  is  no 
unimportant  object  to  be  able  to  secure  to  our- 
selves some  species  of  study,  which  in  its  pro- 
gress may  continue  to  afford  a  rational  delight,  and 
in  the  pursuit  of  which  there  can  be  no  fear  of 
soon  exhausting  the  subject. 

I  shall  here  beg  leave  to  introduce  the  opinion 
of  one  of  the  greatest  and  most  estimable  cha- 
racters that  perhaps  ever  ornamented  this  or  any 
other  nation.  I  mean  the  celebrated  Ray,  whose 
dignified  simplicity  of  language  enforces  with 
peculiar  energy  the  truth  of  his  sentiment. 

"  We  content  ourselves,  (says  he)  with  a  little 
skill  in  philology,  history,  or  antiquity;  and  we 
neglect  that  which  appears  to  me  of  much  greater 
moment :  I  mean  the  study  of  Nature,  and  the 
works  of  Creation.  I  do  not  mean,  (he  adds,)  to 
derogate  from  or  discommend  those  other  studies ; 
I  only  wish  that  they  might  not  quite  jostle  out 
and  exclude  this;  and  that  men  would  be  so  equal 
and  civil  as  not  to  vilify  or  disparage  in  others 
those  studies  they  themselves  are  not  conversant  in, 
No  knowledge  can  be  more  pleasant  to  the  soul 
than  this;  none  so  satisfying,  or  that  doth  so  feed 
the  mind;  in  comparison  of  which  the  study  of 


II.CTUREI.  S 

i.l  phrases  seemeth  insipid  and  j-  June;  for 
words  lii-iii*;  hut  the  images  of  things,  to  be  given 
up  wholly  to  their  >tudy,  what  is  it  but  to  verify 
the  folly  of  Pygmalion,  to  fall  in  love  with  a 
statue,  and  neglect  the  reality!  The  treasures 
of  Nature  are  inexhaustible  :  there  is  enough  tor 
the  most  indefatigable  industry,  the  happn-t  op- 
portunities, the  most  prolix  and  undisturbed  \;i- 
cancies." 

Such  appears  to  have  been  the  opinion  of  Mr. 
Ray. 

I  shall  next  observe  that  the  celebrated  poet 
Gray  was  in  a  peculiar  manner  devoted  to  the 
study  of  Natural  History ;  as  appears  from  the 
testimony  of  his  friend  Mr.  Mason,  who  assures 
us  that  Gray  frequently  felicitated  himself  on 
having  been  early  introduced  to  so  delightful  a, 
science,  and  which  improved  in  so  remarkable  u 
manner  the  general  tenor  of  his  health  and  spirits. 
I  might  also  here  mention,  as  a  circumstance  not 
generally  known,  that  Gray  translated  the  Lin- 
iiiran  Genera  or  Characters  of  Insects  into  elegant 
Latin  hexameters,  some  specimens  of  which  have 
been  preserved  by  his  friends,  though  they  were 
never  intended  for  publication. 


4  LECTURE  I. 

Another  exalted  character,  whose  hours  of 
leisure  from  the  official  employments  of  his  life 
were  devoted  to  this  pursuit,  was  the  learned  and 
accomplished  Sir  William  Jones,  whose  works 
bear  ample  testimony  to  the  attention  which 
he  paid  to  the  history  of  the  Productions  of 
Nature. 

The  mistakes  which  occasionally  appear  in  the 
works  of  various  authors,  even  of  the  highest  cele- 
brity, arising  from  a  want  of  accurate  information 
relative  to  the  natural  subjects  of  which  they  are 
speaking,  are  numerous  and  striking;  the  epithets 
by  which  many  objects  are  distinguished,  are,  for 
this  reason,  improperly  chosen,  and  utterly  incon- 
sonant with  the  character  of  the  things  intended. 
This  is  no  where  more  strikingly  illustrated  than 
in  the  august  lines  of  Milton,  in  which  the  de- 
scription of  a  sleeping  whale  is  injured  by  an  epi- 
thet of  all  others  least  according  with  the  nature 
of  the  animal. 


-"  That  sea  beast 


Leviathan,  which  God,  of  all  his  works 
Created  hugest  that  swim  th'  ocean  stream. 
Him  haply  slumb'ring  on  the  Norway  foam 
The  pilot  of  some  small  night-founder' d  skiff, 


JJXTL'RF.  I.  j 

Deeming  some  island,  oft,  as  seamen  tell, 
With  fixed  anchor  in  his  scaly  rind, 
Moore  by  bis  tide  under  tbe  lee,  while  night 
Invests  tbe  sea,  and  u  MJC  J  mom  delays." 

Hut  none  oftlic  whale-tribe  are  furnished  with 
scales,  or  any  tiling  analogous  to  them.  It  must 
be  acknowledged,  however,  that  this  observation 
may  apjx  ar  a  mere  piece  of  hypercriticism,  and 
that  Milton  by  the  expression  of  scaly  rind,  might 
only  mean  rough  or  scaly,  in  the  same  sense  that 
those  epithets  are  often  applied  to  the  bark  of  a 
tree,  or  any  other  irregular  surface.  There  can 
be  little  doubt,  however,  that  real  and  proper  scales 
were  intended  by  the  poet,  nor  is  it  difficult  to  dis- 
cover the  particular  circumstance  which  impressed 
Milton  with  this  erroneous  idea,  viz.  a  figure  in  the 
works  of  Gesner,  so  injudiciously  expressed  as  to  ap- 
pear on  a  cursory  view,  as  if  coated  with  large  scales, 
scales,  with  a  vessel  near  it,  and  an  inscription  above 
it,  importing  that  sailors  often  mistake  a  whale 
for  an  island,  and  thus  endanger  themselves  by 
attempting  to  anchor  upon  it.  As  the  general 
learning  and  extensive  reading  of  our  great  poet 
are  so  well  known,  it  can  hardly  be  doubted  that 
he  was  conversant  with  the  writings  of  Gesner, 


6  LECTURE  L 

whose  work  was  then  the  great  depository  of  na? 
tural  knowledge,  and  that  the  figure  and  descrip- 
tion there  given  left  a  lasting  impression  on  his 
mind.  It  must  be  confessed  also  that  the  poet 
was  here  deceived  by  the  naturalist. 

A  modern  writer,  having  occasion  to  allude  to 
the  dormant  state  of  the  Butterfly  and  Moth  tribe, 
during  their  period  of  imperfection,  has  evidently 
shewn  that  he  supposed  the  animal  to  become  a 
chrysalis  after  having  appeared  in  its  complete  or 
flying  state,  and  has  thus  entirely  inverted  or 
reversed  the  real  progress  of  the  animal. 

"  Thus  the  gay  Moth,  by  sun  and  vernal  gales 

Call'd  forth  to  wander  o'er  the  dewy  vales, 

From  flower  to  flower,  from  sweet  to  sweet  will  stray, 

Till,  tir'd  and  satiate  with  her  food  and  play, 

Deep  in  the  shades  she  builds  her  peaceful  nest, 

In  lov'd  seclusion  pleas'd  at  length  to  rest : 

There  folds  the  wings  that  erst  so  widely  bore  j 

Becomes  a  household  Nymph,  and  seeks  to  range  no  more." 

A  curious  example  of  ridiculous  ignorance  re- 
lative to  such  subjects,  might  be  taken  from  some 
of  the  public  papers  for  the  month  of  July  1794, 
in  which  we  were  informed  that  in  the  neighbour- 
hood (I  think)  of  Sheffield,  were  found  (in  the 


- 

K 

y 


I 


I.  1 

criber)  "  two  strange  ph:rnomen;i 
-T<  i  ii,  and  covered 

or  r-lated  over,  il  id  exact  eh-  ^re- 

senting  shell-work:    tin-   I:  tliese  animals 

wen  :hat  of  a  Lion,  and  upon  the 

slightest  touch,  it  darted  out  two  spears  behind,  of 
the  line.st  scarlet  colour,  and  at  the  same  time  one 
before,  which  was  white,  and  shaped  like  the  paw 
of  a  bear:  they  had  each  of  them  fourteen  legs, 
and  on  each  side  the  back  of  these  wonderful 
( T<  atures,  was  the  representation  of  the  animal 
itself,  in  perfect  white,  which  shone  like  silver." 

It  is  extremely  easy  to  all  who  are  conversant 
in  the  history  of  insects,  to  guess  what  these  for- 
midable monsters  must  have  been :  viz.  a  brace  of 
harmless  Caterpillars,  of  a  species,  singular  indeed 
in  appearance,  but  by  no  means  very  uncommon, 
and  which  do,  by  a  slight  aggravation,  in  some 
degree  justify  the  description  of  the  observer. 

A  few  years  ago,  a  description,  (accomp;. 
by  a  figure,)  of  one  of  the  most  common  insects  in 
England,  but  in  its  first  state,  (in  which  it  always 
resides  under  water)  was  given,  with  much  solem- 
nity, in  a  periodical  publication,  (the  Gen 
Magazine)  and  was  considered  by  its  dcscribcr, 


8  LECTURE  I. 

who,  I  believe,  was  the  late  Mr.  Philip  Thicknesse, 
as  a  new,  and  till  then  unheard-of  animal,  of  which 
he  believed  himself  to  have  been  the  first  describer. 
To  a  total  ignorance  of  the  real  nature  of  ani- 
mals (excusable  in  ancient  times,  but  not  so  in  mo- 
dern) must  be  attributed  the  numerous  histories  of 
showers  of  frogs  and  mice,  and  other  animals ;  the 
raining  of  blood ;  the  change  of  certain  Frogs  into. 
Fishes,   and  back  again    from   Fishes  to   Frogs, 
with  many  other  particulars  equally  extravagant} 
and  from  these  and  many  other  instances  which 
might  be  adduced,  we  may  perceive  what  mistaken 
notions  may  be  adopted  by  those,  who  otherwise 
well  informed,  happen  to  have  paid  little  or  no  re- 
gard to  the  general  doctrines  of  Natural  History. 
Natural  History  at  large,  divides  itself  into  what 
are  called  the  three  Kingdoms  of  Nature ;  viz.  the 
animal,  the  vegetable,  and  the  mineral  kingdom. 

Of  these  the  Zoological  or  animal  kingdom  is 
what  naturally  engages  our  first  attention,  and 
seems  to  claim  a  superiority  over  the  rest.  It 
would  be  unnecessary  to  add,  that  Zoology  com- 
prizes the  whole  animal  world,  or  all  those  beings 
which  are  called  by  the  name  of  Quadrupeds, 
Birds,  Amphibia,  Fishes,  Insects,  Testaceous 


LECTURE  I.  D 

animal-,  and  Zoophytes,  which  latter  are  of  very 
various.  f<»rm>,  and  arc  allied  by  many  resemblances 
to  the  vegetable  world. 

In  taking  a  survey  of  the  animal  world,  we  may 
cither  commence  with  the  highest  order  of  animals, 
and  gradually  descend  from  our  own  species  to  the 
minutest  animalcules  visible  by  the  assistance  of 
the  microscope;  or  from  these  minute  points,  as  it 
were,  of  existence,  to  Man  himself,  the  chief  of 
Creation  here  helow. 

I  must  observe,  that  it  may  be  greatly  doubted, 
whether  it  be  practicable  to  make  out  a  continued 
natural  chain  or  series  of  animals,  united  through- 
out  by  evidently  connecting  links;  at  least,  all  at- 
tempts of  that  kind  have  hitherto  failed;  and  the 
animal  world,  and  indeed  all  the  productions  of 
Nature,  seem  rather  connected  by  many  points  of 
affinity  on  different  sides,  than  by  a  regular  chain 
of  gradation;  so  that,  as  the  learned  Dr.  Pallas  has 
well  observed,the  face  of  nature  may  rather  be  said 
to  represent  a  reticulated  or  polygonal  surface,  than 
to  be  disposed  in  a  continued  linear  progression. 

But  though  a  perfectly  natural  chain  or  arrange- 
ment of  animals  cannot  be  contrived,  it  is  still  ne- 
cessary to  form  some  kind  of  classification,  in  order 


10  LECTURE  T. 

to  keep  together  such  tribes  as  most  evidently  re- 
semble each  other.  Naturalists  have  therefore  in- 
vented several  systems  or  distributions  of  animals; 
formed,  either  from  the  general  external  appear- 
ance, or  from  the  structure  of  the  principal  in- 
ternal organs. 

The  most  ancient  division  of  animals,  (exclusive 
of  the  slight  sketches  to  be  found  in  some  parts  of 
the  sacred  writings,)  is  that  of  Aristotle,  who  divided 
animals  into  viviparous  or  such  as  produce  living 
and  perfectly-formed  young,  and  into  oviparous,  or 
such  as  produce  eggs,  from  which  the  young  are 
afterwards  excluded.  This  distinction  of  animals 
was  not  conducted  with  perfect  exactness,  and 
Aristotle  himself  was  sensible  that  it  was  liable  to 
some  exceptions,  and  that  it  contained  certain  inac- 
curacies. It  continued  however  to  be  in  use,  with 
some  modifications,  till  towards  the  decline  of  the 
seventeenth  century,  when  our  famous  Mr.  Ray 
formed  a  new  classification  of  animals,  founded 
chiefly  on  the  structure  and  nature  of  the  heart 
and  lungs  in  the  different  tribes ;  and  the  Linnaean 
arrangement  of  the  animal  kingdom  still  acknow- 
ledges that  of  Ray  for  its  basis ;  particularly  with 
respect  to  quadrupeds. 


LECTURE  I.  11 

The  great  or  gnu-mi  Linn;van  outline  or  ar- 
rangemt  nt  of  the  animal  world  is  thus  distributed. 

First,  into  such  animals  as  have  warm  ml  blood, 
and  a  heart  di\id<d  into  two  ca\  it ies,  or  ventricles, 
;ts  anatomists  term  them.  These  animals  consist 
of  Quadrupeds  and  Birds;  the  former  being  vi- 
viparous, or  producing  living  and  ready-formed 
voung,  and  the  latter  or  birds  being  oviparous,  or 
producing  eggs,  from  which  the  young  are  after* 
wards  excluded. 

The  next  division  consists  of  such  animals  as 
have  a  heart  with  a  single  cavity  or  ventricle, 
while  the  blood,  though  red,  is  of  a  far  lower  tern- 

iture  than  in  quadrupeds  and  birds;  insomuch 
that  it  is  commonly  said  to  be  cold  blood.  These 
animals  consist  of  what  Linnaeus  calls  Amphibia, 
such  as  Tortoises,  Frogs,  Lizards,  and  Serpents, 
and  in  the  next  place,  of  Fishes.  The  former  of 
these  subdivisions,  or  the  Frog,  Tortoise,  Lizard, 
and  Serpent  tribes,  have  what  Linnaeus  terms  ar- 
bitrary lungs,  or  such  as  can  suspend  respiration 
at  pleasure,  for  a  considerable  time,  without  injury 
to  the  animal.  The  latter  tribe,  or  that  of  Fishes, 
instead  of  lungs,  is  furnished  with  what  are 


12  LECTURE  I. 

commonly  called  gills,  in  which  innumerable  divi- 
sions of  blood-vessels  are  disposed  in  semicircular 
ranges. 

The  third  order  or  great  division  of  animals 
consists  of  such  as  Linnaeus  supposes  to  have  a  heart 
with  a  single  cavity,  and  a  cold  whitish  or  nearly  co- 
lourless blood.  These  animals  consist  of  Insects,  and 
of  a  very  numerous  and  diversified  tribe,  called, 
iu  a  large  acceptation  of  the  word,  by  the  name 
of  Worms.  The  former  of  these  tribes,  or  that  of 
Insects,  is  distinguished  by  the  particular  organs 
called  antennas,  and  resembling  small  horns ;  while 
the  latter  tribe,  or  that  of  Worms,  is  distinguished 
by  having  tentacula  or  flexible  feelers.  Modern 
observations  seem  to  prove  that  the  former  of 
these  divisions,  or  Insects,  have,  in  reality,  no  true 
or  regular  circulation :  this  however  is  a  point 
which  I  confess  I  consider  as  by  no  means  com- 
pletely ascertained. 

Since  the  establishment  of  the  Linnaean  arrange- 
ment,  so  captivating  appears  to  have  been  the 
study  of  system- making,  that  numerous  arrange- 
ments have  been  attempted  in  different  parts  of 
the  animal  kingdom;  more  particularly  within  a 


I  KCTURE  I.  13 

Ii  in. iv  li«)\\«-MT  br  nujcli  doubted 
\\li.thcr  tin  study  of  Natural  History  has  been 
greatly  ad\an<  •••  I  by  their  institution. 

It  ^  ini|i"^;l)lc  not  to  allow  some  degree  of 
just;.  ,  •  com  plaints  uttered  on  this  subject  by 

an    ingenious  naturalist  in  a  neighbouring  nation, 
\\lio  thu.N  expresses  his  sentiments. 

By  u  hat  fatality  does  it  happen,  that  the  beau- 
tiful and  elegant  science  of  Natural  History  is  be- 
come an  assemblage  of  systems,  of  methods,  and 
discussions  of  nomenclature,  as  dry  and  tedious  as 
they  are  idle  and  unnecessary?  How  can  it  hap- 
pen that  men  of  any  sterling  sense  should  spend 
their  time  in  endeavouring  to  reduce  into  geome- 
trical divisions  the  beautiful  gradations  of  Nature, 
and  to  be  the  slaves  to  arbitrary  and  petty  ar- 
rangements, which  rise  and  perish,  like  so  many 
mushrooms,  and  which  appear  to  be  of  no  oth«-r 

t  but  to  disgust  and  fatigue  those  who  are 
doomed  to  study  them?  When  shall  we  see  a  stop 
put  to  that  inundation  of  new  and  barbarous  words 
and  terms,  which  deform  and  disgrace  almost  all 
our  new  works  on  Natural  Hi-story,  and  which 
threaten  to  reproduce  the  scholastic  jargon  of 


14  LECTURE  I. 

ages  of  darkness  ?  A  certain  methodical  arrange- 
ment is  indeed  absolutely  necessary  in  the  science 
of  natural  history;  but  it  is  by  no  means  necessary 
to  obscure  an  easy  and  elegant  study  by  the  intro- 
duction of  innumerable  harsh  and  ill-constructed 
technical  terms,  and  to  sacrifice  every  grace  and 
elegance  of  language  to  the  desire  of  torturing 
Greek  into  bad  French,  and  to  substitute  unin- 
telligible awkwardness  for  elegant  explanation. 
It  is  certain,  continues  this  author,  that  neither 
Arnoldus  de  Villa  Nova,  nor  Raymond  Lully,  or 
any  other  among  the  old  masters  of  the  study  of 
Alchemy,  ever  introduced  a  diction  more  bar- 
barous, or  terms  more  repulsive,  than  some  of  our 
modern  managers  of  systematic  Natural  History. 
I  give  this  quotation  as  a  proof  of  the  ridicule 
to  which  the  spirit  of  minute  arrangement,  so 
much  admired  among  the  lower  order  of  natural- 
ists, has  of  late  unthinkingly  exposed  itself.  I 
hope,  however,  that  the  author  had  no  intention 
of  glancing  at  the  celebrated  Monsieur  Cuvier, 
whose  arrangement  of  the  animal  kingdom,  not- 
withstanding the  unnecessary  minuteness  of  some 
of  his  divisions,  must  be  allowed  to  possess  a  very 


LECTURE  I.  15 

degree  of  iin-rit,  ;m«l  perhaps  may  he  allowed 
to  be  tin-  mo-4  truly  philosophic  that  ha-  \  et  l>een 
p  ,  it. 

Monsieur  Cuvicr  di\  ides  the  whole  animal  world 
into  what  he  calls  Vertebrated  and  IH.->TU  '>rated 
animals ;  that  is,  Mich  as  are  furnished  with  a  back- 
bom  ,  divided  into  the  joints  called  vertebrae,  and 
forming  a  case,  or  guard  for  the  spinal  marrow, 
and  into  such  as  are  destitute  of  this  series  of 
bones,  and  are  therefore  Invertebrated  animals. 
His  first  class,  viz.  the  Vertcbratcd  animals,  are 
subdivided  into  such  as  have  warm  blood  and  a 
heart  with  two  cavities  or  ventricles,  and  into  such 
as  have  comparatively  cold  blood,  and  a  heart  with 
one  ventricle.  In  the  first  division  then  of  Verte- 
brated  animals  rank  Quadrupeds  and  Birds,  and  in 
the  second,  or  such  as  have  cold  blood  and  a 
single  ventricle,  rank  the  Linnajan  Amphibia  and 
Fishes. 

The  second  great  class,  consisting  of  the  Iirccr- 
tebratcd  animals,  or  such  as  are  destitute  of  the 
.spine  or  back-bone,  is  divided  into  such  as  have  a 
system  of  blood-u  >M  Is  for  the  purpose  of  circu- 
lation, and  Midi  as  have  none. 

The  first  of  these  divisions,  or  that  consisting  of 


16  LECTURE  I. 

animals  furnished  with  blood-vessels,  contains  the 
major  part  of  what  Linnaeus  calls  Mollusca  or 
soft-bodied  animals,  and  also  all  the  Crustacea  or 
such  as  are  furnished  with  a  moderately  hard  or 
crustaceous  covering.  In  the  second  division  of 
Invertebrated  animals,  are  contained  those  which 
are  supposed  to  be  destitute  of  a  regular  system  of 
blood-vessels ;  these  animals  are  Insects  and  Zoo- 
phytes ;  Monsieur  Cuvier  not  allowing  a  circu- 
lation of  the  blood  in  insects,  and  in  the  animals 
called  Zoophytes,  it  has  certainly  never  been 
observed. 

Such  is  the  general  outline  of  Monsieur  Cu- 
vier's  Zoological  System. 

His  institution  and  arrangement  of  the  various 
genera  of  animals,  under  each  more  particular 
division  of  his  system,  is  conducted  with  great 
anatomical  precision,  and  evinces  the  highest  de- 
gree of  philosophical  knowledge  of  animals ;  but 
the  whole  arrangement  has  a  somewhat  compli- 
cated and  forbidding  appearance  to  a  general 
reader,  and  is  of  course  less  immediately  attrac- 
tive than  the  more  simple  arrangement  of  Lin- 
naeus. 

Animals  are,  in  general,  sufficiently  and  readily 


MUSOIPULA 


Jffpff  Oct'iJLcndfn  fi*AUj)nt  tt  GJicarsUt  fii-,-t  Strr.-f 


I  I  «    II  RE  f.  17 

'shed  fniin    \ 
ill-stances  in  which  we  can  Mippose  a  person  in  the 

sounding  tip  in.      Vet  I 
many  indistinct  approximations   l> 
and  VCgi  tabl.'s,    •  \«  lilsive  «»!'  tin-   r 

petni^   link-.      Tims    tli« •!•«•    an     many 

animals  \\hirli   .  '"i-pid  as   tin-  in. 

part    of  vegetables:     and    a^ain,    then  ome 

v.  hich  M  em  almost  t->  trench  upon  tin- 

prop  !'  animaN,  l»y  tlu-ir  p« cnliar  motion  on 

being  suddenly  irritated ;  thus,  tin-  Diona.i  Mu-- 

cipnla,  or  \'mn.N'-  Fly-Trap,  an  American  plant, 
well  known  to  all  who  are  con\er>ant  with  the 
M -it  nee  of  Botany,  i^  fnrnishod  with  leaves  pos- 
sessed of  so  strong  a  degree  of  irritability,  as  to 

(online,   by   their  Midden    contraction,   any    -mall 
animal  which  happens  to  alight  upon   them;   and 
the  1 1(  (ly->arnm  gyran-,   an 
the  papilionaceous  or   pea-bloom   tribe,   >. 
possess  a  kind  of  voluntary  m'-ii'-n   in   the  -mall 

the  ba-e    of   the  la 
I  hoWe\er,     the    di-Un.  1 

u   animals   and  too  strikin 

admit   of  any  hi ->it  at  ion,  and    it  would  be  a  mere 
•<!' time,  in  the -ho:  tu  ouc  prey 

IT.  I. 


18  LECTURE  I. 

sent  course  of  Lectures,  to  enter,  with  any  degree 
of  minuteness,  into  the  history  of  the  possible 
cases  in  which  a  doubt  might  be  supposed  to  arise 
between  the  two  kingdoms,  to  which  sucli  parti- 
cular subject  should  be  supposed  most  properly  to 
belong. 

The  limits  of  animal  and  vegetable  life  are 
generally  allowed  to  concur  or  unite  in  those  extra- 
ordinary beings  called  Zoophytes,   and  above  all 
others  in  those  Zoophytes  called  Polypes,  of  which 
four  different  species  have  been  discovered  in  our 
own  country,  as  well  as  in  many  other  parts  of  Eu- 
rope.    They  are  small  water  animals,  of  a  very 
tender  substance,  and  furnished  at  the  upper  part 
with  several  long  and  slender  arms,  with  which  they 
seize  their  prey :  the  body  is  of  a  lengthened  and 
tubular  form,  and  the  whole  creature  possesses,  in. 
a  very  high  degree,   the  power  of  extending  or 
contracting  itself  at  pleasure.      It  produces  its 
young  principally  by  a  species  of  vegetation ;  cer- 
tain small  swellings  or  tubercles  appearing  at  in- 
tervals  on  different  parts  of  its  body,  which,  in 
the  space  of  a  few  days,  become  complete,  and 
resemble  the  parent  animal  in  every  respect  ex- 
cept that  of  size.      When  thus  fully  formed,  they 


LECTURE  I.  19 

drop  off  from  the  body  of  the  parent  animal,  ami 
attach  themselves  to  any  convenient  substance:  it 
often  happens  that  a  Polype  shall  IK-  loaded,  not 
only  with  a  primary  but  a  secondary  offspring, 
the  young  animals  themselves,  before  their  se- 
paration from  the  parent,  producing  others  in  a 
similar  manner ;  so  that  the  whole  may  be  com- 
pared to  a  kind  of  genealogical  tree.  These  crea- 
tures are  highly  voracious,  and  possessing,  as  be- 
fore observed,  a  very  high  degree  of  contractile 
and  extensile  power,  are  capable  of  swallowing 
other  animals  of  far  larger  size  than  themselves} 
the  tubular  body  of  the  Polype  enlarging  in  order 
to  receive  them.  The  act  of  seizing  their  prey  is 
very  sudden  and  violent,  but  their  mode  of  swal- 
lowing or  absorbing  it  is  very  gradual.  When  a 
Polype  is  cut  into  two  or  three  pieces,  each  piece, 
in  the  space  of  a  few  days,  especially  in  warm 
weather,  becomes  a  perfectly  complete  animal,  by 
the  reproduction  of  every  part  deficient.  Thus,  if 
a  Polype  be  cut  into  three  pieces,  the  office  of  the 
head  or  upper  part  is  to  produce  a  new  extremity 
or  tail,  with  its  sphincter-muscle;  of  the  tail  part 
to  produce  a  new  head  and  arms;  and  of  the 
middle  part  to  produce  both  extremes.  It  there- 


20  LECTURE  I. 

fore  cannot  be  doubted  that  the  Polypes  do  really 
constitute  the  connecting  link  between  animal  and 
vegetable  life. 

The  figures  of  the  Polype,  selected  for  our  pre- 
sent inspection,  are  from  the  work  of  the  cele* 
brated  Roesel ;  and  represent  with  great  elegance 
and  fidelity,  the  appearance  of  these  extraordinary 
animals,  both  in  their  natural  size,  and  magnified 
by  the  microscope.  The  species  in  these  figures 
of  Roesel  are  the  Green,  the  Brawn,  and  the 
yellowish-Grey  Polype. 

These  most  curious  and  interesting  animals  were 
first  fully  described  by  a  Monsieur  Trembley,  of 
Geneva,  who,  about  the  year  1730,  happened  to 
discover  them  in  searching  after  some  small  aqua- 
tic plants.  They  had  indeed  been  discovered  long 
before  by  the  celebrated  Leewenhoeck,  who  gave 
a  general  description  of  the  animal,  and  observed 
that  it  multiplied  by  an  apparent  vegetation ;  but 
it  was  reserved  for  Monsieur  Trembley  to  discover 
and  describe,  in  an  ample  and  circumstantial  man- 
ner, all  its  extraordinary  properties.  Monsieur 
Trembley  happened  first  to  observe  the  small  green 
Polype,  or  Hydra  viridis,  and  being  greatly  sur- 
prised at  the  appearance  of  a  creature,  which  had  • 


the  middle /uji't  i  ////////////>>/ 


LECTURE  I.  21 

sit  once  the  aspect  of  a  plant,  and  the  motions  of 
mi  animal,  determined  £o  try  the  experiment  of 
cutting  it  in  two,  in  order  to  ascertain  its  doubtful 
nature;   and  was  beyoiul  measure  astonished  to 
Find  that  instead  of  destroying  it,  hot  li  parts  seemed 
uninjured  by  the  wound,  and  that,  in  a  very  i<  u 
days,  each  had  reproduced  every  deficient  organ, 
and  that  each  animal  seized  its  prey,  and  moved 
about  as  before. 

This  striking  discovery,  being  announced,  was 
at  first  considered  by  many  as  a  fable ;  and  it  was 
even  contended,  that  this  division  of  animal  life 
was  in  itself  absolutely  impossible  upon  the  prin- 
ciples of  common  sense,  as  well  as  of  sound  philo- 
sophy:  but,  at  length,  the  attention  of  philosophers 
in  every  part  of  Europe  being  excited  by  the  sin- 
gularity of  the  circumstance,  the  animals  were 
every  where  sought  after,  and  experiments  made 
by  cutting  them  in  every  possible  direction.  Their 
real  nature  was  thus  completely  ascertained ;  and, 
from  subsequent  experiments,  it  was  found,  that 
in  reality  many  other  tribes  of  the  inferior  aniinaK 
were  likewise  possessed  of  the  power  of  repro- 
duction, though  in  a  less  striking  degree ;  and  thus 
a  wide  field  of  philosophical  investigation  was  sud- 


32  LECTURE  I. 

denly  opened,  which  may  be  said  to  have  consti- 
tuted a  new  era  in  the  sconce  of  Natural  Historv. 

In  .warm  weather  so  rapid  is  the  multiplication 
of  the  common  Polype,  that  the  descendants  of  a 
single  animal  are  supposed  to  amount  to  several 
thousands  in  the  course  of  a  single  summer. 

An  ingenious  observer  in  our  own  country,  soon 
after  the  first  account  of  Monsieur  Trembley's  dis- 
coveries had  been  published,  made  the  following 
observations,  which  I  shall  give  in  his  own  words. 

"  A  single  Polype,  say  she,  was  put  into  a  glass 
by  itself,  on  the  12th  of  July,  with  two  intentions, 
viz.  first,  that  I  might  learn  how  long-lived  the 
creature  is,  and  at  what  rate  it  produces  branchers. 
It  is  still  alive  in  this  present  week  of  September ; 
and  goes  on  to  produce  at  least  five  in  a  week, 
one  week  with  another.  But,  because  this  Polype 
had  the  appearance  of  a  young  one  on  it  when  I 
first  set  it  apart,  (which  young  one  was  separated 
by  falling  off  from  the  parent  in  three  days'  time,) 
I  was  willing  to  make  trial  how  long  it  would  be 
before  a  young  Polype  might  be  expected,  pro- 
vided the  old  one  was  without  any  appearance  of  a 
bud,  and  was  itself  only  of  moderate  growth.  Ac- 
cordingly I  took  such  a  one,  which  was  a  brancher 


LECTURE  I.  tz 

"from  the  first-mentioned  animal,  and  put  it  into  a 
glass  by  itself'  on  the  23d  of  July,  and  in  a  w< 
time  it  pr«>diuvd  a  young  one,  and  since  that  time 
produces  at  the  rate  before-mentioned,  viz.  fm  in 
4  week.     Soon  after,  I  sent  to  a  friend  well  .skilled 
in  figures,  to  desire  him  to  make  a  computation  of 
the  number  jv  single  Polype  would  produce  in  a 
year's  time,  and  on  the  moderate  supposition,  that, 
(a  week  being  allowed  for  every  hrancher  when 
separated,  before  it  begins  to  produce,)  it  be  sup- 
posed afterwards  to  produce  one  in  three  days. 
But  he  informs  me  that  there  exists  no  rule  by 
which  such  computation  can  be  made ;  that  it  is  in 
itself  extremely  difficult,  and  that,  after  all,  mis- 
takes might  arise  in  such  a  multitude  of  figures  as 
would  be  necessary ;  but  that  he  went  so  far  as  to 
calculate  the  number  of  the  second  generation, 
which  amounted  to  more  than  eleven  thousand. 
AVhut  then,  says  he,  must  be  the  amount  of  the 
whole !" 

The  objections  made  at  the  time  of  the  first  dis- 
covery of  the  extraordinary  power  of  reproduction 
in  the  Polype  were  chiefly  these.  If  the  animal 
soul  or  life,  said  the  objectors,  be  one  indivisible 
essence,  all  in  all,  and  all  in  every  part,  how  comes 
it  in  this  animal,  to  endure  being  divided  several 


24  LECTURE  I. 

times,  and  yet  continue  to  exist  and  flourish? 
Again,  if  animal  identity  consists  in  consciousness, 
and  if  every  living  creature  is  sensible  of  pleasure 
and  pain,  or  in  other  words,  has  a  consciousness, 
which  is  generally  thought  a  reasonable  suppo- 
sition; when  the  Polype  is  divided  into  several 
parts,  which  all  become  perfect  Polypes,  where 
shall  we  find  the  identity  of  the  original  animal  ? 

A  letter  dated  from  the  University  of  Cam- 
bridge, inserted  in  the  Philosophical  Transactions, 
reasons  thus  on  the  subject. 

The  last  news  from  Paris  gives  us  something 
very  surprising;  viz.  that  an  animal  called  the 
Polypus  is  of  such  a  nature,  that  life  is  preserved 
in  it  after  it  has  been  cut  into  several  pieces ;  so 
that  one  animal  seems  by  section  to  be  immediate- 
ly divided  into  two,  or  three,  or  more  complete 
animals,  each  separately  enjoying  life,  and  con- 
tinuing to  perform  all  the  usual  operations  of  its 
species.  Such  an  account  would  have  been  less; 
regarded,  had  we  not  been  informed  that  letters 
avouching  the  reality  of  the  fact  had  lately  been, 
communicated  to  the  Royal  Society,  and  that  its 
reality  had  also  been  confirmed  by  some  of  our 
best  observers. 

Some  of  our  friends,  who  are  firmly  attache^ 


I.I  CTURK  I.  25 

to  the  general  metaphysical  notions  v 
Mrmerly  Irani*  (1,  reason  strongly  against  the  pos- 
.-ihility  of  &uch  a  f.iet  ,  hut,  as  I  have  myself  for- 
merly confessed  my  distrust  of  tin-  truth  of  some  of 
those  principles,  I  .shall  n<»w  make  no  scruple  of 
acknowledging  that  I  have  already  seen  so  many 
.-.trance  tilings  in  Nature,  that  I  am  become  > 
i  ant  ions  in  allinning  what  may,  or  what  may  not 
pu»ibly  be.  The  most  common  operations  of 
Nature-  in  the  animal  and  vegetable  world  are  all 
in  themselves  astonishing,  and  nothing  but  daily 
experience  and  constant  observation  makes  us  see 
without  amazement  an  animal  produce  another 
of  the  same  kind,  or  a  tree  blossom,  and  produce 
leaves  and  fruit. 

The  same  observation,  and  daily  experience, 
make  it  also  familiar  to  us,  that,  besides  the  first 
way  of  increasing  vegetables  from  their  respective 
seeds,  they  are  also  increased  by  cuttings;  and 
every  one  knows  that  a  twig  of  a  willow,  cut  off, 
and  placed  in  the  ground,  does  presently  take  root 
and  grow,  and  by  degrees  becomes  as  much  a  real 
and  perfect  tree  as  the  original  one  from  which  it 
\\  as  taken. 

Here  is  then,  in  the  vegetable  kingdom,  a  fa- 
miliar instance  of  the  very  example  hitherto  un- 


26  LECTURE  I. 

known  in  the  animal  kingdom.  The  best  philoso-« 
phers  have  long  ago  observed  very  strong  analo- 
gies between  these  two  classes  of  Beings,  and  the 
moderns  have  every  day  found  reason  to  extend 
that  analogy;  and  some  have  even  talked  of  a  scale 
of  Nature,  in  which,  by  an  insensible  transition,  a 
connexion  is  made  from  the  most  perfect  of  ani- 
mals to  the  most  imperfect  of  vegetables.  Now  in 
such  a  scale  who  shall  say,  here  animal  life  entirely 
ends,  and  here  the  vegetable  life  begins  ?  or  just 
thus  far,  and  no  farther,  one  sort  of  operation  goes, 
and  just  tiere  another  quite  different  sort  takes  place  ? 
Or  again,  who  will  venture  to  say,  Life  in  every 
animal  is  a  thing  absolutely  different  from  that 
which  we  dignify  by  the  same  name  in  every  vege- 
table ?  and  might  not  a  man  even  be  excused  if  he 
should  modestly  doubt  whether  vegetables  may 
not  themselves  be  considered  as  a  very  low  and  im- 
perfect tribe  of  animals,  as  animals  might,  in  like 
manner,  be  considered  as  a  more  perfect  and 
exalted  kind  of  vegetables  ? 

At  our  next  meeting  I  shall  proceed  to  give  a 
general  description  of  the  different  tribes  of  the 
animal  kingdom. 


LECTURE  II. 


VV  E  have  already  seen  that  Linnaeus  has  ar- 
ranged the  whole  animal  world  into  three  great 
divisions;  the  first  containing  such  animals  as  have 
\\i\rm  red  blood,  and  a  heart  divided  into  two  ca- 
vities, or  ventricles;  the  second  containing  ani- 
mals with  cold  red  blood,  and  a  heart  with  one 
cavity  only;  and  the  third  consisting  of  animals 
with  pale  or  colourless  cold  blood,  and  a  heart  (as 
Linnanis  imagined)  furnished  with  a  single  cavity. 
The  secondary  or  more  particular  Linnaean  dis- 
tribution of  Animals  is  thrown  into  six  divisions, 
the  first  of  which  is  entitled  Mammalia,  compre- 
hending such  animals  as  suckle  their  young,  being 
furnished  \vitli  proper  organs  for  that  purj> 
The  second  division  comprises  Birds.  The  third 
the  Amphibia  in  the  Linnaean  sense  of  the  word, 
comprising  the  Lizard,  Tortoise,  Frog,  and  Ser- 


£*  LECTURE  II. 

pent  tribes.  The  fourth  division  comprehends 
Fishes;  the  fifth  Insects,  and  the  last  Worms,  which 
latter  term  is  to  be  received  in  a  very  extended 
signification;  comprising  a  great  multitude  of 
Animals  which,  in  common  language,  bear  very 
different  titles. 

With  some  occasional  variations  and  transposi- 
tions, the  Linnasan  distribution  of  animals  will  be 
that  by  which  we  shall  regulate  our  own  survey  of 
the  animal  world ;  and  we  shall,  of  course,  begin 
with  Quadrupeds   or   Linnasan  Mammalia.     The 
old  and  generally  received  English  term  Quadru- 
ped, means,   as   every  one  knows,  a  four-footed 
animal;  and  it  is  evident  that  it  will  apply  to  a 
Lizard,  a  Tortoise,  or  a  Frog,  as  well  as  to  the 
higher  order  of  Quadrupeds,  or  such  as  are  ge- 
nerally called  four-footed  Beasts.    It  was  therefore 
absolutely  necessary  to  fix  upon  some  term  which 
should  sufficiently  distinguish  the  viviparous  from 
the  oviparous  quadrupeds;  and  Linnaeus  according- 
ly instituted  the  expressive  term  Mammalia,  mean- 
ing such  animals  as  are  furnished  with  organs  for 
suckling  their  young.     This  (except  in  one  doubt- 
ful instance)  sufficiently  distinguishes  Quadrupeds 
of  tl>e  higher  order,  or  four-footed  Beasts,  from  the 


LECTLU1.  II 

-uadrupeds  \\hich  we  shall  find  to  !«• 
more  properly  referred  to  the  Linna-an  Amphibia. 
Aiiioni;  the  Mammalia  \\e  muM  not  In;  .surprised 
to  find  all  the  kinds  of  Whales  arranged;  it  being 
well  known  that  those  animals  nun rish  their  young 
by  suckling  tin  in,  in  the  manner  of  other  Mamma- 
lia; and  that  in  the  structure  of  their  skeleton  and 
internal  parts,  they  resemble  quadrupeds  and  not 
fishes;  so  that  they  may  be  considered  as  Mamma- 
lia in  the  disguise  of  Fishes. 

The  doubtful  instance  which  I  just  mentioned 
.empt'itied  in  that  most  singular  animal  called 
the  Duckbill:  a  native  of  New-Holland,  and  dis- 
covered but  a  very  few  years  ago.  In  this  animal 
we  have  the  appearance  of  an  indistinct  alliance  to 
very  different  tribes,  since  the  bill  or  snout  resem- 
bles that  of  a  Duck,  and,  upon  the  strictest  • 
ruination  that  has  yet  been  made,  no  appeal . 
of  teats  has  been  discovered  in  the  female;  so  that. 
if  the  animal  be  really  destitute  of  those  organs,  it 
cannot  belong  to  the  Linnxan  Mammalia,  the 
•jrund  or  essential  character  of  which  consists  in 
being  provided  with  them. 

The  general   characters   of  the  Mammalia  at 
large  are  the  following. 


30  LECTURE  II. 

The  plan  or  fabric  of  their  Skeleton,  as  well  as 
of  their  internal  organs,  bears  a  degree  of  general 
resemblance  to  that  of  Man. 

Their  outward  covering  consists,  in  general,  of 
hair;  but  in  some  few,  the  animal  matter  or  sub- 
stance of  the  hair  takes  the  form  of  distinct  spines 
or  quills,  as  in  the  Porcupine  and  Hedgehog  tribe, 
and  in  a  highly  curious  species  of  Ant-Eater  dis- 
covered in  New  Holland,  and  called  the  aculeated 
Ant-Eater,  or  Porcupine  Ant-Eater.  In  other 
Mammalia  the  same  substance  is  expanded  into 
the  appearance  of  very  strong  and  broad  scales,  as 
in  the  quadrupeds  of  the  genus  Manis  or  Pangolin, 
which  from  its  general  appearance  has  obtained  the 
improper  title  of  the  Scaly  Lizard;  though  no  other- 
wise allied  to  the  Lizards;  being  a  genuine  vivi- 
parous quadruped,  and  consequently  belonging  to 
the  Linngsan  Mammalia;  and  lastly,  in  one  set  of 
Mammalia,  called  Armadillos,  instead  of  hair, 
which  is  only  sparingly  scattered  over  some  parti- 
cular parts  of  the  animal,  we  meet  with  strong 
bony  zones  or  bands,  forming  a  regular  suit  of 
armour,  and  securing  the  animal  from  all  common, 
injuries. 

The  instruments  of  loco-motion,  or  feet,  in  the 


LECTURE  n.  91 

Mammalia  are  generally  four  in  immUr,  and  fur- 
nished \\itli  M  j>nrate  toes,  or  di\  MOM-,  "ii.inlrd  by 
claws,  more  or  less  strong  in  tin-  ditVerent  tribe!*. 
Jn  vnin,-,  as  in  the  M«>nk«-y>,  the  l'«  ••»  II.IM-  tin-  ap- 
pearanee  of  hands;    aii<l    the   daws   often    b<  .ir    a 
great  resemblance  to  the  human  nails,  for  which 
ration  these  animals  have  sometimes  been  called 
Quadmmane$i  as  having  four  hands,  rather  than 
four  feet*.     In  some  tribes  of  Mammalia  the  feet 
are  armed  or  shod  with  strong  hoofs,  either  quite 
entire,  or  cloven  or  divided.     In  such  of  the  Mam- 
malia as  possess  the  power  of  flight,  as  in  the  Bat 
tribe,  the  fore-feet  are  drawn  out  into  slender  fin- 
gers  of  an  immoderate  length,  and  united  by  a 
common    membrane  or  web.      In  some  of  the 
aquatic  Mammalia,  as  the  Seals,  for  instance,  both 
the  fore  and  hind  feet  are  very  strongly  or  widely 
webbed;  and  in  the  Whales,  there  are  in    reality 
only  two  feet,  the  bones  of  which  are  inclosed  irt 
it  are  commonly-ailed  the  fins,  while  the  lobes 
of  the  tail  in  some  degree  answer  the  purpose  of  a 
pair  of    hind-feet,  but  consist  merely    of  strong 

•  The  celebrated  Cuvier  in  particular  has  adopted  this  name, 
which  indeed  bat  often  been  applied  to  such  animal*  by  many 
prior  writer*. 


32  LECTURE  II. 

muscles  and  tendons  without  any  internal  joints  or 
bones. 

The  arms,  or  offensive  and  defensive  weapons 
of  the  Mammalia,  besides  the  claws   and  teeth, 
(which  will  be  afterwards  particularized,)  are  prin- 
cipally the  horns;  inserted  in  various  directions, 
and  on  different  parts  in  the  different  tribes.     The 
horns  are  either  perennial  or  annual.     In  the  Rhi- 
noceros the  horn  is  perennial,  and  situated  on  the 
top  of  the  nose.     In  the  Deer  tribe  the  horns  are 
annual,  branched,  covered  while  young,  with  a  soft 
villous  skin  or  coat;  they  grow  from  the  tip,  and 
become  very  solid  and  strong  at  their  full  size.   In 
the  Ox  tribe,  as  well  as  in  the  Sheep  and  Goat,  they 
are  hollow,  mounted  on  a  bony  core,  and  grow 
from  the  base.     Besides  the  assistance  which  they 
derive  from  horns  and  claws,  the  Mammalia  have 
many  other  modes  of  defence,  which  they  occa- 
sionally exert;   and   sometimes  even  deter   their 
enemies  by  their  voice  or  their  scent,  of  which  we 
have  many  curious  examples  in  the  history  of  par- 
ticular animals. 

The  Teeth  in  Quadrupeds  or  Mammalia  are  of 
three  kinds.  [ .  Front  or  Cutting-Teeth,  of  a  broad, 
compressed  structure,  designed  for  cutting  their  , 


I.I  <  Tl  KK  II.  33 

lengthen.  (I,   or  canin 

tu.ilej   on  caeh  side  the  t  nil  niur-t<  «'tli,  and   ealeti- 
l.it<  -I  tor  t,  .1  I  di\  idini;  tin-  lo. i« I;  and  l.t  -llv  , 

(mnders,   \sith  broad,   angular  tops,  for  c«mmi- 
iiuting  or  grinding  the  loud.    They  are  MM: 
in  the  human  >ubj«  (  l,  on  (  a<  h  side  tin \ja\\v      The 
teeth  afford  a  principal  <  liara<  h  r  in  forming  the 
trilx  ncra,  or  piirtirular  setsof  Quadrnp< 

their  distribution  dilfcring  greatly  in  the  different 
kinds.      In  >oinr  tin:  canine  tc-cth  arc  wanting;  in 
other-   tli,    front  teeth;  and  some  few  are  totally 
it  nte  of  any  teeth. 

The  tail  in  Quadrupeds  is  formed  by  a  con- 
tinuation of  the  vertebra;  or  joints  of  the  back-boncj 
and  i.s  in  some  of  great  length,  and  covered  with 
long  hair:  in  others  very  short;  and  in  >om«. 
few  entirely  wanting,  as  in  the  real  or  genuine 
Api 

The    .Senses  of  the  Mammalia   consist,  as  in 

Man,  of  the  orgaJM  ot'>ifht,  Uearinif,  ta-tin^,  and 

Miidling,  and  the  power  of  feeling;  and  in  many  of 

animals  the  organs  are  of  greater  acutein^ 

or  sensibility  than    in    Man.     The  K\es,    m  some 

Quadrupeds,  are  furni>hcd   with  what  is  call<  d   a 

iiietitatinmnembrane,  or  wini^traiiNpan-iit  -.:uard. 

LKCT.  II.  » 


34  LECTURE  IL 

situated  beneath  the  eyelids,  and  which  can  at 
pleasure  be  drawn  over  the  ball  of  the  eye  for  its 
farther  defence.  The  nose  or  organ  of  smelling  is 
more  or  less  compressed  and  lengthened.  In  the 
Elephant  it  is  extended  in  a  most  wonderful  man- 
ner into  a  long  and  tubular  proboscis  or  trunk,  at 
the  tip  of  which  are  placed  the  nostrils.  The 
tongue  in  Quadrupeds  is  usually  of  a  flattened  and 
lengthened  shape;  sometimes,  as  in  the  Cat  or 
Lion-tribe,  beset  on  its  upper  surface,  with  small, 
reversed  spines.  In  some  few,  as  in  the  Ant- 
Eaters,  it  is  of  a  cylindric  shape,  and  lengthened 
into  the  form  of  a  worm,  and  is  extensile  at  the 
pleasure  of  the  animal. 

The  Teats  or  Mammae  are  found  in  all  these 
animals,  and,  as  before  observed,  give  rise  to  the 
Linnaean  title  of  the  whole  class. 

After  this  general  description  of  the  Mammalia, 
we  may  proceed  to  take  a  slight  view  of  the  prin- 
cipal tribes  or  orders,  and  their  most  remarkable 
genera  and  species. 

Modern  Naturalists  have  disagreed  with  respect 
to  the  particular  methods  or  distributions  into 
which  they  have  arranged  Quadrupeds.  The  cele- 
brated Count  de  Buffon  entirely  neglected  all  me- 


LECTUBE  II.  S5 

thod  or  systc  m,  Diving  his  elegant,  hut  too  diffuse 
di  -c -i -iptinn*  without  any  regular  order  t»f  <i 
but  ion;  and  having  begun  his  natural  history  of 
Qu.ulnijx  tls  in  this  manner,  lie  chose  to  continue 
it  through  tin-  \\holi-  of  his  \i»lumiitou«,  work,  ex- 
cept in  a  few  instances,  in  which  he  seems  to  I 
found  the  necessity  of  being  systematic  even  in 
spite  of  himself.  Not  contented  with  this  general 
neglect  of  all  arrangement  in  his  history  of  Qua- 
drupeds, Bufibn  seems  to  have  taken  a  pleasure  in 
endeavouring  to  depreciate  the  merit  of  systematic 
arrangement  in  general,  and  more  particularly 
that  of  Linnaeus.  Linnaeus,  however,  appears  to 
have  been  fully  conscious  of  his  own  superiority, 
and  to  have  understood  the  policy  as  well  as  the 
dignity  of  literature  too  well,  to  exalt  into  cele- 
brity the  petulant  remarks  of  Buffon  by  conde- 
scending to  answer  them.  He  even  carefully  ab- 
st ained  from  mentioning  that  author;  not  a  sh 
quotation  from  the  work  of  Burton  making  its  ap- 
ance  in  the  whole  course  of  the  twelfth  edition 
of  the  Systema  Naturae  of  Linnaeus.  A  cl» 
which  is  very  properly  remedied  in  the  enlarged 
edition  of  that  work  by  Dr.  Gmelin. 

The  whole  class  of  Mammalia   is  divided  bv 


36  LECTURE  II. 

Linnaeus  into  seven  orders.  The  first  of  these 
orders  is  entitled  Primates,  as  containing  the  chiefs 
of  the  Creation.  Its  characters  are,  four  front  or 
cutting  teeth  above  and  below ;  and  one  canine  or 
sharpened  tooth  on  each  side  these.  The  feet  are 
formed  with  a  resemblance  of  handsy  and  the  nails 
are  more  or  less  ovate  in  shape.  Most  of  the 
order  feed  chiefly  on  vegetable  substances.  In 
a  merely  zoological  view,  the  Human  kind  stands 
at  the  head  of  this  order,  forming  the  Linnaean 
genus  Homo.  Of  the  human  species  it  can  only 
be  necessary  here  to  observe,  that  it  is  strongly 
allied  in  the  general  structure  of  the  body  to  a 
race  of  animals  by  no  means  calculated  for  flatter- 
ing us  by  the  resemblance. 

The  leading  characters  of  the  genus  Simia, 
comprehending  the  whole  race  of  Apes,  Baboons, 
and  Monkeys,  are,  that  the  teeth  have  the  same 
disposition  and  general  form  as  the  Human  teeth ; 
i.  e.  that  there  are  four  flattish  front  teeth  both 
above  and  below,  a  sharpened  or  canine  tooth  at 
some  distance  on  each  side  these,  and  several 
grinders  beyond :  the  feet  also  have  a  general  re- 
semblance to  hands,  and  in  most  species  are  fur- 
nished with  nails  rather  than  claws. 


4 


fBI-,  GTED 


«&><?  t>ct'jJ.otuton.  fubtykiJ  tf  fcXcarsicr  ftect  Street. 


LECTUKK  II. 


This  numerous  race,  con^tin^  of  the  dill<  r<  lit 
kiiul>  of  A|)«  Sj  Bui  ......  is  ami  Monkcy>,    lias  in  all 

ages  extorted  from  tin-  philosopher  and  the  mo- 
ralist, sentences  expressive  either  o1'  complaint  or 
admiration. 

The  <  i  i  IK-  tribe,  or  the  Orati  Otan,  has 

been  often  studiously  held  up  as  nut.  only  making 
ircr  approach  to   I  ral  figure  of  Man- 

kind than  any  other  animal,  hut  even  a>  pos-  ->iii^ 
a  di  intellect.  superior  to  the  rest  of  the 

animal  world  ;  and  a  variety  of  exaggerated  descrip- 
tions might  be  cited  from  those  who  have  given 
its  natural  histor\.  Tu  o  very  distinct  s]>ecies  of 
Oran  Otan  are  known:  the  one  a  native  of  Africa, 
and  of  a  Mack  colour;  the  other  a  native  of  the 
East  Indies,  and  of  a  reddish  or  chesnut  colour. 
It  is  to  thexr  that  most  of  the  popular  tales  relate. 
But  the  two  species,  distiw 

till  lately  confounded  by  most  authors,  and  among 
others  by  Linna'us,  under  the  title  of  Sinn'ti  Sa- 
fi/rns.  The  sji  liich  makes  the  nearest  ap- 

proach to  the  human  figure,  is  the  chesnut-coloured 
or  reddish  Oran  Otan,  well  represented  in  the 
\\-itrks  of  Vosmaer  and  Audebert.  It  i^  also 
injured  by  Fxl  wards.  The  general  fault  of  the 


38  LECTURE  II. 

common  figures  of  these  animals  is,  that  the 
artists  represent  the  mouth  as  if  furnished  with 
human  lips. 

The  Black  Oran  Otan,  which,  as  before  observed, 
is  a  native  of  Africa,  has  been  long  ago  very 
elegantly  figured  in  the  celebrated  work  of  Dr. 
Tyson.  It  is  somewhat  less  strikingly  allied  to 
the  human  figure  than  the  former  animal,  the  face 
being  rather  more  prominent.  Like  the  former, 
it  has  hitherto  been  brought  to  Europe  in  a  young 
or  unadvanced  state,  and  its  height  has  hardly 
ever  exceeded  that  of  two  feet ;  but  it  appears 
probable  that  both  species  at  their  full  length  may 
arrive  at  a  size  not  far  inferior  to  the  human  sta- 
ture, and  indeed  the  black  species,  if  we  may  rely 
on  the  accounts  of  some  travellers,  has  been  known 
to  surpass  that  height. 

The  manners  of  both  these  animals,  in  a  state 
of  captivity,  are  gentle,  and  void  of  that  disgusting 
ferocity  so  remarkable  in  many  of  the  large  ani- 
mals of  the  Genus  Simia.  Their  imitations  of 
human  actions,  and  the  feats  of  dexterity  for  which 
they  have  been  celebrated,  have  been  so  often  re- 
peated in  various  works  of  natural  history,  that 
they  must  be  familiarly  known  to  all  persons  of 


>-,;/,   . ,  .  ; 


BLACK    ORAW-O  TAT? . 


I  1  (  Tt   III    II.  39 

retd.  M!    it   must   l>r  quite  Unix  <  . -sary  to  re- 

tlicm  to  ;ui  audit-nee  like  the  pr«-.s«  nt.     Those 
\\ln»  max   x\i-h  t«»  «  their  history  m<>r<    mi- 

nutely, must    he  referred  to  tlir  works  of  Hullon, 
t'amper,  VOSIII.M  rt  Daiilit-ntoii,  and  OIXHT. 
Coiuinccd    1»\    the    ln:iii'.:«'Hs 

latter  enquirer^,    ivluti\<    U>    the   aii:ifon. 
thi  -     Hii-ulai-  animal-,  \ve  >hall  find  tliat  ther- 

ntial    ditTen  n    their    l>odilv 

structure  and  that  of  the  human  race  ;  and  .shall 
readily  dismiss  all  apprehensions  of  being  too 
!y  allied  to  animals,  which  ha\e,  l»y  unin- 
iornied  philosophers,  been  held  up  a-^  the  rivals 
of  Mankind. 

From  the  ob>erva;ions  of  Camper  and  Cu 
evident  tliat  these  animals  are  in  reality 
dilated  for  running  and  climbing  in  the  manner  of 
mo-t  other  quadntptds,  and  not  for  walking  up- 
right,  as  they   are   generally   r  ted.       It    i< 
however  true,  that  they  can  ir              liily  a-um« 
that    po>ition    than    most    other   quadrupeds,    and 
may  no  doubt   ha\e  been  somctimo  M m  in  Mieh 
a  posture  in  their  native  woods.       Like  the  r«  M  d 
the   g'-nuine   Ape<,  tin-  Oran  Otans  are  perfectly 
d«  stitnte  of  a  tail. 


40  LECTUKE  II. 

The  manner  of  both  the  species  of  Oran  Otan, 
viz.  the  black  and  the  chesnut-coloured,  are  repre- 
sented as  extremely  gentle  when  in  a  state  of  cap- 
tivity. Dr.  Tyson,  who  about  the  close  of  the 
17th  century  gave  a  description  of  a  young  Oran 
Otan  of  the  black  species,  assures  us  that  it  was- 
(to  use  his  own  expressions)  "  the  most  gentle  and 
loving  creature  that  could  be.  Those  on  ship- 
board that  h°  knew,  he  would  embrace  with  the 
greatest  tenderness,  and,  as  I  was  informed,  al- 
though there  were  other  Monkies  on  board,  yet 
it  was  observed  that  he  would  never  associate, 
and,  as  if  nothing  akin  to  them,  would  always 
avoid  their  company." 

Mr.  Vosmaer's  account  of  the  manners  of  a 
chesnut-coloured  Oran  Otan,  brought  into  Holland 
vin  the  year  1776,  and  presented  to  the  Prince 
of  Orange's  Menagerie,  is  so  curious,  that  I  shall 
repeat  it  from  his  accurate  publication  on  that 
subject. 

This  animal,  says  Mr.  Vosmaer,  was  in  height 
about  two  Rhenish  feet  and  a  half.  It  shewed  no 
symptoms  of  fierceness  or  malignity,  and  was 
even  of  a  melancholy  appearance.  It  was  fond  of 
being  in  company,  and  shewed  a  preference  to 


•  "IT Hi:  II.  41 

\\lio  took  ilai!  \vhieh  it  -*••  int  (I 

jo  !.<•  \rry  ^  •iisibl,..      Oft,  ii,   v,  !,'  ii  ill  ,1,  )t 

would  tlirov.  "ii  tin     Around  ;is  if  in  despair, 

Mttering -lamentable  cries.    I     k     p< T  lia\in^  1 

accn  sometimes  to  sit  near  it  on  tin-  ground, 

•  •Hid  take  tin  hay  of  its  bed,  and  -pr<  ad  it  in 
tin-  form  of  a  cushion  or  a 

moiistration  invite  i<>  kc^p.  r  to  Mt  \\ith  it.  It-, 
usual  manner  of  \\alkii.  on  all  lours,  but  it 

eonld  id.M>  \\alk  on  i»»  two  hind  feet.  One  inorn- 
ini;  it  ur"t  unchained,  and  we  beheld  it,  with  won- 
derful ability,  ascend  the  Ix  anis  and  rafters  of  the 
building:  it  was  not  without  .xoine  trou!>le  that  it 

taken,  and  we  then  remarked  the  prodigious 
strength  of  the  animal;  the  a.v>istancc  of  four  men 
beinir  necessaiy,  in  order  to  hold  it  in  such  a  man- 

as  to  Ix  properly  secured.  During  its  state 
of  liberty,  it  hud,  among  other  things,  taken  the 
cork  from  a  bottle  of  Malaga  wine,  which  it  drank 
t<>  the  la-t  drop,  and  had  set  the  bottle  in  i^  place 

n.  Wlu-n  presented  witfj  .strawberries  on  a 
plate,  of  which  it  was  extremely  fond,  it  was  \,  r\- 
umutiii^  to  Bee  it  take  them  up  one  by  one  with 
a  fork,  and  put  them  into  its  mouth.  Its  common 
drink  was  water,  but  it  also  willingly  drank  all 


42  LECTURE  II. 

sorts  of  wine,  but  preferred  Malaga.  After  eating, 
it  always  wiped  its  mouth,  and  when  presented 
with  a  toothpick,  always  used  it  in  a  proper  man- 
ner. This  animal  lived  seven  months  in  Holland, 
and  was  brought  from  the  island  of  Borneo. 

Two  other  very  remarkable  species  of  Ape  are 
those  called  the  long-armed  Apes,  or  Gibbons.  One 
of  these  is  of  a  black  colour,  with  the  arms  of  such 
a  length,  that  the  tips  of  the  fingers  touch  the 
ground  when  the  animal  stands  upright.  It  is  a 
native  of  India,  and  grows  to  the  height  of  about 
three  feet.  It  is  remarkable  for  having  been  once 
placed  by  Linna3us,  in  one  of  the  earlier  editions 
of  the  Systema  Nature,  under  the  genus  Homo, 
having  been  considered  at  that  time  as  being  still 
more  nearly  related  to  the  Human  race  than  even 
the  Gran  Otan.  It  was  the  Simla  Lar  of  Linnssus, 
and  is  finely  represented  in  Miller's  Miscellaneous 
plates  of  Natural  history*.  The  other  species  of 
Gibbon,  or  long-armed  Ape,  differs  from  the  pre- 

*  But  besides  this  animal,  Linnaeus,  in  8orae  editions  of  the 
Systema  Naturae,  once  introduced  a  species  under  the  name  of 
flw/;r>  Nocturne,  which  was  evidently  no  other  than  the  Oran 
Otan,  indistinctly  described,  with  various  circumstances  of  aggra- 
vation, from  certain  voyages  and  travels. 


7 


>>!.•.  .MAIXRTAN 


DOG-FACEUD  BABOON'. 


fuklifh'd.  i>*  OJUarrlyfUtt  ftr-cet. 


i  i  CT!  IM    II.  43 

ceding    in    l»cinu;    entirely  \\hile,   except    tin-   face 
ami   hands  :    it  /        It  of  And.  ! 

(){'  this   annual,    an  admira'  imci)  exists    in 

tin-  I  11  Miis.-nm,  and    i-,  well  repres- 

th«'  M  (-(Mill  number  <>!'  the   \\i.rk  entitled    Museum 
rinmnn.     It  i»  im|><>-Ml.lr  ;  tlic 

aniin;:!,  witlioir  with  tl  pe- 

culiar apprarance  \vhidi   i:  :nl'lance 

to  the  luiniau  figure  giv«  >  it. 

coininon   !'  \         .nid  tho   smaller 

i  \  «>r  Pvjj:niy  Apo,   arc  too  w<  11  known  to  re- 
(juire   partieula.  uppo-rd    by 

Mr.  Pennant  t<>  \\  ,  \\\>-  I'x.^my  of  tho  an- 

cier/  \vith 

the  Crai 

Siniia  • 

(••  in 

u  ith   1-  ti^theiv  like 

;  \   miiM -tilar  bodies,  and  tails  of  rl 
ths  in  the  different  .     One  of  the  in.»>t 

irkahle  is  the  Simia  Ijamadryas  of  Linnaeus, 
or  (ir«  v   li.ihooii.      It  is  of  an  (  le-ant  »n-y  colour, 
with  the  hair  thickly  mottled  or  freckled  with  mi- 
nut--  dusky  \  :t  is  ])articn' 
diitingaished  by  th-           ->ive  length  and  fulnesi 


44  LECTURE  II. 

of  the  hair  on  each  side  the  head,  which  flows  over 
the  shoulders  in  such  a  manner  as  to  form  a  kind 
of  mantle.  It  is  a  native  of  many  parts  of  Africa, 
and,  like  most  other  Baboons,  is  of  a  ferocious  dis- 
position. In  a  state  of  nature  it  feeds  entirely  on 
fruits  and  grain ;  and  is  said  to  commit  great  ha- 
voc in  plantations  of  various  kinds.  This  Baboon 
\vas  one  of  the  sacred  animals  of  the  ancient  Egyp- 
tians, and  frequently  appears  among  the  hierogly- 
phics inscribed  on  the  ancient  sarcophagi  and 
obelisks  of  that  country.  It  is  also  one  of  those 
species  which  are  furnished  with  a  tail  of  moderate 
length.!? 

Among  the  Baboons  with  very  short  tails,  the 
most  remarkable  is  the  S.  Mormon,  or  variegated 
Baboon;  finely  represented  in  the  first,  number  of 
the  Museum  Leeerianum.  It  is  of  an  olive-brown 
colour,  with  a  •)'  yellow,  and  thickly  be- 

sprinkled with  small  black  specks.  The  whole 
length  of  the  nose,  in  the  full-grown  animal,  is  of 
a  vivid  red,  and  the  checks  of  a  bright  blue,  marked 
on  each  side  b.  il  deep  furrows:  round  the 

lower  part  of  the  body,  the  skin  is  of  a  beautiful 
changeable  violet-colour,  shaded  with  red.  Like 
the  former,  it  is  a  native  of  various  parts  of  Africa. 


8 


VAHIKC-AT  F  i>  BABOON  . 


/>,  J   fc.  G.  K.>mvln  flfti  Strttt. 


x  iT 


MONKEY 


oS  Oct^JLonJan  fuMi/hH  fy  G&arslcr  Fleet  Street. 


II.  45 

Tin  i  .  >cmhlin 

,il    in    ha\iii«;  tin-  1 

l»rill:  ,'.d.        1  Lin- 

n.i  i:  iigMbLas  ;  tj   ol    the 

f<»rm<  r,   hut  Iml;.   <ii^'  mil. 

Am. 

\\  ith  \»  ry  h>i  /  nunikry,  or 

S.  Su/nri!  ij)l(\ 

[ts  col    nr  i-  a  <larl.  !i  tin-  t: 

-  of  llu-  body  and  i  :inhs  \\i 

the  tail  lini;;-  ami  I/'. 

I  must  not  -  ne  Mon- 

.  particularly  li,  !irni>h<<l 

•\\ith    uhat    Lim  iN    a    p 

part  be;  (1,  as   t-  >  the  JH»\\«T 

of  stron  at    plra>Miv, 

and  \\n-  j)in 

h  hand  :  .  in  such 

mm,  '--arc,  a:: 

'I'o  i  '.-,  ith 

the 

IS,    I    m' 
Schreber, 
f.ll,  <  t«  (I  all 


46  LECTURE  II. 

scribed.  Several  good  figures  may  also  be  found 
in  the  magnificent  work  of  Audebert,  though  many 
bad  ones  may  also  be  there  found.  It  may  be 
added,  that  from  indistinct  or  transient  views  of 
some  of  the  larger  kind  of  Apes  and  Baboons, 
must  have  originated  the  ancient  idea  of  Satyrs, 
as  the  smaller  kind  of  Apes  gave  rise  to  that  of 
Pygmies. 

The  next  natural  genus,  or  assortment  of  the 
Order  Primates,  is  that  of  Lemur  or  Macauco. 
It  consists  of  a  set  of  animals,  allied  to  the  mon- 
keys in  some  degree,  but  of  a  much  more  elegant 
appearance. 

The  particular  character  of  the  genus  Lemur 
consists  in  tlie  disposition  of  the  teeth,  which  re- 
semble those  of  Monkeys,  but  the  lower  front  teeth 
are  stretched  out  or  forwards ;  and  the  canine 
teeth  are  placed  close  to  them.  As  a  secondary 
character,  it  maybe  observed,,  that  the  feet  are 
formed  like  hands,  and  that  the  index  or  second 
finder  of  the  hind  feet  is  often  furnished  with 

o 

a  sharp  lengthened  claw.  The  genus  Lemur, 
like  that  of  Simla,  feeds  chiefly  on  vegetables; 
though  some  species  are  also  observed  to  be  carni- 
vorous. 


JO 


MACAPCO 


•  LEMF 

iff 08  l>cti.£oiuk>n  fuhli/Jni  (n>  (,'  hcwslev  F&ef  Street. 


LF<  T\  RE  II.  47 

•tally  1 1  of  a 

.  uliili-   '  that    p. 

Of  the  taillr-s  kiml.  !      uiir  "la: 

Slow   I.'  •   Indian  Nand>, 

and  particularly   of  (Y\lon.      This   animal    is  ex- 

v  slow  in  all  its  motion 
dun:  from  th 

ii  .ailed  tin    (  Noth, 

though  not  at  all  allied  in  any  other  r<->peet  to  the. 
Sloth-  properly  so  called,  or  tin-  Bradypn-  tril>e. 
Another  and  sinnewhal  smaller  >pecies  of  Lemur, 
\vhich  h.  •nndi  d  \\  itli  th«  IMIHK  r. 

i>  the  slender-limbed  L«-mur:  it  .  'ntcofa 

tail,  and    i-  di>tin^ni-hed   hy  ti.  sl6B» 

ileriK-.N'  of  its  limbs.      It  U  -aid  to  !.••  naturalh 
tht  r   a  (jnick  and    lively  animal   ti  A    in   its 

motions. 

A  -lailt-il  of  L«  mur,  Ihr 

inoxt   elegant   is  ih--  I.emnr  Cattaof  Liniuvn-,  or 

,!i  aniie 

and  a  ]  >low  Lemur  in  iti 

maniM-r-  ;     I- 
leaping   uith    |"  i  .      It    i> 

often  l»;-oi!ulit  over  to  ! 

•.vn  Ma- 


48  LECTURE  II. 

cauco,  differs  in  being  of  a  brown  colour  without 
variegation ;  in  some,  rufous  on  the  breast,  and 
white  beneath. 

The  two  genera  of  Simla  and  Lemur  may  be 
said  to  constitute  the  real  or  proper  Primates  : 
Linnasus,  however,  as  is  well  known,  places  in  this 
order  the  genus  Vespertilio  or  Bat  j  an  association 
which  at  first  appears  incongruous,  but  which  is 
justified  by  a  consideration  of  many  particulars  in 
the  structure  of  those  animals ;  though  not  appa- 
rent at  first  view;  nor  will  the  transition  from  the 
genus  Lemur  to  Vespertilio  appear  too  abrupt,  if  we 
consider,  that  in  the  Linnaean  genus  LEMUR  once 
stood  a  very  curious  animal,  allied  in  many  points 
to  the  rest  of  that  tribe,  but  so  different  in  others, 
that  it  is  now,  by  the  common  consent  of  Zoolo- 
gists, removed  from  it,  and  allowed  to  constitute 
a  distinct  genus.  It  is  the  Colngo,  formerly  called 
the  Plying  Lemur ;  the  Galeopithecus  of  Pallas, 
a  large  animal,  measuring  about  three  feet  in 
length,  or  from  head  to  the  extremity  of  the  tail, 
and  is  furnished  with  expanded  lateral  membranes, 
ul.cn  fully  extended,  measuring  nearly  as  much: 
these  membranes  are  not  naked,  as  in  the  bats, 
•but  covered  with  a  furry  skin,  like  the  rest  of  the 


( '  OX.TTGO  or  ['  !  A'TS"  G  L 


f/fff  Strret . 


i  RK  II.  49 

,  rind  M  ;K  liiii'.-  to  tin-  f«  <  t  tli«  in 
continued  from  the  hind-feet  to  the  tip  of  th«-  tail, 
\\hich  is  included  iiith-  kin*.    This  curious 

quadruped,  \\hich  lias  often   hem  iudM  in<  tlv  de- 
serihetl  |>y  Indian  travellers,  under  the  title  of  the 

:'g  Cat,  \-  a  native  .,f  i.  Indian  inlands, 

where  it  lives  in  the  manner  uf  the  IM  nu>  Lemur, 
but  flutter-*  about  during  tin-  night  in  the  manner 
of  a  bat.  Its  general  eolour  is  grey,  with  a  slight 
of  reddish  brown.  Specimens  are  figured  in 
the  work  of  Audebert,  from  the  museum  of  the 
Prince  of  Orange.  That  figured  in  tin-  work  of 
Mr.  Peniuin:  ian  museum.  This 

animal  therefore  may,  at  1   ad  us,    hy  a 

kind  of  natural  transition,  to  the  genus  V<  >jr  rtilio 
or  Bat. 

Linna-us  has  been  sonv  i  ely  cen> 

for  placing   the   Hats  in  tl.  tribe  with  the 

Primal.  iich,  on  a  <  view,  th 

so  little  alii*  d.  A>  it  is  certain.  ho\..-ver,  that  we 
cannot  form  a  fairly  eontn  •<  t<  d  chain  of  the  animal 
world,  these  seemingly  abrupt  transitions  are  but 

*  Its  particular  characters  are :  no  front-u-i-th  in  the  upper-jaw; 
but  in  the  lower  six  broad,  short,  and  distinct  or  separate  teeth, 
deeply  notched  or  pectinated  on  the  tips. 

1ECT.  II.  i 


50  LECTURE  II. 

of  small  consequence  in  an  arrangement  of  Qua- 
drupeds. I  may  add.,  in  the  words  of  an  inge- 
nious French  writer,  "  so  easy  is  it  for  a  person  con- 
versant in  subjects  of  this  nature  to  ring  changes, 
as  it  were,  on  the  animal  world,  that  a  new  system 
of  Quadrupeds  might  be  composed  in  less  than 
half  an  hour." 

Without  enquiring,  therefore,  whether  the  Lin- 
nasan  arrangement  be  in  all  points  the  best  and 
most  natural,  it  may  perhaps,  with  some  variations, 
be  considered  as  the  most  convenient. 

The  genus  Vespertilio,  or  Bat,  is  characterized 
by  having,  in  general,  small,  upright,  numerous, 
sharp-pointed  teeth;  and  the  fingers  or  divisions 
of  the  fore-feet  are  stretched  out  to  a  great  length, 
and  connected  by  a  thin,  naked  membrane,  giving 
the  animal  the  power  of  flight.  With  respect  to 
the  teeth,  however,  in  this  genus,  I  must  observe 
that  they  differ  so  much  in  the  different  kinds  or  spe- 
cies, that  several  distinct  genera  might  be  formed, 
instead  of  one,  if  an  exact  regard  were  paid  to  the 
particular  disposition  of  the  teeth  in  the  various 
tribes.  Some  of  the  French  naturalists  have  pur- 
sued this  plan,  and  have  instituted  several  genera 
from  the  single  Limuuun  genus  Vespertilio. 


EAT  in  tivo  attitudes 


1808 Oct'j. London  fuhti/h'd b\-  GEcarf/fr Ftrcr Street. 


LECTURE  II.  51 

curiou^  .structure  "I   the  wings  m  tin-  Bat 
tribe  cannot  I"-  contemplated  \\ithoiit  admir.c 

so    forilK  'I    OS   to    |M-    capable,    from    tll'-il-    I 

,    of  In-ill  -4  ..'iii- 

ini  r.  ill!.-  \\  rink!  t«i  lie  in 

\\hcn  tin-  auiin.i-  HI;!  to  !.  :ied  into 

a  v.  ut. 

union   Bats  of  our  own  country,  lio\v- 
iiy  curious,  sink  into   insignificant  oi.jeets 
compan  (1  to  the  enormous  species  found  in  some 
parts  of  India,  Africa,  and  South  America.     Of 
tln-sr   the  chid'  is  a  species,  lo,  -rated  IP 

the  name  of  tlie  Vamp\  re  Bat:   it  is  the  \Y- 
tilio  V*auip\rus  of  LinnaMis,  and  n  >rdinary 

hi>t<>ry,    if  true,   may  \\i-Il  l»e  said  to  d 
ticular  attention.      The    body   of  this    animal   is 
tuice  the  >ixe  of  a  squirrel,  or  even  larger,  and 
the  extent   of  the   win^s   often   measures  at 

fl\  e  fe<  t  *  :    I  lie  Colour  of  the   |MM|\    I-  .1    dusk}    l»ro\\n, 

the  head,  neck,  and  should,  -i  >  of  a  redi  \  n  : 

the    \\in.  k,    as    in   the   e.Mmnou    l.,it.      '1'his 

-i'  nt  il 


r  Hans  Sloane,  xi  appears  by  his  catalogue*,  pr 
the  British  Museum,  was  in  po^cssion  •  measuring 

•even  feet.    This  is  the  largest  I  ever  remember  to  have  be.; 
and  was  brought  from  Sumatra. 


52  LECTURE  II. 

is  pretended  that  it  has  the  power  of  inserting  the 
tip  of  its  tongue  so  dexterously  into  the  vein  of  a 
sleeping  person,  as  to  draw  away  a  considerable 
quantity  of  blood,  without  waking  the  patient ; 
all  the  while  fanning  with  its  wings,  and  agitating 
the  air,  in  those  hot  climates,  in  so  pleasing  a 
manner,  as  to  fling  the  sufferer  into  a  still  sounder 
sleep.     It  is  therefore  said  to  be  unsafe  for  any 
person  either  to  sleep  in  the  open  air,  in  regions 
frequented  by  these  animals,   or  to   sleep  in   a 
chamber  with  an  open  window.     The  cattle  in 
many  parts  of  South  America  are  said  to  be  often 
destroyed  by  these  bats.    The  tongue  of  the  Van> 
pyre  bat,  when  accurately  examined,  is  found  to 
be  covered    with   very   numerous,   small,   sharp 
prickles ;  but,  except  these,  as  the  Count  de  Buffon 
observes,   there   seems   to   be  nothing  very  par- 
ticular in   its   structure,   which   can   enable    the 
animal  to  exert  this  singular  power  of  bleeding 
without  causing  pain.     It  is,  however,  on  account 
of  this  quality  that  Linnxus  has  denominated  the 
species   Vespertilio   Vampyrus ;    but    as  he  has 
given  no  explanation  of  the  name,  it  is  probable 
that  the  reason  may  not  be  generally  known.     A 
Vampyre  is  an  imaginary  monster,  or  spirit,  sup- 
posed to  suck  the  blood  of  sleeping  persons.     It 


LECTURE  II  53 

also  alludes  to  one  of  tin  m<-t  .il.>urd  and  de- 
grading superstition*  tliat  «-\er  entered  the  liuman 
niind.  Ahotit  tin-  year  1732,  an  idea  prevailed  in 
some  parts  of  Poland  an<l  HIM.  tun 

human  bodies,  after  interment,  became  possessed 
of  a  power  of  extracting  or  absorbing  blood  from 
those  \vli-i  urn  so  unfortunate  as  to  pass  over,  or 
stand  near  their  gra\es:  such  bodies  were  said  to 
In-  possessed  by  Vampyres,  and  in  order  to  put  a 
stop  to  their  pernicious  power,  it  was  supposed 
necessary  to  disinter  them,  and  wound  them  with 
a  sword.  Astonishing  as  this  folly  may  appear,  it 
is  yet  more  astonishing  to  find  that  a  great  many 
learned  treatises  were  written  on  the  subject,  and 
tint  while  some  endeavoured  to  combat  the  ab- 
surdity upon  all  the  principles  of  sound  philosoplu , 
others  defended  it,  from  what  they  called  un- 
doubted facts.  In  the  Bibliotheca  Anatomica  of 
the  learned  Mailer  may  be  found  a  list  of  m< 
the  publications  on  this  .subject,  and  uh< 
read.s  that  entertaining  work  of  the  late  Lord 
Orford,  entitled  Reminiscences*,  will  be  fully  « 

*  In  this  work  we  are  informed  by  his  lordship,  that  a  very 
•xalted  personage,  in  the  time  of  his  father,  was  perfectly  coo- 


54  LECTURE  II. 

vinced  that  this  superstition  was  by  no  means  con- 
fined to  the  vulgar.  We  see,  therefore,  the  pro- 
priety of  the  Linnaean  name  Vampyre  or  Blood- 
Sucker  applied  to  this  kind  of  Bat. 

It  is  also  to  be  observed,  that  the  propensity 
to  sucking  the  blood  of  animals  is  not  in  reality 
confined  to  the  Vampyre  bats,  but  is  practised  by 
many  other  species;  and  even  the  common  bats 
of  Europe  are  said  to  possess  a  similar  faculty. 
Some  of  the  large  animals  of  this  genus  are  well 
represented  in  the  superb  work  of  Seba,  entitled 
Thesaurus  rerum  Naturalium,  and  are  repeated, 
on  a  smaller  scale,  in  Schreber's  work  on  the 
Mammalia. 

Bats  are  animals  that  lie  torpid  during  the 
winter  months;  sometimes  concealing  themselves 
singly  in  any  convenient  cavity,  and  sometimes 
hanging  together  in  clusters  under  rocks,  in  ca- 
verns, and  sheltered  places.  When  thus  taken, 
in  a  torpid  state,  the  circulation  of  the  blood  is 
not  to  be  perceived  by  the  microscope  in  the 
vessels  of  the  membrane  of  the  wings ;  but  on  the 

vinced  of  the  existence  of  these  beings,  and  expressed  high  dis- 
pleasure against  Sir  Robert  Walpole  for  speaking  irreverently  of 
Vampyrcs. 


1 1  (  1 1  RI:  ir.  55 

application  of  a  certain  d<  gree  of  heat,  the  animal 

:rom   its  torpor,  and  the  ci 
lation  of  the  blood  becomes  visible. 

Tin-  general  appearance  of  tlio  Bat,  tog» 

with   11^   ii'tctunial   flight,    must   be  confessed   to 

lea  of  something  hideous  and  dismal ; 

and  for  tins  reason  the  ancients  conscc:;tt<  d   it  to 

i  pine,  and  supposed  it  to  be  one  of  the  inha- 

itt  of  her  dusky  regions :  and  it  cannot  fail 
to  occur  to  the  recollection  of  every  one,  that 
painters,  in  their  representations  of  ilend>  and 
demons,  usually  exhibit  them  with  the  leathern 
\\  in'^s  of  the  Bat.  It  is  also  equally  evident,  that 
the  fabulous  Harpies  of  the  ancients  must  I 

, nated  from  a  similar  source;  the  larger  I 
of  India  and  Africa,  by  a  little  poetical  exagi: 
tion  of  their  manners,  answering  extremely  well 
to  the  general  description  of  thus,   monsters. 

I  know  not  whether  it  may  he  worth  while  to 
mention  the  cel<  Ic-ated  experiments  of  Spallan- 
ya:ii,  n  Hurt  ini:  a  supposed  additional  x-nse  or 

;ry  in  Hats,  enabling  them,  when  depm- 
siu;ht,  to  avoid  any  obstacles  as  readily  as  v. 
they  retained  their  power  of  MMUM.      These  expe- 
riments are  cruel,  and    pi -r baps  do  not    lead   U 


56  LECTURE  II. 

any  very  important  discoveries  in  the  animal  ceco- 
nomy:  nevertheless,  that  I  may  not  seem  entirely 
to  neglect  a  phenomenon  which  has  been  thought 
worthy  of  attention  by  several  eminent  experi- 
mentalists, I  shall  here  give  a  short  abstract  of 
Spallanzani's  observations. 

Having  observed  that  Bats  would  fly  in  the 
most  dusky  chambers  with  precision,  and  not  even 
touch  the  walls,  he  found  them  equally  exact  in 
their  motions  when  the  eyes  were  closely  covered : 
and  at  length  he  destroyed  the  eyes,  and  covered 
the  socket  with  leather ;  and  even  in  this  state  the 
animal  continued  to  fly  with  the  same  precision  as 
before;  avoiding  the  walls,  and  cautiously  sus- 
pending its  flight  in  seeking  where  to  perch.  It 
even  flies  out  at  a  door  without  touching  the  archi- 
traves. The  Abbe  repeated  his  experiments  on 
several  species  of  Bats;  and  with  the  same  suc- 
cess. These  experiments  were  repeated  by  Vas- 
salli  at  Turin,  by  Rossi  at  Pisa,  Spadon  at  Bologna, 
and  Jurin  at  Geneva.  Spallanzani's  arguments  for 
supposing  that  in  these  instances  no  other  sense 
can  supply  the  place  of  sight,  are  the  following. 

"  Touch  cannot,  in  this  case,  supply  the  place 
of  sigh',  because  an  animal  covered  with  hair 


CTURE  II.  51 

Cannot  be  supposed  to  have  that  sense  very  deli- 

.     In  fly  ing  tin-on-  !i  tin-  mid. Ik-  of  a  narrow 
passage    which   timnd    at     n-Jit    ail"!.  >,    the   Bali 
regularly  bent  their  flight  at  the  curvature,  though 
two  f  it  distant  from  tin-  nails.     They  discovered 
r  their  retreat  ;    found   a  :  j>lace  on 

thr  cornice]    a\<.i«led  the  branches  of  trees  sus- 
j»  iidcd    iii   a   room;    ll«-\v   thruugh   threads   hung 

•  iiilicularly  from  the  ceiling,  without  touching 
them,  though  they  were  scarcely  at  a  greater 
distance  from  each  other  than  that  of  t! 
tended  \\mur-s  and  \\hrn  the  threads  were  brought 
IT,  th«  y  contracted  their  wings  to  pass  through 
them.  They  equally  avoided  every  obstacle, 
though  the  whole  head  was  covered  with  a  varnish 
madr  of  Sund.iiach  dissolved  in  spirit  of  wine. 

"  The  ear  could  not  have  discovered  a  cor- 
nice, or  the  threads  ;  this  sense  therefore  docs  not 
compensate  the  want  of  vision.  Besides,  Bats 
fly  equally  well  when  the  ear  is  most  carefully 

red.  The  smell  might  possibly  a»ist  them; 
for  when  the  nose  was  stopped,  they  breathed 
\\ith  dilliculty,  and  soon  fell.  While  they  did  lly. 
h«»weur,  they  avoided  obstacles  very  well;  and 
the  smell  could  scan  :  in  dis- 


60  LECTURE  II. 

The  genus  Bradypus  or  Sloth  is  highly  remark- 
able.  It  consists  of  but  very  few  species,  of  which 
the  most  curious  is  the  three-toed  Sloth,  or  Brady- 
pus  tridactylus  of  Linnaeus.  This  quadruped  is  a 
native  of  the  hotter  parts  of  South  America,  where 
it  resides  on  trees,  feeding  on  the  foliage  and  fruit. 
It  is  of  all  quadrupeds  the  slowest  in  its  motions, 
appearing  even  to  move  with  difficulty,  and 
never  exerting  its  progressive  powers,  except 
when  urged  by  a  want  of  food.  Before  the  dis- 
covery of  the  western  hemisphere,  the  common 
Tortoise  seems  to  have  been  considered  as  the 
established  type  of  tardiness;  but  the  three-toed 
Sloth  is  a  much  more  striking  example  of  languid 
motion  and  habitual  inactivity.  The  early  ac- 
counts, however,  of  this  extraordinary  animal  seem 
to  have  been  given  with  a  considerable  degree  of 
exaggeration;  it  having  been  at  first  pretended, 
that  the  creature  could  scarcely  advance  to  the 
distance  of  a  stone's  throw  in  less  than  fifteen 
days:  that  it  required  eight  or  nine  minutes,  in 
order  to  move  one  foot  to  the  distance  of  three 
inches.  The  general  appearance  of  the  Sloth  is 
extremely  uncouth:  its  size  is  that  of  a  smallish 


LECTURE  II.  «1 

I         thr  l><>cly  is  of  a  thick  shape,  the  fore-legs  very 
;   the  hind'  liorter:  the   feet   are   vn-y 

small,  hut  they  are  each  armed  uith  three  most 
>sively  strong  and   large  claws,    of  a  slightly 
curved  form,  and  sharp-pointed:  the-  head  i^  Miiall: 
t,  \vith  a  rounded  or  blunt  Miout  :  the 
II,  black,  and  round:  the  ears  flat,  round- 
ed, lying  (lose  to  the  head,  and  not  ill  resembling 
•   of  Monkeys.      The  general   colour  of  the 
animal  is  a  greyish  brown,  and  the  hair  is  extreme- 
ly coarse,  moderately  long,  and  very  thickly  covers 
the  whole  body  and  limbs.     A  remarkable  character 
as  to  colour  in  this  animal  is  a  broad  patch  on  the 
upper   part  of  the  back  of  a  reddish  or  ycllou  isli 
brown,    marked   on    each    side   by    several    black 
spots,     and   down    the    middle   by   a   \eiy   COO 
cuous  long  black  stripe.       In    the  young   animals 
this   stripe  is  but  very  obscurely,  if  at  all,  visible. 
The   I^adiiiL;  or   specific  character  of  the   animal 
in   all  tin-   '  sg  furnished  with  three 

claws;    which   affords   an   ea>\   and    n  a«K    ; 
distinction  between   this  species  and  th<   /  ,  >-toctl 
Sloth  or  Bradypus  didact \lus-,  which  is   of  .similar 
and  COnsid<  i-ibly  alli<  d  to  it  in  form,  bir 


62  LECTURE  II. 

invariably  two  claws  only  on  the  fore-feet,  and 
three  on  the  hind*. 

The  Count  de  Buffon,  in  one  of  those  flights  of 
paradoxical  eloquence  in  which  he  sometimes  in- 
dulges, is  not  willing  to  allow  the  common  or 
three-toed  Sloth  any  share  in  contributing  to  the 
general  beauty  in  the  scale  of  animated  nature, 
but  considers  it  as  an  ill-constructed  mass  of  de- 
formity, calculated  only  for  misery,  which  he  thinks 
is  the  less  to  be  wondered  at,  since  perhaps  the 
major  part  of  Mankind  experience  a  similar  fate. 

"  From  a  defect  in  their  conformation,  says  this 
author,  the  misery  of  these  animals  is  not  less  con- 
spicuous than  their  slowness:  they  have  no  cutting- 
teeth  :  the  eyes  are  obscured  with  hair  ;  the  chaps 
are  heavy  and  thick;  the  hair  is  flat,  and  resembles 
withered  herbs ;  the  thighs  are  ill  jointed  to  the 
handles;  the  legs  are  too  short,  ill  turned,  and  ter- 
minated still  worse :  their  feet  have  no  soles,  and 
no  toes  which  move  separately,  but  only  two 

*  The  three-toed  Sloth  exhibits  a  peculiarity  in  the  structure 
of  its  skeleton,  unexampled  by  that  of  any  other  quadruped :  viz. 
that  the  neck  has  nine  vertebrae  or  bones ;  the  number  in  all  other 
quadrupeds,  and  even  in  the  two-toed  Sloth,  being  only  seven. 


i  i  en  •  ir.  n 

or  three  cla  proportionately  Inn-',  and  ; 

dou  which  move  together,  ;iud  are  more 

hurtful  !••  their  walking  than  ad\antai;eous  in  as- 
Mstm-  i  •  (limb.  Slowness,  habitual  pain, 

and  .stupidity  arc  the  results  of  iliis  strange  and 
^rled  conformation.  The  Sloths  have  no  wea- 
pons cither  •  or  defensive.  They  are  fur- 
ni>lied  \\ith  no  in.  aiis  «>f  .-afety;  for  they  can  neither 
run,  nor  di.-j  into  the  earth.  Confined  to  a  small 
space,  or  to  the  tree  under  which  they  are  brought 
forth,  they  arc  prisoners  in  the  midst  of  space,  and 

;ot  move  the  length  of  one  fathom  in  an  hour. 
They  drag  theniM  1\< -s  up  a  tree  with  much  labour 
and  pain;  their  cry,  and  interrupt  they 

only  utter  in  the  ni.?ht:  all  these  circum- 
.stanee.s  ann-Mince  the  misery  of  the  Sloths,  and  recal 
to  our  minds  those  defeetiu-  monsters,  those  im- 

•  i    -ketches  of  Nature,   \\hieh,   bein^  hardly 

!  with  faculties  of  existence,  could  not  sub- 

IciiLrth  o\'  time,  and  ha\c  accordingly 

been  .-.truck  out  of  the  list  of  beings.     li'the,  regions 

inhabited   by  the  Sloths   were  not  desert,  but  had 

been  occupied  for  any  length  of  time  by  Man  and 

the  larger  anim  ds,  these  creatures  would  neu-r  ha\c 

descended  tu  our  times }  but  would  hav 


64  LECTURE  II. 

hilated,  as  in  some  future  period  will  be  the  case. 
Every  thing  that  Nature  could  possibly  produce, 
capable  of  existence,  has  been  produced,  of  which 
the  Sloths  are  a  striking  example.  They  constitute 
the  last  term  of  existence  in  the  order  of  animals 
endowed  with  flesh  and  blood:  one  other  defect 
added  to  the  number  would  have  totally  prevented 
their  existence.  To  regard  these  bungled  sketches 
as  beings  equally  perfect  with  others;  to  call  in  the 
aid  of  final  causes  to  account  for  such  dispropor- 
tioned  productions,  and  to  make  Nature  as  brilliant 
in  these  as  in  her  most  beautiful  animals,  is  to  view 
her  through  a  narrow  tube,  and  to  substitute  our 
own  fancies  for  her  intentions.  Why  should  not 
some  animals  be  created  for  misery,  since  in  the 
human  species  the  greatest  number  of  individuals 
are  devoted  to  pain  from  the  moment  of  their  ex- 
istence ?  Evil,  it  is  true,  proceeds  more  from  our- 
selves than  from  Nature.  For  a  single  person  who 
is  unhappy  because  born  feeble  or  deformed,  there 
are  millions  who  are  rendered  miserable  by  the 
oppression  of  their  superiors.  The  inferior  ani- 
mals, in  general,  are  more  happy,  because  the 
species  have  nothing  to  fear  from  individuals :  to 
them  there  is  but  one  source  of  evil :  to  Man  there 


LECTURE  II.  65 

an-  two;  Moral  L'vil,  of  ulneh  In-  is  himself  the 
fountain,  li:is  accumulated  into  an  immense  ocean, 
which  COM  ri  :nnl  aflliets  tin  \\hole  surface  of  the 
earth.  I'hy-ica!  <  \  il,  on  tin-  contrars  ,  i^  i.  -trained 
within  \ery  narrow  bounds:  it  seldom  appears 
alone,  for  it  is  always  accompanied  with  an  equal, 
il  not  a  superior  good.  Can  happiness  be  dcnu  d 
to  animals,  when  they  enjoy  freedom;  have  the 
faculty  of  procuring  subsistence  with  ease,  and  pos- 
more  health  and  organ>  capable  of  affording 
more  pleasure  than  those  of  the  human  species? 
Now  the  generality  of  animals  are  most  liberally 
endowed  with  all  these  sources  of  enjoyment.  The 
aded  Sloths  are  (jcrhaps  the  only  animals  to 
whom  Nature  has  been  unkind,  and  which  exhibit 
io  us  the  picture  of  innate  mist 

In    opposition  however  to   this   eloquent   ha- 
.  v.  c  may  venture  to  suppose,   without  any 
fear  of  being  in  the  wrong,  that  the  Sloth,  notwith- 
standing this  appearance  of  wretchedness  and  de- 

>ity,  is  as  well  fashioned  for  its  proper  modes 
and  habits  of  life,  and  feels  as  much  pleasure  in  its 
solitary   and  obscure   retreats,  as  the  rest  of  the 
animal   world,  of  greater  locomotive  powers, 
>u|n  rior  e\ti  rnal  elegance. 

LECT.  II.  P 


66  LECTURE  II. 

I  should  add,  that  although  the  Sloths  are  na- 
tives of  South  America,  yet  it  is  contended  by  Seba 
and  some  others  that  the  two-toed  species  has 
been  found  in  some  parts  of  the  East-Indies,  and 
particularly  in  the  island  of  Ceylon. 

A  few   years  ago  a  very  remarkable  animal 
was  brought  into  this  country  from  the  interior 
parts  of  Bengal,  which  by  Mr.  Pennant  and  others 
was  referred  to  the  present  genus,  and  considered 
as  a   species   of  Sloth.     Its  general   appearance 
however  was  so  much  allied  to  that  of  a  Bear, 
that  it  was  natural  enough,  at  first  sight  to  sup- 
pose it  to  belong  to  the  genus  Ursus.     It  was  in 
company  with  Mr.  Pennant  that  I  first  examined 
it  with  accuracy,  and  could  not  but  agree  with  him 
in  opinion  that  it  should  be  regarded  as  a  species 
of  Sloth,  from  the  appearance  of  the  teeth.     But 
the  age  of  the  animal  was  not  ascertained,  and  it 
was  not  clear  that  it  had  gained  the  legitimate 
number  of  its  teeth.     It  was  described  by  myself 
under  the  name  of  Bradypus  ursinus  or  the  Ursine 
Sloth,  and  has  been  extremely  well  figured  by  an 
ingenious  artist,  whose  representation  has  been  re- 
peated in  different  works.     The  animal  was  about 
the  size  of  a  Bear,  and  of  a  black  colour,  with  very 


LECTURE  II.  67 

long  shaggy  hair;  a  lengthened,  naked,  and  flexible 
snout;  fi\»  < M  .  ^i\.  K  strong,  curved  claws  on  tin: 
tret,  and  live  much  smaller,  and  of  a  rounder 
sh;i|>r,  on  tlir  hind  feet  ;  the  tail  and  car>  \<T\  -hort. 
Its  motions  u<  re  not  peculiarly  languid,  as  in  the 
Sloths,  but  moderately  lively:  its  manners  were 
gentle,  and  it  fed  on  vegetable  substances  and 
milk.  I  forbear  any  longer  description  of  the  ani- 
mal, and  must  refer  those  who  wish  for  more  par- 
ticular information,  to  the  description  given  in  the 
Naturalist's  Miscellany,  and  in  last  Edition  of  Mr. 
Pennant's  Quadrupeds;  but  I  have  now  to  observe 
that  in  consequence  of  information  received  on 
this  subject  from  an  ingenious  naturalist  lately 
arrived  from  India,  and  who  has  had  opportunities 
of  examining  the  animal  in  its  native  regions,  it 
ought  really  to  be  referred  to  the  genus  Ursus  or 
Bear,  and  may  therefore  not  improperly  be  named 
Ursus  Bengalensis  or  the  Bengal  Bear*. 

To  the  genus  Bradypus  or  Sloth  is  allied,  ac- 
cording to  the  ingenious  Cuvier,  the  celebrated 

*  In  the  Lcverian  Museum,  the  impending  dispersion  of  which 
must  be  considered  as  an  unspeakable  disadvantage  to  the  study  of 
Natural  History  in  this  Country,  may  be  seen  a  very  fine  specimen 
of  this  remarkable  animal 


68  LECTURE  II. 

fossil  skeleton  of  a  very  large  quadruped,  dug  up 
a  few  years  ago  in  South  America,  and  preserved 
in  the  Museum  at  Madrid.  It  has  been  described 
under  the  title  of  Megatherium,  and  differs,  ac- 
cording to  Cuvier,  in  its  characters,  taken  together, 
from  all  known  quadrupeds;  and  each  of  its  bones, 
considered  apart,  also  differs  from  the  correspond- 
ing bones  of  all  known  animals;  but  it  appears 
more  nearly  allied  to  the  Sloths  than  to  any  other 
of  the  Mammalia.  The  skeleton  measures  near 
twelve  feet  in  length^  and  six  in  height. 


I.KCTUU:  111. 


J.N  tlit^  preceding  lecture,  I  repeated  the  o  !<•- 

brated  harangue  of  the  Count  de  Billion,  relative 
to  the  supposed  misery  of  the  Quadrupeds  called 
Sloths,  and  concluded  \\ith  a  slight  account  of  a 
supposed  Indian  species,  and  of  a  remarkable 

I  >kel<-ton,  seemingly  allied  to  the  same  genus. 
I  .shall  iiu\v  proceed  to  the  remaining  animals  of 
this  order,  all  of  \\hieh  an  distinguished  by  the 
total  uant  of  front  teeth,  and  some-  are  totally 
destitute  of  any  teeth. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  of  tin -M-  (ienera 
of  Quadrupi  <U  i>  that  of  Dasypus,  or  Arma- 
dillo. This  genus  is  readily  distinguished  from  all 
others,  shift-  all  the  species  lu-lougiivs:  to  it  are 
l»y  nature  iurnisli- d  ^ith  a  most  »  Ir^ant  suit  of 

.    armour,  so  curioiislv  di^jxisi-d,  that  it  i>  im- 

ihl«-  to  behold  it  without  the  biglic.^t   admira- 


70  LECTURE  III. 

tion.  The  long  zones  or  divisions,  covering  the 
upper  part  of  the  body,  differ  in  number  in  the 
different  species,  and  thus  afford  a  good  general 
character  of  distinction.  The  most  common  spe- 
cies is  the  Dasypus  novem-cmctus,  or  nine-banded 
Armadillo.  All  the  Armadillos  are  natives  of 
South  America,  where  they  reside  in  dry  and 
rocky  places,  and  have  the  faculty  of  burrowing 
under  ground.  They  wander  about  chiefly  by 
night,  and  devour  various  kinds  of  roots  and 
grain:  they  also  prey  on  worms  and  insects;  and 
when  in  a  state  of  captivity,  will  readily  eat  ani- 
mal food,  and  that  in  considerable  quantities. 
The  side-teeth  or  grinders  are  numerous,  but  they 
have  neither  canine  nor  front-teeth.  They  are  of 
a  perfectly  innocent  and  inoffensive  nature.  The 
largest  species  known  is  the  twelve-banded  Arma- 
dillo, which  arrives  at  the  length  of  four  feet  from 
the  snout  to  the  tip  of  the  tail :  all  the  rest  are 
of  a  much  smaller  size,  measuring  noif  more 
than  a  foot  in  body,  exclusive  of  the  tail.  The 
general  colour  of  Armadillos  in  a  living  state 
seems  to  be  brown,  but  some  are  of  a  very  pale 
or  yellowish  brown  cast ;  and  all,  in  a  natural  state, 
have  the  shelly  or  bony  armour  covered  with  a 


MAK1S  TETHADACTYLA 


failed  fango/itt 


JoJf,  .' 


iS   PElfTADACTTXA 

or  short  tailed  fangolws 

i4oS PcUlontJcn  fuAU/lid  fiy  C.fraf.t/r<  F/rff  Street. 


LECTURE  III.  71 

thin,  semitran-parciit  epidermis  or  skin,  beneath 
\\liicli  the  bony  cn^t  itself  is  \\hite.  When  the 
Armadi!!  d  by  other  animals,  they 

roll  theiiiM-hes  up  into  tin-  form  of  a  hall,  hy  o>n- 
tlu-ir  body  and  limbs,  and  arc  thus  secured 
from  all   common   violence  ;  aH'onling  one  of  the 
utiriil  and  striking  instances  of  the  bene- 
\«.!«-nt   care  which   Nature  has  taken  in  the  pro- 
tection  of  animals   of    a   weak    and    inoilrnM\e 
nature. 

The  genus  Mania  or  Pangolin,  is  distinguished 
by  an  appearance  so  far  removed  from  that  of  the 
generality  of  viviparous  quadrupeds,  that,  at  first 
view,  it  rather  suggests  the  idea  of  an  animal  of 
the  Lixard  tribe;  and  hence  these  quadrupeds 

been  oft eii  called  by  the  improper  tit! 
Scaly  Li-iink.  The  mouth  is  lengthened  into  the 
form  of  a  tubular  snout,  without  any  teeth,  and 
the  tongue  is  very  long,  round,  and  capable  of 
being  extended  at  pleasure,  to  a  great  length,  and 
in-tead  of  hair,  the  animal  is  coated  on  all  parts, 
except  on  the  belly,  by  extremely  strong  and 
large  scales,  composing  a  suit  of  armour,  capable 
of  defending  the  creature,  when  rolled  up,  from  the 
assaults  of  t  i  f.  rocious  enemies.  The  Pan- 


72  LECTURE  III. 

golins  are  of  a  harmless  nature,  and  are  chiefly 
found  in  various  parts  of  India  and  the  Indian 
islands :  they  feed  on  the  smaller  kinds  of  insects, 
and  particularly  on  ants,  which  they  obtain  by 
stretching  out  their  long  worm-shaped  tongue 
amidst  heaps  of  those  insects,  and  when  covered 
with  them,  suddenly  retracting  it,  and  swallowing 
them. 

There  seem  to  be  only  two  or  three  distinct 
species  known,  with  some  occasional  varieties  of 
each.  The  principal  species  is  the  Mauls  pen- 
tadactyla  of  Linnasus,  or  the  five-toed  Pangolin ; 
distinguished  by  having  five  claws  on  the  fore- 
feet, and  four  on  the  hind:  the  middle  claws  of 
the  fore-feet  being  extremely  large  and  strong. 
In  India  this  animal  is  particularly  called  the 
Pangolin;  it  is  said  chiefly  to  frequent  woods  and 
marshy  places,  walking  slowly,  and  when  pursued, 
rolling  itself  up  into  the  form  of  an  oval  ball;  and 
thus  becomes  so  strongly  armed,  that  even  the 
Tiger  and  the  Leopard  cannot  attack  it  with 
impunity,  but  wound  their  own  feet  in  the  assault. 
The  colour  of  the  five-toed  Pangolin  is  a  pale, 
yellowish  brown;  besides  the  character  of  five 
claws  on  the  fore-feet,  the  tail,  in  this  species,  is- 


M  <  Tl  HK  III.  73, 

shorter  than  tin-  body.      It  gTOWl   i<>  lh€  l<-:i:jih  of 
lour  or  five  feet,  <»r  even  more.     Tin-  other  specie* 
or    four-lord     Pangolin,     tin-     M.    t- ;  r.tdaetyl 
Limurus,   is   \<r\   (  los.lv  allied  tu  tin-  pi-ending, 
Itut    i-  <>f  a  ratlin-  lon-rr  or  more  sender  shape, 
\\ith  only  four  claws  uii  all  the  feet ;  and  tin- tail 
i.  ral)l\   lon.m-r  than  the   body.     Its  man- 
arc   >imilar  to   ilm-i    <»!'  tlu-   pi  < -r  diiii;  kiiul, 
and  it>  size  scarcely  infs-rior. 

Tin-  n<-xt  genus  which  \vo  .shall  attend  to,  is 
that  o£  Myrmecophaga,  or  Ant-Eat  .IT.  It  is  distin- 
guished, like  that  of  Manis,  !>y  h.ivinLj  the  mouth 
thrn<  d  into  tlic  tonn  of  a  snout,  and  perfectly 
destitute  of  teeth,  < -\ccpt  that,  very  d'-ep  at  the 
ijack  part  of  the  mouth,  an  .said  to  be  situ; 
(according  to  th  Camper)  a  pair 

of  small  bony  promin  which  may  be  sup- 

posed to  act  as  a  kind  of  grinders:  the  tongue,  as 
in   the  former   gem  :^,   round,   and 

d»lr  of  bei.  udrd    to   a   Ljreat   distance 

from  the  tip  of  the  snout.     The  hod  ,t  in 

one   <>r  two  species  lately  discoveivd,    i>  covered 
with  hair.     The  sp,  ;irt.  n,,t  nu- 

merous.     The   chief  is   th<  :    Ant-eater,    or 

M.  Jubata  of  Linnxus,  a  qua-  ..TV  eon- 


14  LECTURE  III. 

siderable  size  and  of  very  singular  aspect,  mea- 
suring from  six  to  seven  feet  in  length,  from  the 
tip  of  the  snout  to  that  of  the  tail ;  the  body  is  of 
a  lengthened  form,  with  a  small  head,  long  snout, 
and  very  long  hairy  tail.  The  colour  of  the 
animal  is  a  deep  iron-grey,  with  a  broad  black 
band  or  stripe,  edged  with  white,  passing  along 
each  side  of  the  breast  and  flanks  -3  the  tail  is  also 
black:  on  the  fore-feet  are  four  claws,  and  on 
the  hind-feet  five:  the  two  middle  claws  of  the 
fore-feet  being  extremely  strong;  a  circumstance 
which  renders  this  quadruped,  though  destitute  of 
teeth,  a  very  formidable  adversary,  since  it  has 
been  known  to  destroy  animals  of  much  greater 
apparent  strength,  by  continued  laceration  and 
pressure.  It  is  a  native  of  South  America  j  chiefly 
of  Brasil  and  Guiana;  sleeping  during  the  greatest 
part  of  the  day,  and  coming  out  by  night.  It 
feeds  entirely  on  ants  and  other  insects,  laying  its 
tongue  on  the  hillocs  or  nests  of  these  insects,  and 
from  time  to  time  retracting  it,  in  order  to  swallow 
the  ants  with  which  it  is  covered.  The  finest 
specimen  of  this  animal  perhaps  ever  brought  into 
Europe,  is  preserved  in  the  Leverian  Museum. 
The  smallest  species  of  Ant-Eater  is  a  highly 


TWO  TOETj)  &JST  K 


\  IN  E 


LECTUKl.  III  75 

elegant    animal.  l\    larger    than   a   squirrel, 

.UK!  measuring  little  more  than  seven  inches  from 
tin-  HOM-  to  the  tail,  u  hich  is  longrr  than  the  whole 
body  and  head,  and  i>  also  ttroBgly  prehensile: 
the  snout  is  slightly  bent,  rather  sharpem  d,  and 
of  a  tubular  structure;  the  h-^s  short,  with  the 
fore  feet  furnished  with  only  two  claws  on  each, 
I. ut  of  excessive  size  in  proportion  to  the  limb. 
The  hind-feet  have  each  f'<>ur  cla\\-,  of  mode-rate 
size.  The  colour  of  the  animal  is  an  elegant  pale 
yellow-brown,  and  the  hair  is  beautifully  undulated 
or  waved.  This  species,  which  is  called  the  two- 
toed  Ant-Eater,  Myrmecophuga  dldactyla  of  Lin- 
iKrus  i<  a  native  of  South  America,  where  it  re- 
sides on  trees,  and  lives  on  insects,  and  particularly 
on  a  species  of  Ants,  which  form  their  nests  on 
the  trees  it  frequents.  An  excellent  figure  of  tin* 
species  of  Ant-KaUr  has  been  given  by  Edwards, 
in  his  Gleanin-  \  itural  History. 

Tin-  BCiea   "t    Ant-F.ater    which    I    .shall 

men:  n   nati\e   of  Au>t rala.sia  or  New  Hol- 

land, and  di tiers  from  all  the  rest  in  being  covered, 
not  \\ith  hair,  hut  with  strong  and  ^-harp  quills  or 
spines,  .similar  to  tho>cof  a  Porcupine,  but  shorter 
in  proportion.  This  highly  curious  species  usually 


76  LECTURE  III. 

measures  about  a  foot  or  fifteen  inches  in  length, 
and  is  of  a  thick  and  strong  form,  with  very  short 
limbs,  and  a  narrow  tubular  snout.  It  affords  a 
striking  instance  of  one  of  those  collateral  affinities 
which  we  had  before  occasion  to  advert  to;  by 
which  animals  of  different  tribes  have  a  kind  of 
connexion  with  each  other;  in  the  present  in- 
stance, we  see  an  affinity  between  the  genus 
Myrmccophaga  in  the  order  Bruta,  and  the  Por- 
cupine, which  belongs  to  a  widely  different  tribe 
of  animals,  and  ranks  in  an  order  called  Glires. 
The  Aculeated  or  Porcupine  Ant-Eater,  is  of  a 
black  or  very  dark  brown  colour  on  the  limbs  and 
lower  parts,  while  the  spines  or  quills  are  of  a 
yellowish  white,  with  black  tips.  On  the  fore-feet 
are  five  very  strong  claws,  and  on  the  hind  four ; 
the  tail  is  excessively  short,  and  beset  with  large 
upright  quills.  In  its  mode  of  life  this  animal 
resembles  the  rest  of  the  Ant-Eaters.  It  is  ge- 
nerally found  in  the  midst  of  some  large  ant-hill. 
It  burrows  with  great  strength  and  celerity  under 
ground,  when  disturbed,  and  it  is  said  that  it  will 
even  burrow  under  a  very  strong  pavement,  re- 
moving the  stones  with  its  claws:  during  such 
exertions,  its  body  is  observed  to  be  stretched  or 


I.I.CTURE  III.  71 

tinned   t«>  an   HIM-'. iimion  d   :;rce,  so  as  to  ap- 

\  dill't  i-(  nt  from  tin-  -hort  .-lid  j)luni|)  a 
uhich  it  b«-ar>  in  its  undisturbed  state. 

It   cannot  liau  1  the  attention  of  every 

one,  that  the  ^cncru  of  the  Pangolins  and  Ant- 
Eaters  diller  nnly  in  their  external  covering  from 
each  other;  the  Linn;'.,  ua  M yrmecophaga 

being  covered  with  hair,  and  that  of  Manis  uitli 
strong  horny  scalo.     In  con-vqui  IK •<•  therefore  of 
tlie  discovery  oi'  the  aeuli-aicd  or  porcupine  Ant- 
Eater,  it  follows  that  the  Linna-an  character  of  the 
L:*  nus  Myrmeeophaga,  is  in   part    rcnderrd  inap- 
plicable, sin-  nuine  .spi-eic.-,  <.)'  Ant-Eater  is 
now  discovered,  which  is  coated,  not   with  hair, 
but  with  strong  spines  or  quills.       \\V  may  th- 
fore  either  enlarge  the  Linna-an  character  of  the 
Ant-l;.att -rs,    l.\  that  tlie   body  is  covered 

r  \\itli  hair  or  .spino,  or  <  Kc  uc  ma\  consider 
the  aculei'tr.l  . \nt-l  -titntini(  a  new  and 

distinct  ^enu.s,  of  which  the  characters  will  be, 
a  mouth  of  a  tubular  structure,  and  without  teeth, 
but  furnislK  (1  \\ith  n^ilr  tongue,  and 

th»  body  covered  with  .strong  spines.      I  may  add 

two  oth«  r  j-pcci'-v  have  been  lately  di-cu\cred, 


LECTURE  III. 


ewhat  sma«er 


of  a          s    colour. 


This  senus,  w 
. 


-  - 

i  :rh  at  present  consists 
hich  at  pi 


«  name  having  been  given 
the  webs  of  its 


fore-feet,  and  the  bill 

v,-^v,  has  the  resemblance 

theT;'tEnIu  generic  name  of  D^ 

58  ^  ^  ording  to  the  Linn^n   ar- 

rank  this  anlmal  dmg  ^  ^^^.^ 

rangement  of  f^^^tute  of  teeth, 
belong  to  the  order  J  8  ^  or 

but  if  we  rank  it  accordmg  to  *  g 

t  might  find  a  place  among 


s, 


^ 

H 
< 

a 
S 


.: 


20 


Btak  IcFectofttu.  3*1ATYI»17S  of  theirNatural  stzt. 


I.F.CM  HK  III.  19 

inspirit^,  ha\e  exhibited  tin-  least  appearance  of 
I'M-  MM  klinu  the  \ouiiLr;   nor  i>  il  <  a>y  to  COI1- 
ceive  \i»\\    the  animal  roiild  perform  tip- action  of 
Mirk:  Oce  tin-  mouth  or  Mioul    hi-ars  tli*-  iii'M 

.Mam •«•  to  the  hill  of  a  Dm  k,  ami  par- 
Meularlv  tu  that  of  the  broad-billed  Ducks  called 
Show  -Hers.  This  beak  is  surrounded  at  tin-  ! 
by  a  circular  llap  or  border,  resembling  leather, 
and  perfectly  .separating  the  base  of  the  bill  from 
the  I'm-  of  the  head.  There  are  no  teeth  of  any 
kind;  and  cvc-n  the  tubercles  or  processes,  which 
may  be  perceived  by  dissection,  on  each  side  the 
base  or  back  part  of  the  beak,  are  not  real  teeth, 
having  no  sockc  not  bring  of  a  really  bony 

nature.  The  tongue  is  situated  very  far  back  in 
the  mouth,  and  is  broad  and  short:  the  fore-feet 
are  wrhbrd,  much  more  widely  in  proportion  than 
in  any  other  \vrb-footed  quadruped,  and  are  fur- 
nished with  five  short,  sharp,  and  strong  claws: 
the  hind-fret  are  less  deeply  webbed,  and  have 
of  a  slightly  curved  form;  besides 
which,  in  the  male  animal  is  situated  on  each 
foot  ronic  and  sharp  crooked  spur  or 

.-i\th    claw,    not    ill    resembling    the    spur    of  a 
Cock:    the  body  is  of  a  broad,   and  sli^InK    d<  - 


SO  LECTURE  III. 

pressed  shape,  with  a  rather  small  head,  and  eyes 
so  small,  and  so  deeply  imbedded  in  the  fur,  as 
not  to  be  distinctly  visible  without  a  close  in- 
spection :  the  tail  is  broad,  rather  short,  and  very 
slightly  pointed.  The  whole  animal  is  thickly 
covered  with  strong,  but  soft  and  glossy  hair, 
which  on  the  upper  parts  is  of  a  deep  iron-grey, 
more  or  less  intense  in  different  individuals,  and 
on  the  under-parts  considerably  paler;  in  some 
specimens  whitish.  The  general  length  of  the 
animal,  from  the  tip  of  the  bill  to  that  of  the  tail, 
is  from  twelve  to  sixteen  or  eighteen  inches. 

This  most  extraordinary  and  dubious  qua- 
druped is  a  native  of  Australasia  or  New  Hol- 
land, where  it  inhabits  fresh-water  lakes,  and  is 
supposed  to  feed  on  worms,  water-insects,  and 
perhaps  on  various  weeds,  in  the  manner  of  a 
Duck.  It  is  obliged  to  rise  every  now  and  then 
to  the  surface  in  order  to  breathe,  and  it  is  at  this 
particular  juncture  that  it  is  principally  taken,  by 
transfixing  it  with  a  small  kind  of  harpoon.  It  is 
supposed  to  burrow,  at  a  considerable  depth  into 
the  banks  of  the  waters  it  inhabits. 

If  there  be  no  mistake  in  the  anatomical  dis- 
quisitions hitherto  made  on  the  Duckbill,  its  in 


«  Tt  RE  HI.  81 

tiriial    structure    is    not    i<  ^ordinary  than 

•  xtrrnal  ;    since   it   appears  to  be  oviparous, 

,111  appe;-.ranee  \\liich  gives  reason  for 

supj..  ihat    it    hears    internal    eggs,    in    the 

inanniT  of  many  of  the  li/anl   tribe,   from   \\hich 

the    yonii.^    ar.      hatched    before     their     final 

cloaioD. 

This  Quadruped  therefore  may  be  considered 

as  tlu   miracle  of  Modern  Zoology. 

In  the  Phil. Trans,  for  1802,  may  be  found  an. 
excellent  description  of  the  anatomy  of  this  in- 
teresting animal,  by  the  ingenious  Mr.  Home. 

The  order  Eruta  presenting  several  highly 
curious  animals,  we  have  dwelt  somewhat  longer 
upon  it,  than  its  proportional  limits  would  other- 
wise ha\e  allowed  us  to  do;  and  must  ha 
through  the  remaining  orders  with  a  more  rapid 
step. 

third  Linnxan  Order  of  the  Mammalia  is 
entitled    I-\-ra-.       It   contains  the  predacious  qua* 
s,  and  consists  of  several  genera,  all  agree- 

in  liavinir  teeth  evidently  calculated  for  feeding 
on  liesh.  The  front-teeth,  which  are  usually  six 
both  above  and  below,  approach  to  a  conical  or 
pointed  figure-;  the  canine-teeth  are  longi  and 

LECT.  HI.  G 


82  LECTURE  III. 

the  grinders  not  flattened  at  the  top,  but  are  of  a 
lobated  and  sharpened  form ;  the  claws  also  with 
which  the  feet  are  furnished  are  sharp,  and  more 
or  less  curved  in  the  different  species. 

The  first  genus  of  the  Ferte  or  predacious 
quadrupeds,  (if  we  exclude  that  of  Phoca  or  Seal, 
which  will  be  more  properly  stationed  in  a  dif- 
ferent division),  is  that  of  Canis  or  Dog ;  this 
comprehends  all  the  animals  of  the  Dog  tribe : 
it  consequently  consists  of  the  common  Dog, 
with  all  its  numerous  varieties;  the  Hycena,  of 
which  there  are  two  distinct  kinds;  the  Fox,  of 
which  many  varieties  exist ;  the  Wolf,  so  common 
and  so  destructive  in  many  parts  of  the  northern 
world;  and  the  Jackall,  peculiar  to  Eastern  and 
Southern  regions.  The  chief  character  of  the 
Dog  tribe,  consists  in  having  six  front-teeth  above 
and  below ;  the  middle  ones  in  the  upper  jaw, 

and  the  side  ones  in  the  lower  jaw  lobated :  the 

/ 
grinders  are  six  or  seven  on  each  side :    the  toes, 

or  divisions  of  the  fore-feet  are  five  in  number, 
and  of  the  hind-feet  four.  To  these  characters 
may  be  added  that  the  visage  is  of  a  lengthened 
shape. 

Next  succeeds  the  genus  Fdis  or  Cat,  compre- 


' 


PABTTHEH 


/8cSCrir  i  J.i  IK/€/ 


•  GJ?earslc\  f'ft-ct  Mr,-,-t 


III. 

bending  ;ill  I  In-  ('.it  or  I. ion  tribt  ,   from  the 
\\hiehisthe  leading  01    principal  .  to   tin: 

Tii-  :n  tin-  mnu^ 

p|-ett\      1,11111  : 

perhap^,  \vl.  i  m  perfection,  the  >  au- 

tiful  of  (jiiadnip  ul   lively 

orange-colour,    uith     i  hlack 

stripes.     The  Panther  i-  a  liiL'iily  lx  ;iutilnl  species, 
of    a    l>riu,ht    lawny  yellmv   eolotir,    marked    \\  itli 
nninerous    Ma-  »sed   in  <  irclcs  of 

tour  or  five  spots  in  each,  with  one  or  more  cen- 
tral spots:  the  Leopard  extremely  resemhles  the 
Panther,  hut  is  smaller,  and  ditlers  in  having  no 
central  ^pot  in  the  circles  of  black  spots  with 
which  the  skin  is  covered.  These  two  animals, 
tin  Panther  an  1  the  Leopard,  have  been  very  fre- 
quent I  v  confounded  in  the  work.s  of  naturalists: 
lowever  will  he  readily  pereeivetl 
on  inspecting  their  ii\e  skin*  in  tin  shops 

of  the  dealer*  in  fu 

Of  these  animals  ti       i      er  is  chiefly  found  in 

:il    tin-    Lion,    Panther,   and   Leopard   in 

Africa;   but  none  of  them  are  nati  Vm<  rica, 

other  sp  emis  beiii!^  improperly  so 

named       Of  these  the  chief  i*  the  Jct^liar,  com- 


84  LECTURE  III. 

monly  called  the  Brasilian  Tiger,  about  the  size 
of  a  Wolf,  and  of  a  tawny  colour,  with  the  top  of 
the  back  marked  by  long  black  stripes,  and  sides 
by  rows  of  irregular  lengthened  spots.  Many  of 
the  smaller  American  animals  of  this  genus  are 
very  beautiful,  and  are  collected  and  figured  in 
the  works  of  Schreber  and  others. 

I  shall  dismiss  this  genus  by  observing  that 
the  general  shape  of  most  of  the  species  resembles 
that  of  the  common  Cat,  which,  in  a  wild  state,  is 

a  native  of  many  parts  of  Europe,   and  among 
> 

others  of  our  own  island ;  being  occasionally  found 
in  woods:  in  its  natural  or  wild  state  it  is  far  larger 
•than  the  domestic  kind,  and  is  of  a  grey  colour, 
with  darker  stripes.  The  numerous  varieties  of 
the  domestic  Cat  are  well  known:  the  variety  call- 
ed the  Angora  Cat  is  reckoned  the  most  elegant, 
and  is  remarkable  for  the  fulness  of  its  hair:  it  is 
also  often  seen  with  one  eye  of  a  bright  blue,  and 
the  other  yellow.  All  the  generic  characters  of 
the  whole  lion  tribe  may  be  readily  exemplified  by 
an  examination  of  the  common  Cat,  and  it  is 
therefore  unnecessary  to  particularize  them  here; 
we  may  only  observe  as  a  particular  mark,  that 
the  claws  are  retractile,  that  is,  so  constituted  as 


STJilATED  Y 


IK  Tl  Kl    III.  85 

at   pleasure  \uthdrawn  into  ;i  kind  of  sh<  ;uhs 
when  not  in  use. 

Tin-  MIC< •«•< -dim:  genu^  COnt  it   many 

speci.  v,  comprehending  all  tin-  annuals  of  the 
Wea.M -I  kind.  Ijim:rus  indeed  in 
parate  genera  for  these  animals,  on  account  of 
iin  dillerem -t  -  observable  in  the  di>p<^it  ion  of 
the  tt  <  th;  luit,  in  a  general  \ic\v,  tht-y  m:iy  all  lx- 
(  oii-^idcred  as  furnishm  «-nus  or 

assortment,    under  the    till-  .crra.     Tin 

il   rhara>  tlie    \\'e.i->el   trilte   is  a  certain 

hlenderiK  ss  and  length  of  l>ody,  \vith  a  sharpened 
visage,  short  legs,  and,  in  most  sj»  loutish 

tail;  ,r«-r  n  is  xhort  in  but  a  few.)  The  front  teeth 
are  six  in  number:  with  the  middle  ones  shorter 
than  the  re 

To  the  Wea>el  tribe  belongs  the  celebrated 
animal  called  the  Iclmuemon,  which  was  so 
highly  «  si,-,.|n.-<|  by  the  ancient  Egyptians  on  ac- 
count of  it^  utility  in  destroying  serpents 
and  other  noxious  animals.  It  has  a  general  re- 
very  large  ferret,  but  i>  of  a  brow  n- 

*  The  animal  known  by  the  name  of  the  Polecat,  (Mustela 
Potorius,  Lin.)  may  serve  to  give  some  idea  of  the  general  op- 
pcarance  of  the  animals  of  this  gemu. 


86  LECTURE  III. 

ish-grey  colour,  with  the  hair  freckled  by  innumer- 
able minute  dusky  specks.  The  snout  is  long  and 
sharp,  and  the  tail  thick  and  full  at  the  base,  and 
gradually  tapering  to  the  tip.  Like  many  other 
animals  of  this  tribe  it  is  a  dangerous  enemy  to 
many  creatures  larger  than  itself,  over  which  it 
gains  an  easy  victory  by  fastening  upon  them, 
and  sucking  their  blood.  It  is  a  native  both  of 
Asia  and  Africa,  and  varies  in  size  in  the  different 
regions. 

Some  of  the  Weasel  tribe  are  remarkable  for 
diffusing,  when  disturbed  or  hunted,  a  most  intoler- 
ably fetid  small,  so  powerful  as  to  taint  the  air  to 
an  incredible  distance.  If  the  accounts  given  of 
this  odious  vapor  are  not  aggravated  by  those  who 
have  experienced  its  effects,  every  other  ill  smell 
which  Nature  is  capable  of  producing  is  surpassed 
by  the  overpowering  fetor  of  these  extraordinary 
quadrupeds.  In  consequence  of  the  dreadful  ema- 
nation, even  the  dogs  are  said  to  relinquish  their 
prey,  and  the  men  to  fly  with  the  utmost  precipi- 
tation from  the  tainted  spot.  One  of  the  most  re- 
markable of  these  animals  is  the  Mephltic  IVcasel, 
a  North- American  species,  of  the  size  of  a  small 
cat,  and  of  a  deep  chocolate-brown  colour,  with  a 


1  '  (  Tl  HF.  III.  81 

.1  uliilc  stripe  down  the  hack,  and  ;i  \. 
bu>liy  tail  of  a  \\hite  colour. 

Oiher  ;mimul>  of  the  Weasel  tribe  an;  e.|iiall\ 

lor  ditVii-  ii.    .MI  odor  of  a  highly  p; 
kind;   as   tin     animal   called   the  (  '      t  for 

m.Ntaiirr.  \\  hit  Ii  i-  a  large  vi\rrr;i  or  V»'.-a>rl,  nu-a- 
Mirini;  iimn;  than  thn  •  l\  •  t  from  i  to 

the  end  of  tin-  tail:  it  is  of  a  y«»llo\\  jsh  i;rcy  colour, 
marked  aloni^  the  >id«  >  hy  iari;e  blackish  or  <lu.-.ky 
xj)ot>  disposed  into  rou>:  the  throat,  luva-t,  and 

,il>o   l.laek.    The  Mibstance  called  Ci\ 
ohtaiiu  (1    l»y  scrap  in;.:    it    out    from   tim<'    to   time 
from  a  peculiar   inland  or  ca\  ity  in  which  it  is  con- 
tained.     When   fre>h,   it  i-  \dy  stronir,  hut 
grows  milder  hv  length  of  time. 

The  remaining  LT-  nt  ra  ot'aiiimals  helonmng  to 
trihe  are  the  following,  viz. 
Ursus  ^     I'  mprehendiug  many  sp< 

Didcljthix  or  Opossum,  a  numerous  genus. 

ropus  or   k  <>,  a  geun-  gn  ally  allied 

»f  ()po»uni  in  some  points,   hut  diifering 

alily  in  other>,  and  not  feeding  on  animal 

food,  nor  in  striri   proj»rit  ty  to  be  ranked  in  this 

orcii 

ti  or  M 


88  LECTURE  III. 

Sarex,  or  Shrew ;  and  lastly, 

Erinaceus,  or  Hedgehog. 

Of  these  genera  the  most  remarkable  are  those 
of  Didelphis  and  Macropus,  Opossum  and  Kanga- 
roo.    The  Opossum  tribe  is  characterized  by  hav- 
ing small  rounded  front  teeth,  ten  in  the  upper, 
and  eight  in  the  lower:  the  canine  teeth  are  long, 
and  the  grinders  are  lobed  or  divided  on  their  up- 
per part.    But   the  chief  character   of  the  genus 
consists   in  a  peculiar  cavity  or  pouch  in  which 
the  parent  places  the  young,  immediately  after 
their  birth,  and  in  which  she  preserves  them  till 
they  are  sufficiently  advanced   in  growth   to   be 
able  to  defend  and  provide  for   themselves.     In 
this   pouch   the   teats  are  placed,   which  are  six 
or   eight   in   number.     The   Opossums   are   also 
often  distinguished  by  the  appearance  of  a  thumb 
on  the  hind-feet,  and  in  some  species  the  tail  is  of 
that  kind  which  Linnaeus  calls  prehensile,  formed, 
as  in  some  of  the  Monkeys,  in  such  a  manner  as 
to  be  able  strongly  to  coil  round  any  object  at 
pleasure. 

The  Opossums  now  constitute  a  pretty  exten- 
sive genus  of  quadrupeds,  many  new  species  hav- 
ing been  of  late  years  discovered  in  Australasia  or 


*4 


ViKi'.r.\i.v.\ 


.  SS*fi  tlif  l.rrrmvi  Vksrion . 


OPOSSUM 


1,1          ::B  OPOSSUM 

/,  W/v,  ruhtijtnl  :»  /•:/, .  <>,:, 


I  1CTI  HI.  111.  89 

({••Hand.  Inn  tin  first  discovered  is  a 

1  0111- 

moi;  i    in    partit  uhir.        It   is  about   the 

fur,   ••!'  a   pal.-  y.  I- 

lour,   .in<l  naked  flesh 

•  1  tail,  coated  with  a  kind  of  .scale-,  like  t. 
on  llif  ta;l  ot  a  rat,   hut!  i  !«-s  in  woods, 

and  pre\>  principally  on  birds  and  tin 

Anton-.:   th«-   Nc\v    Holland  Opossums  the  Le- 

ninriiit.-  OpovMim   i-  f  the  mosl   «-lr^;iiit  :  of 

til-   size  of  a  C'at,  of  a  line  dark-grey  col»»ur,  yt-llo\s- 

ath  ;  v.  ith  an  r\ijii  ,11  1'ur,  and  with 

e  much  rc-cmhlini;  th<  Lt-mur;  the  tail 

ply  furred,  and  prehensile  at  the  tip*. 

\    still    more    el<  ^ant    kind    of  \e\v    Holland 

P  '.unriiH'  O/)(>\.fin/i,    often    i: 

Miring  nioie  tiiau  a  \ard  in  length  from  the  nose 
t"  the  tip  ot  the  tail.      'J  '  )possum  has 

i  lie  1        ig  Scjuirrel,  being 

furnislu-d   \\ith  a  broad  furry  membrane,  from  the 

the  help  of  uhieli  it  springs 

*  d.    Scinrta  is  aKo  .1  New-Hol- 

land species  oi  gre:i;  ,t   the  G: 

:  white  beneath, 
with  ihe  tail  very  lull  of  hair,  and  tipprd  with  bl.: 


90  LECTURE  III. 

from  tree  to  tree,  and  to  a  very  considerable  dis- 
tance: the  hind-feet  are  furnished  with  thumbs, 

\ 

and  the  tail  is  long  and  thickly  furred:  the  colour 
of  the  whole  animal  is  a  most  beautiful  sable  or 
blackish  grey,  of  a  yellowish  cast  beneath,  and  its 
fur  is  still  finer  than  that  of  the  lemurine  Opos- 
sum. It  is  known  in  its  native  regions  by  the 
name  of  Hepoona  Roo. 

But  the  most  curious  of  all  the  Opossums  is 
•the  Didelphis  pygmcea  or  Pygmy  Opossum,  which 
in  its  general  form  is  similar  to  the  Hepoona  Roo, 
but  no  larger  than  a  common  Mouse.  Its  colour 
is  an  elegant  pale  brownish-grey,  white  beneath, 
•and  the  tail  is  slightly  flattened,  with  the  hair 
spreading  to  a  small  distance  on  each  side, 
throughout  its  whole  length. 

The  genus  Macropus  or  Kangaroo,  which  fol- 
Jlows  that  of  Opossum,  is  strongly  allied  to  those 
animals  in  being  provided  with  a  pouch  for  the 
temporary  preservation  of  its  young,  but  differs 
in  the  front-teeth,  which  are  six  in  number  in  the 
upper  jaw,  and  two  in  the  lower,  which  lower  teeth 
are  extremely  large,  long,  sharp,  and  prominent: 
the  grinders  are  five  on  each  side,  both  above  and 
below:  it  also  differs  in  its  manner  of  life,  being 


PYGMY    OPOSSUM. 


SSn    *~ 


.-  CfKEY  or  &IC7ER 


bv  GJTcarslcv  fleet  Street. 


Ill  III. 

Ton-,  and   in  reality  should  not  be 
:     ,-;r.         It     i-    Hi" 

;    tin-    K  :<•   of  tl»e   most 

animals  disco\.  r<  il    in 

mod<  rn   tin;  'I'li  '  ra- 

I  till  then  n 
,  a  corm-r  of  tin;  world,  was 

lartof  tlx 
i    \\liidi  \cu    South  \\'ates. 

'.hen  i'uil 

a  lull  i;roun   sliccj)  :    the  uppet 
remarkably 

,.IIHJC    Of 

ill  ay 

picturesque 
•rt, 

will:  il  i:ito  :,  h  iurnished 

uith   a  .sharp   and   soin«-what   c,-«M.k«'»I    claw:    the 
thighs  aiul  hind-' 

ami  are  so  const  run  •  ,  at  first 

sight,  rumpnscfl  of  but  th  ,  <>t   \shich  the 

nnd'1  id  is  furnished  with 

a  rl;  i-ih;   and  u  hat   apf»cars  on  a 

cursory  \.«\s  the  niwr  toe,   will  be  found, 

on  a  n«-ar  III-JK  < -lion,  to  consist  of  tuo  .-mall  toes, 


.92  LECTURE  III. 

united  under  a  common  skin,  with  the  respective 
claws  placed  so  close  to  each  other  as  to  appear 
like  a  split  or  double  claw.  The  Kangaroo  rests 
on  the  whole  length  of  the  foot,  which  is  callous, 
blackish,  and  granulated  beneath,  and  bears  a  ge- 
neral resemblance  to  that  of  a  bird.  A  popular 
error  seems  to  prevail,  that  it  never  touches  the 
ground  with  its  fore-feet;  but  all  who  have  con- 
templated the  animal  when  at  large,  must  have 
observed  that  it  every  now  and  then  places  the 
fore-feet  on  the  ground ;  though  its  favourite  atti- 
tude appears  to  be  that  of  supporting  itself,  on  its 
hind-feet,  with  the  assistance  of  its  tail,  which  is 
remarkably  strong.  This  animal  is  observed  to 
produce  but  a  single  young  at  a  birth,  which  it 
carries  for  a  great  length  of  time  in  its  ventral 
pouch,  and  which  frequently  emerges  in  quest  of 
food  or  exercise,  and  again  returns  on  the  least 
alarm.  Of  the  Kangaroo  there  seem  to  be  differ- 
ent races  or  varieties,  or  perhaps  even  distinct 
species,  the  exact  discrimination  of  which  yet  re- 
mains  to  be  investigated.  The  common  kind  is 
x>f  a  pale  brown  colour;  but  some  are  of  a  dark 
iron-grey,  and  others  of  a  very  fine  whitish  or 
'blueish  grey. 


- 


i  I  KK  III. 


(.1  IKES. 

maining  Orders 
ot'the  Lmn;>  :nmalia,  having  passed  through 

the  tin- 

•tli  Onlrr  is  entitled  G7;m  or  S 

lyinir.  an  animal  of 

Knirli-.li  term  Sleepers,  proposed  by  some 

Zool  iilU>t      In-     eolite.vM  d     to    1)C     IllUCll    tOO 

vague  a  term  ;   -  >i<>nLrli  >t-v«-ral  Quadni) 

of  tliis  order  lie  dormant  during  a  good  part  of 
tin  \vinti  r,  \(  t  the  major  part  do  not.  The  prin- 
cipal <  1,  of  the  animals  of  this  order  con- 
sists in  a  pair  of  very  con^|>nuoii-,  strong,  and 
•li,  placed  dox-  tom-ther  in  the 
front  of  both  jaws.  They  have  no  canine  teeth, 
but  are  furnUIied  with  grinders  on  each  side. 

Tin-  tii>i  a>-ortm< nt  or  genus  of  the  Glires  is 

that  of  Ilystr'u'  or  Porcupine,  which,  ( -\( -lusive  of 

,  MK  li  as  just  mentioned,  \<  distinguished,^ 

as  every  one  knows,  by  the  extraordinary  covering 

to  body,  v.hidi  is  beset,  all  over  the  upper  p 


94  LECTURE  III. 

with  very  long,  strong,  and  sharp  spines  or  quills, 
elegantly  variegated  with  alternate  zones  of  black 
and  white.  The  common  Porcupine,  which  is 
about  the  size  of  a  small  dog,  is  a  native  of  many 
of  the  wanner  regions  of  Asia  and  Africa,  and 
even  of  some  of  the  warmer  parts  of  Europe.  It 
is  an  animal  of  a  harmless  nature;  feeding  en- 
tirely on  vegetable  substances,  as  roots,  barks  of 
trees,  and  fruits.  It  inhabits  subterraneous  re- 
treats, which  it  is  said  to  form  into  several  com- 
partments or  divisions,  leaving  only  a  single  hole 
for  entrance.  It  seems  to  admit  of  several  va- 
rieties as  to  size,  and  length  of  its  quills,  and  is 
distinguished,  as  a  species,  by  having  the  upper 
part  of  the  head  crested  as  it  were  by  long 
bristles. 

It  would  be  a  waste  of  time  to  particularize 
the  long-continued  error  (for  such  it,  in  a  great 
degree,  is),  of  the  Porcupine  possessing  the  power 
of  darting  its  quills  at  pleasure,  with  great  vio- 
lence, and  to  a  considerable  distance,  at  its  ene- 
mies :  this  notion  seems  now  pretty  generally  ex- 
ploded, and  perhaps  might  have  originated  from 
some  accidental  circumstances ;  for  the  Porcupine, 
like  most  other  quadrupeds,  having  the  power  of 


I  I.CTURE  III.  n 

iracting  ami  shaking  the  general  skin  of  tin- 
body,  ma\  -oin.  hint -,  by  this  motion,  cast  oil'  ;i 
few  of  its  IOOMT  <juills  to  some  distance,  and  tlms 

D  slightly  uoimd  any  aninuil  tliat  may  happei. 
in  it^  \\ay  .  and  this  may  have  given  rise 
to  tin-  popular  id<  a  of  its  darting  them  at  pleasure 
ai;am>t  its  ciieiii 

Tlw  poet  Claudian,  it  is  well  known,  lias  availed 
hiniM  If  of  this  notion,  and  has  represented  the 
Porcupine  in  tli  u  mil  stile  of  false  wit  so  re- 
markable among  the  minor  poets. 

"  Ecce,  brevis  propriis  munitur  bestia  telis, 
Externam  nee  quirit  opem,  fert  omnia  secura, 
Sc  phareu^a,  sese  jaculo,  sese  utitur  arcu !" 

"  Ann'd  at  all  points  in  Nature's  guardian  mail, 
See  the  stout  Porcupine  his  foes  assail ; 
And,  urged  to  fight,  the  ready  weapons  throw,. 
Himself  at  once  the  quiver,  dart,  and  bow." 

;e  are  several  different  species  of  Por- 
rnpinr,  one  of  the  most  remarkable  of  which  is 
called  tin- Canada  Porcupine.  It  is  of  the  size  of  a- 
Miiali  or  half-grown  Beaver,  and  has,  at  first  sight, 
so  little  of  the  appearance  of  a  Porcupine,  that 
>uld  hardly  be  supposed  by  any  common- 


96  LECTURE  III. 

spectator  to  belong  to  the  same  genus;  the  fur, 
i 

which  is  extremely  full,  and  of  a  dusky  brown 
colour,  being  much  longer  than  the  quills,  which 
are  only  to  be  observed  on  a  close  inspection : 
these  quills  have  their  points  barbed  with  many 
minute  reversed  spines,  and  are  very  apt  to  wound 
and  adhere  strongly  to  the  skin  of  any  animal 
that  happens  to  make  a  close  approach;  and  so 
conscious  does  this  Porcupine  appear  of  their 
power,  that  he  is  observed,  when  attacked,  pur- 
posely to  brush  against  the  aggressor,  leaving 
numbers  of  his  spines  infixed  on  his  skin. 

It  will  naturally  occur  to  every  one,  that  we 
have  not  yet  particularly  noticed  an  animal  greatly 
'  allied  in  its  general  appearance  to  the  Porcupine 
tribe:  viz.  the  Hedgehog.  But  the  Hedgehog, 
which,  on  a  general  view,  might  be  associated 
with  the  Porcupines,  is,  in  fact,  widely  removed 
from  them  in  the  structure  of  its  teeth,  which  are 
perfectly  those  of  the  Order  Ferai. 

Perhaps  the  most  extraordinary  genus  among 
the  Glires  is  that  of  Castor  or  Beaver;  it  is  cha- 
racterized by  the  very  strong  pair  of  cutting  teeth 
in  each  jaw,  and,  more  strikingly,  by  the  very 
singular  structure  of  the  tail,  which  is  large,  of  a 


91 

in  .1  <>\.i!  i  I  \\itli  large  scales. 

The- 

•  lour  a  liii'1,  de<  |>,  Hi< 

u<  II  known  to  require 

ii-ular  mention,    l»ni    ii    i>  to  I  red  that 

Q     .  ,  i  ,      Mil-,  l.riieatii  the  longer 

,  that  i,  ii-  <l  in  the  composition  of  so  m 

.UK!  \aries  aeeordini;  to  tlr 

season  of  ti  the  health  of  tlur  animal,  ami 

many  nthi-r  ciixunHtaii' 

I  'Uiritr  r.  i   the  Heaver  are  retired 

vvatry  ami  woody  .situation-.       In  >uc!i  places  tin- 
animal-;  MS4  ;nl»lc,   and    M.mrt inn •.-  t«j  tin-  mir 
of  se\cral  hundnds,  living  in   a  kind  ul'  lam 
and  l»ii,l.  ,u<li<d  inaiiMoi]-,  eurioiislv 

I  or  j)I;r  •••  ithrlax.     Of  these  a  lonir  and 

agreeahlr  dcMTi|iti«in  ma\   l.«-  t'.nitul  in  the  wiv 

iulVon.       In   such    i  iln-   H.  a\.r>,   \\hich 

Byi    naii\(s  of   cold   climates,   and    j 

:lie    northern   parts  of  America,    ; 
rigour  of  the  winter  months;  f.-cding  at  in- 
ils  on   the  twius   and   hi-unches  of  the  softer 
km.;  nd  poplars,  great  q 

s  of  \\hirh  ilu-y  cut   into  proper  lemrih-,  and 
Soim  times,  however,  the 

LECT.  III.  H 


93  LECTURE  III. 

Beavers  seem  to  forget  their  usual  ceconomy,  and 
live  in  a  less  regular  stile,  straying  about,  and  ap- 
pearing to  have  merely  a  few  common  holes  in 
the  banks  of  the  waters  they  frequent.  It  has 
been  said  that  the  Beaver  fed  entirely  on  fish; 
and  the  Count  de  Buffon,  who  delighted  in  such 
speculations,  fancied  this  kind  of  diet  to  have 
been  originally  the  cause  of  the  flattened,  scaly, 
and  fish-like  appearance  of  the  tail  of  the  animal; 
the  organic  particles  of  its  fishy  food  having  at 
length  impressed  on  the  Beaver  something  of  a 
fishy  form.  It  seems,  however,  pretty  generally 
agreed  that  the  principal  food  of  the  Beaver  is  of 
a  vegetable  nature. 

From  the  Beaver  is  obtained  the  celebrated 
dcagcalled  Castor,  which  is  the  product  of  a  par- 
ticular gland,  and  is  taken  from  the  animal  imme- 
diately after  killing  it :  it  is  one  of  the  strongest 
or  most  fetid  of  all  animal  substances,  and  is  of 
very  considerable  use  in  medicine. 

Linnaeus  comprized  a  large  tribe  of  animals  be- 
longing to  the  Order  Glires,  under  one  extremely 
numerous  genus  entitled  Mus,  or  Mouse,  or  Rat : 
but  the  genus  was  by  this  rendered  too  extensive; 
and  as  many  of  the  species  admitted  into  it  were 


99 


it   in  h:i!.it   or  .r,  neral  appearance,  it 

was  at  length  tli«u;ht  iNtribute  them 

into  sever. il  distinct  gen- T;I,  l«  -axim?  the  Mouse  or 

tribe,  strictly  so  called,   to  form  the  genus 

Mus. 

Among  the  genera  thus  formed  out  of  the  old 
I.nmaean  genus  Mus,  one  of  the  chief  is  that 
railed  C'a\ia,  or,  as  it  may  be  otherwise  pro- 
noiinc.-d.  . -a\i-i,  i:i  Kn.nIMi  Circy. 

As  the  characters  of  the  teeth  in  almost  all 
the  Glires  are  very  nearly  similar,  it  is  often  un- 
necessary to  'hem.  I  -hall  then 
only  observe,  that  the  genii  i>  in  general  of 
a  thick  and  short  form,  and  of  various  size.  As 
tlif  most  familiar  example,  we  may  mention  the 
well-kn  improperly  eallcd  the  G'uinea- 

which  i>  now  the  Cavia  Cobnya,  or  varies. 
Cavy,  and  was  tli-'  Mu>  Porcellus  of  th< 

the  S\  sterna  Naturae  of  Linnaeus.      It 
native  of  the  hotter  parts  of  South-America, 
and  is  now  well  known  in  .,f  Europe. 

The  South  American   animal  called  tin-    \ 
or  Java-Han-,  belongs  also  to  this  genus,  and  is 
Of  tin-  Mire  of  :i  U:;bbet  or  larger. 

largest  kind  of  Ca\  \  yi-t  known,  is  a  spe- 


100  LECTURE  III. 

cies  not  often  to  be  found  in  the  European  Mu- 
seums :  it  is  called  the  Patagonian  Cavy,  and  is 
considerably  larger  than  a  Hare,  and  of  a  pale 
brown  colour,  with  a  large  black  patch  on  the 
hind  part  of  the  body.  It  occurs  in  the  Leveriau 
Museum,  and  in  that  of  the  late  Mr.  John  Hunter. 
Another  genus  latety  subtracted  from  that  of 
Mus,  is  called  Arctomys  or  Marmot.  It  contains 
but  few  species,  most  of  which  are  of  a  thick 
form,  with  large,  roundish,  and  somewhat  flattened 
heads,  and  small  mouths,  which,  when  held  open, 
appear  longer  in  their  perpendicular  than  their 
transverse  diameter.  The  Marmots  feed  on  roots, 
grain,  and  leaves,  which  they  often  collect  into 
heaps;  they  reside  in  subterraneous  holes  or 
burrows,  and  sleep  during  the  winter.  The  most 
common  European  species  is  the  Alpine  Marmot, 
a  native  of  the  Alps  and  the  Pyrenean  mountains^ 
Its  general  size  is  rather  superior  to  that  of  a 
Rabbet,  and  its  colour  a  tawny  grey.  It  inhabits 
the  higher  part  of  the  Alps,  in  which  situations 
several  individuals  unite  in  forming  a  subter- 
raneous retreat,  well  lined  with  moss  and  hay, 
which  they  prepare  during  the  summer,  as  if  con- 
scious of  the  necessity  of  providing  for  their  long 


in.  in.  101 

>   in   winter.     At    llie  commencement  of  the 
autumnal   frosts,  tli.  .•   up  the   holes  or  en- 

trances of  their  inan-M.n,  and  gradually  fall  into  a 
torpidity,   in   which  they  continue  till  the 
arrival  of  the  MICH  ceding  spring. 

The    g<  mi-   J.i-/i;ijs   or   Hare,    i-  easily  distin- 
guished aiming  th<-  rot  of  the  Glires :  the  cult 

i  in  tin    upper  jaw  being  disposed  in  a  double 
pair;    two  small  inner  teeth  being  placed  at  the 
base  of  the  large  or  outward  pair.     As  this  is  a 
genus  of  which  the   history,    (in   the  European 
species  at  least)  i>  well  known,  I  shall  at  present 
only   particularize    the    distinction    between   the 
eoniinoii  Hare  and  the  Rabbet,  which  two  animals 
ach    other    so    much,    that   the  con- 
stitution of  a  genuine  specific  character  of  each 
been  found  a  task  of  some  diiliculty;  and  it 
curious  fait    that   the  attempts  at  a  specific 

r  of  the  Rabbet  in  particular,  by  Linn; 
in  the-  earlier  editions  of  his  Systema  Nat;, 
remarkable  for  want  of  preei>i«»n.       The  criterion 
proposed   by  the   late    Mr.  Dailies   Harrington,  in 

the  Philosophical  TraBaactiooi,  ha-*  b((n  a.lnpnd 

by  mod  tic  writers,  and  con>i>t-  in  the 

comparatiu'   length  of  the  hind   Ict^s  withtl, 


102  LECTURE  III. 

the  body.  In  the  Hare  the  hind-legs  are  longer 
than  half  the  length  of  the  back ;  in  the  Rabbet 
they  are  shorter. 

The  genus  Sciurus  or  Squirrel,  is  so  well 
characterized  by  the  remarkable  disposition  of 
the  hair  on  the  tail,  as  to  require  no  other  ex- 
planation. I  shall  only  observe  that  it  is  a  nu- 
merous genus,  that  some  of  the  exotic  species 
are  of  very  considerable  size,  and  that  some 
squirrels  have  a  furry  skin,  stretching  from  the 
fore  to  the  hind-feet,  enabling  them  at  pleasure 
to  spring  to  a  far  greater  distance  than  those 
species  which  are  unprovided  with  such  a  la- 
teral skin.  The  European  Flying  Squirrel  is 
an  elegant,  but  rather  small  species,  found  in 
Poland,  and  in  some  parts  of  Siberia,  where  it  is 
chiefly  said  to  inhabit  birch-woods.  Its  colour  is 
a  beautiful  pale  grey,  white  beneath.  In  North 
America  is  a  still  smaller  species  of  an  elegant 
pale-brown  colour,  and  which  has  been  some- 
times confounded  with  the  former ;  and  in  some 
parts  of  Asia  is  a  very  large  species,  of  a  dark 
colour,  and  much  allied  in  its  general  appearance*, 
to  the  Petauririe  or  Flying  Opossum  of  New 
Holland. 


LECTURE  III.  103 

The  yvnus  Miio.iiix  or  Dormouse,  is  principally 
distinguished  from  that  <>f  Squirrel  by  the  form  of 
the  tail,  which  is  round  or  cylindricj  not  flattened 
and  .spreading.  The  genus  contains  but  few  spe- 
cies. Tlie  common  Dormouse  is  too  well  known 
to  require  any  description.  The  chief  or  prin- 
cipal species  is  the  (His  of  the  ancient  Romans, 
which  is  the  Fat  Dormouse  of  Pennant,  and  is  a 
native  of  the  South  of  Europe,  living  in  the 
manner  of  a  Squirrel,  but  sleeping  through  the 
winter.  Its  size  is  not  very  far  short  of  that 
of  the  common  Squirrel,  and  its  colour  pale  grey, 
white  beneath. 

The  genus  Mus  or  Mouse,  under  which,  as  we 
have  before  observed,  were  once  arranged  a  great 
many  animals  now  placed  under  different  genera, 
is  still  extremely  extensive;  comprehending  all 
the  species  of  the  Rat  and  Mouse  tribe  strictly 
so  called.  Of  these,  the  chief  species  known 
to  our  ancestors  in  this  country  was  the  black 
Rat,  now  become  a  rare  animal  in  comparison 
with  the  brown  Rat,  introduced  above  a  century 
ago  from  the  Kasli  rn  n  gion>,  and  vulgarly  culled 
the  Norway  Hat.  It  is  at  present  the  common 
Rat  of  our  o\\n  country,  and  has,  in  a  great  do- 


104  LECTURE  III. 

gree,  destroyed  the  black  Rat,  or  original  English 
species :  it  is  a  size  larger  than  the  black  Rat,  and, 
as  is  well  known,  is  of  a  brownish  grey  colour, 
white  beneath.  It  is  a  native  of  India. 

The  Common  Mouse  needs  no  description, 
and  the  same  may  be  said  of  our  common  field- 
mice,  and  the  Water-Rat ;  but  the  beautiful  Har- 
vest-Mouse, first  distinctly  described  as  a  British 
species  by  the  late  Mr.  White  of  Selburne,  claims 
our  attention  from  its  peculiar  elegance.  Its  size 
does  not  much  exceed  half  that  of  the  common 
Mouse,  and  in  its  colour  it  bears  a  near  resem- 
blance to  the  Dormouse,  being  of  a  pale  rufous 
brown  above,  and  white  beneath.  It  is  common 
in  some  parts  of  Hampshire. 

The  exotic  species  of  this  genus  are  excessively 
numerous,  and  vary  in  size,  from  nearly  that  of 
a  Rabbet  to  a  degree  of  minuteness  beyond  that 
of  the  common  small  British  species.  Among  the 
large  exotic  Rats  one  of  the  most  remarkable  is 
the  Mas  Typhlus  or  Blind  Rat,  a  native  of  the 
Southern  parts  of  Russia,  where  it  burrows  under 
ground,  and  feeds  on  the  roots  of  various  vegeta- 
bles. It  usually  measures  about  eight  inches  in 
length:  is  of  a  brown  colour  and  destitute  of  a 


HAMSTEK 


RAT 


ill. 

tail;  hut  it  is  chiclly  remarkable  for  the  total  \\anl 

.!<  rnal  cyt  s,  having  merely  two  ahr.o-t   imprr- 

Me  rud!  i  under 

iiibits  the  only  instance 

•.!il\  Mind  quadruped  ;  for  the  Mule  and  some 

red  as  blind,  on  account  of 

of  their   eyes,    have    still 

those  organs  complete  in  all  the  usual  parts;  but 

*-J  A  i.  * 

the  M»is  Typhlus  is  totally  blind.  In  return,  its 
In  aring  is  said  to  be  uncommonly  acute,  enabling 
it  readily  to  avoid  all  the  general  dangers  to  which 
it  may  be  expo 

Of  the  European  Rats  of  large  size  the 
Hamster  or  Mus  Cricctus  is  the  most  remarkable. 
It  i-  of  t  eral  size  of  the  brown  Rat,  but  of 

a  thicker  form,  and  is  uf  a  pale  reddish  colour 
above,  and  black  beneath  j  with,  generally,  two 
or  three  white  on  each  >ide  the  fore-parts. 

On  •  :i«>uth  the  Hamster  i>  fur- 

nishrd  with  a  large  membranaceous  pouch 
which  is  capable  of  containing  the  quantity  of  a 
quarter  of  a  pint    I  ji^lish  measure.     This  animal 
i  inhabitant  of  (lermany,  Poland,  and  Russia, 
.1-  !y  destructive,  by  devouring 
quantities  of  grain,  \\hich  it  carries  oil'  in  its 


106  LECTURE  III. 

cheek-pouches,  and  deposits  in  its  subterraneous 
retreat  in  order  to  feed  on  during  the  autumn. 
On  the  approach  of  winter  the  Hamster  conceals 
himself  in  his  deep  cell,  well  lined  with  dried 
grass  and  moss,  and  falls  into  a  state  of  the  most 
profound  sleep  and  entire  torpidity ;  every  animal 
function  being  so  entirely  deadened,  that  it  is  said 
the  creature  may  be  cut  open  without  exhibiting 
any  sign  of  sensibility :  the  heart,  however,  may 

be  observed  to   contract   and  dilate  alternatelv, 

«/ ' 

but  with  a  motion  so  slow  that  the  pulsations  do 
not  exceed  fourteen  or  fifteen  in  the  space  of  a 
minute :  the  strongest  stimulants  are  of  no  avail, 
and  the  electric  shock  may  be  passed  through  the 
animal  without  exciting  any  appearance  of  irri- 
tability. This  lethargy  of  the  Hamster  has  been 
generally  ascribed  to  the  effect  of  cold  alone  5 
but  late  observations  have  proved,  that,  unless  at 
a  certain  depth  beneath  the  surface,  so  as  to  be 
beyond  the  access  of  the  external  air,  the  animal 
does  not  fall  into  its  state  of  torpidity ;  the  se- 
verest cold,  on  the  surface,  not  affecting  it.  On 
the  contrary,  when  taken  out  of  its  burrow  and 
exposed  to  the  air,  it  infallibly  wakes  in  a  few 
hours.  Its  waking  is  a  gradual  operation,  au<i 


LECTUHK  III.  107 

.iiul  profound  in- 
spirations,   it    open-*    it  ;m<l    i-nd;  avou 
walk,    l)iit    iv i is   ;ilu)iit    I'm-  some  time,    as  if  in  a 
stah     of  intoxii  ation,    till    at    length    it    j 
recovers  till  it-  i 

Another    singular    species    <>t     Rat,    furni>h«  d 
with    pouch  <  ach    side    the    mouth    fur  the 

temporary  nccption  of  food,  \-  dt-crihcd  in  the 
fifth  volume  of  the  Transactions  of  the  Lim. 
Society,  under  the  name  of  the  Canada  Rat ;  its 
and  colours  nearly  resemble  those  of  the 
brown  or  Norway  Rat,  but  it  i>  Munewhat  paler, 
and  of  a  yellower  cast.  Its  way  of  life  is  Mip- 
posed  to  be  similar  to  that  of  the  Hamster. 

The  i^enus  Dipu*  or  Jerboa  i>  remarkable  for 
the   peculiar  .Mrueturc  of  the  legs,  of  which  the 
fore-pair  are  t  \tr<  in<  Iv   >ln>rt,    and   the  hind-pair 
melyl"  (ring  the  animal  the  appearance 

of  a   Kangaroo  in  miniature:    the  teeth  resemble 
those  of  the   rest  of  the  Glircs,   and  no 

\entral    pouch    a>    in    the    Kangaroo:     ol 

limal.s   and    the    Kaii^an"  -s   might    ah: 
admit    of  bein?   plac< d    in   the  same   assortm 

union  Jerboa,   of   \\hic  ->mc 

to  size  and  colour,  is  a  native  of  r.. 


IDS  LECTURE  III. 

of  the  Eastern  and  Southern  parts  of  the  world  -y 
frequenting  dry  and  sandy  places,  where  it  burrows 
under  the  surface  and  conceals  itself  during  the 
day,  coming  out  to  feed  during  the  night.  Its 
general  attitudes  are  those  of  a  bird,  hopping  on 
its  hind-legs,  and  when,  pursued,  springing,  by 
vast  and  quickly  repeated  leaps,  to  a  great  dis- 
tance, so  as  not  to  be  easily  overtaken  by  the 
swiftest  of  quadrupeds.  The  general  size  of  the 
common  Jerboa  is  that  of  the  common  or  brown 
Rat,  and  its  colour  pale  yellowish-brown,  white 
beneath ;  the  tail  very  long,  and  elegantly  ter- 
minated by  a  feather-shaped  tuft,  of  a  black  co- 
lour, tipped  with  white.  It  is  well  represented 
in  the  works  of  Bruce,  Buffon,  Edwards  and 
other  modern  authors. 

The  genus  Hyrax,  which  concludes  the  Order 
Glires,  is  of  rather  late  institution,  and  consists  of 
two  species,  each  about  the  size  of  a  common 
Rabbet,  and  of  nearly  similar  colour.  The  genus 
Hyrax  differs  from  all  the  rest  of  the  Glires  in  the 
front  teeth  of  the  lower  jaw,  which,  instead  of 
two,  are  four  in  number,  rather  broad,  and 
notched  at  the  edges  or  tips.  Of  the  two  species 
of  Hyrax,  one  is  the  Ashkoko  of  Mr.  Bruce,  which 


SYRIA!*    HYRAX. 


CAPE  HYKAX. 


I.I-XTl  UK  III.  109 

he  supposes  to  !><•  tin-  Stijthnn  of  ihr  sarn <1  urit- 
in_u>.  It  i^  foinnl  in  several  parts  of  AlVica,  and 
inhabits  tin  (  a\  nx  ks. 

The  ntln-r  >p<  c'us  i>  the  Cape  Hyrax,  a  natiu; 
of  tlic  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  inhabiting  similar 
situations  uitli  tlie  fornu-r. 


LECTURE  iv. 


VV  F,  now  turn  our  attention  to  the  nrxt  order 

Mammalia,  which   is  a  very  extensive  one  at  »" 

Species,   though    tli  not    numerous. 

'I'll is  order  is  entitled  Peconi,  and  contains  all  the 

Cattle,  commonly  so  called,  as  ()\<  n,  Sheep,  Goats 

and  others.     It  also  comprises  the  Camelopardi, 

tlie  Deer  tribe,  the  Antel-  p(  -,  tlu-  Musk  and  some 

others.      In   this  order  also,   at   p  ,  though 

naps  not   quite   of   a   similar   nature   \\itl 

.   \\e  may  l»e  permitted  to  rank  the  Klephant, 

\vhich  in  its  maune:->  ur  habit  tin-  I*.-- 

i,  though  it  •  a  ruminate,  and  is  not  fur- 

ni>hrd  uitlf  any  Iront-teeth. 

In  the  Linmran  arrangement  the  Elephant  is 

pla.'-ed  among  the   Kritta,  from  the  want   of  fore- 

li.      I3y  Mr.  Pennant  it  i>  arranged  under  the 


112  LECTURE  III. 

cloven-hoofed  Order,  in  which  stand  the  Linnaean 
Pecora.  By  Monsieur  Cuvier  it  is  considered  as 
constituting  an  Order  distinct  from  all  others. 
The  mouth  is  usually  furnished  with  one  very 
broad  grinder  on  each  side  both  above  and  below, 
and  with  two  upper  tusks.  The  general  appear- 
ance, and  even  the  general  history  of  the  Elephant 
is  pretty  well  known  to  most  persons.  It  is  a  na- 
tive of  the  warmer  regions  of  Asia  and  Africa, 
where  it  is  chiefly  seen  in  woody  regions,  and 
feeds  entirely  on  vegetable  substances,  as  the 
tender  shoots  of  trees,  and  various  kinds  of  fruit 
and  grain.  The  Elephant 'drinks  by  means  of  its 
trunk,  first  sucking  up  the  water  into  it,  and  then 
conveying  it  to  the  mouth.  The  intelligence  and 
docility  of  the  Elephant  are  well  known,  and  are 
generally  detailed,  with  sufficient  enlargements]m 
most  of  the  common  publications  on  Natural 
History.  I  shall  here  only  observe  that  in  general 
the  intelligence  of  animals  is  in  proportion  to  the 
size  of  the  brain :  yet  in  the  Elephant  that  part 
is  by  no  means  large. 

In  some  parts  of  North-America,  are  often 
found  fossil  bones  bearing  a  general  resemblance 
to  those  of  the  Elephant,  arid  commonly  known 


LECTURE   IV.  n  z 

by  the  title  of  Mammoth  loin-:  tin-  teeth  i 
ever,  (that  is  the  grinders,)  are  of  an  appearance 
widely  dilVei-eni  from  those  of  the  Elephant,  I., 

;>ly  lobed  on  the  top,  like  those  of  Carnivorous 
animals.  Of  this  curious,  and  at  present  unknown 
animal  in  a  recent  stale,  the  complete  skeleton 
has  been  of  late  di-i  inred  in  North  America, 
and  was,  as  is  well  known,  exhibited  in  this  me- 
iropolis.  Every  one  must  have  been  struck  with 
.al  similitude  to  that  of  an  Elephant,  but 
the  grinders  or  lateral  teeth,  as  before  observed, 
are  of  a  very  different  appearance,  and  seem  to 
indicate  an  animal  of  a  carnivorous  nature.  By 
Mr.  Pennant  this  animal  is  considered  as  a  species 
of  Elephant,  under  the  title  of  the  American  Ele- 
phant, and  he  seems  to  be  of  opinion  that  it  may 
yet  exist  in  some  of  the  remote  parts  of  the 
American  Continent  yet  unvisited  by  European  <. 
Others  have  Mippo.sed  it  an  animal  of  an  extinct 

,>•>,  and  in  reality  allied  only  to  the  Elephant 
in  the  general  size  and  appearance  of  its  bones, 
while  some  particular  parts  seem  to  prove  a  dif- 
ferent tribe,  and  there  have  not  been  wanting 

o 

•one,  who  have  even  imagined  it  to  be  a  marine 
animal.     All  however  is  at  present  conjectural  on 
LECT.  IV.  I 


lit  LECTURE  IV. 

this  subject,  and  it  can  only  be  mentioned  as 
one  of  those  interesting  zoological  curiosities 
which  will  probably  long  continue  to  remain 
imperfectly  understood. 

One  of  the  great  or  leading  characters  of  the 
Order  Pecora  or  Cattle,  to  which  we  now  proceed, 
is  the  total  want  of  front-teeth  in  the  upper  jaw. 
In  the  lower  jaw  there  are  six  or  eight  front-teeth: 
the  grinders  or  side-teeth  are  usually  pretty  numer- 
ous, and  such  of  the  Pecora  as  are  furnished  with 
horns,  have  no  tusks  or  canine-teeth;  which  on  the 
contrary  are  conspicuous  in  such  as  are  not  fur- 
nished with  the  defence  of  horns.  Another  cha- 
racter belonging  to  most  of  this  tribe  of  Mammalia 
is  the  power  of  rumination,  or  ruminating:  that  is, 
of  throwing  up  into  the  mouth  at  intervals  a  por- 
tion of  the  food  which  has  been  hastily  swallowed 
during  their  feeding,  in  order  that  it  may  undergo 
a  more  complete  grinding  by  the  teeth.  This 
action  is  so  conspicuous  in  Cows  and  other  cattle, 
that  every  one  is  perfectly  acquainted  with  it. 
The  stomachs  of  these  animals  and  of  others  that 
ruminate,  are  wonderfully  calculated  for  facili- 
tating this  necessary  operation,  and  may  be  found 
described  at  large,  accompanied  by  proper  expla- 


IV.  115 

natoi\      plates',     in     flu-     mormons     .  \S    of 

Daubciiton,     amirvd    to    lljr    ijuarto    «  -dilion    of 
JiulVmi's  II;  i   Qnadrnpr 

All  the  IVcora  or  Ruminants  ;is  they  an-  «»!'; 
called,  an-  hoofed;  and  in  the  major  part  the  hoof 
is  dmded  into  tuo  principal  parts,  \\itii  the  addi- 
tion, in  many,  of  two  very  small  undivided  hoofs 
or  processes  on  each  side,  or  rather  behind  the 
principal  ones. 

In  the  Camel  the  structure  of  the  foot  is  pe- 
culiar; the  M>lt  or  part  beneath  the  hoofs,  being 
swelled  into  a  kind  of  clastic  pad,  covered  with 
an  extremely  strong,  but  flexible  skin,  admirablv 
adapted  for  enabling  the  animal  to  travel  over  the 
dry  and  sandy  deserts  which  it  is  chiefly  destined 
to  inhabit. 

The  whole  Order  Pecora,  without  an  excep- 
tion, feeds  entirely  on  vegetable  food.     Of  these 
•  •ra  I  shall  only  particularize  a  few  of  the  most 
remarkable.    One  of  these  is  the  CamdopartS,  or 
fj'u. 

The  most   curious  or  singular  genera  in  the 
IV-cora,  or  Kuminant  tribe,  are  those  of 
i,   Can"  I,    J/w.v/;,    and   Antelope.      The 
i,   \\hich  is  the  CamelitparduHs  Glraffa 


116  LECTURE  IV. 

of  the  modern  editions  of  the  Systema  Nature  of 
Linnaeus,  was  once  considered  as  a  species  of 
Deer ;  but  it  differs  from  the  Deer  tribe  in  its 
horns,  which  are  never  cast,  but  are  permanent, 
simple  or  unbranched,  covered  by  a  skin,  and 
terminated  by  a  tuft  of  short  bristles.  The  Ca- 
melopardi  or  Giraffe  is  the  tallest  of  all  Quadru- 
peds, often  measuring  seventeen  feet  from  the  top 
of  the  head  to  the  soles  of  the  fore  feet :  its  neck 
is  of  a  vast  length,  and  the  fore-parts  of  the  ani- 
mal appear,  on  account  of  their  conformation,  to 
be  considerably  higher  than  the  hinder.  The 
whole  aspect  of  the  Camelopardi  is  at  once  sin- 
gular and  elegant  in  the  highest  degree :  its  co- 
lour is  a  very  pale  yellowish  or  whitish  brown, 
with  numerous,  large,  squarish  spots  of  light 
chesnut-colour.  The  history  of  this  animal  has 
been  much  elucidated  of  late  years  by  the  re- 
searches of  various  African  travellers,  and  speci- 
mens of  the  complete  skin  have  been  brought 
into  Europe,  of  which  one  of  the  finest  is  in  the 
Museum  of  the  late  Mr.  Hunter  j  now  the  Mu- 
seum of  the  College  of  Surgeons.  Mr.  Pennant, 
in  his  History  of  Quadrupeds  observes,  that,  had 
he  not  seen  the  dried  skin  of  the  Camelopardi, 


inn  i;i,  IV. 

11  alm«»t   inclined  to  <  ntertam 

duul>  •  tlic  existence  •  >rdmai  \    an 

.•iniinal.      I:   was  ho  .ell    kno\\n   t«>   tin    an- 

cient li'Miians    \\  ho   >umel  lines  exhibited  it  t«. 

juiblic  sheu> ;   and    n-  r<  pn 

ation   occurs    in   tli  atcd    remain    of  anti- 

quity gene-rally  called  tlic  Pr.riK  >tiiit-  Pavement. 
The  Deer  tribe  or  the  gi  >-cus  is  cha- 

rixcd  liy  liavin^  branclicd  horn»,  which  are 
annually  deciduous,  lulling  off  at  a  particular 
son,  being  gradually  replaced  by  others.     Of  tin 
:  tribe  the  largest  species  is  the  Elk,  (Cciui- 
Ale-  a    native   of  the   northern    parts    of 

Europe  and  America,  in  which  latter  it  i 
by  the  name  of  Moose.     The  Elk  is  not  an  ani- 
mal of  an   elegant  shape,    having  a   large  head, 
and  a  very  thick  short  neck;   its  colour  is  a  dark 
ish  brown. 

The  Stag  or  red  Deer,  (C.  Elaphus  Lin.)  on 
contrary  may  be  co  of  the  most 

ant   of  the  \\holc  tribe:  its  co! 

:>roun,  and  its  II-MI^  are  branched,   or  di- 
d  into  man)-  round,    and  sharp-pointed    pro- 
••«.     It    is   a    native  of   the    v 
>po,  and  particularly  of  Germany. 


118  LECTURE  IV. 

The  Fallow  Deer,  (C.  Dama.  Lin.)  is  the  spe- 
cies so  generally  seen  in  our  parks,  and  is  distin- 
guished by  having  the  horns  dilated  into  a  broad, 
subdivided  expanse  at  the  upper  parts.  In  colour 
it  varies  greatly,  as  do  most  animals  when  in  a 
state  of  captivity. 

Rein-Deer.  C.  Tarandus. — A  moderately  large 
species  of  a  grey  colour,  and  with  slender  horns  of 
great  length,  dividing  into  numerous  processes. 
This  species,  as  is  well  known,  constitutes  a  great 
part  of  the  wealth  of  the  Laplanders,  and  is  most 
providentially  ordained  to  support  that  simple  and 
harmless  people  with  many  of  the  chief  conve- 
niences of  life. 

The  Ox  tribe,  or  the  genus  Bos,  is  distinguished 
by  having  bent  or  lunated  horns,  which  are 
permanent,  and  have  a  core  or  central  bony  part, 
on  which  the  horny  shell  is  mounted.  The  Wild 
Ox  or  Urus,  is  found  in  the  more  northern  parts 
of  Europe  and  Asia,  and  from  it  have  been  gra- 
dually derived  all  the  breeds  of  domestic  cattle. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  species  of  this 
genus  is  the  Bos  grunnkns  of  Linnaeus,  or  grunt- 
ing Ox,  so  named  from  its  voice.  Its  size  is  that 

o 

of  a  small  bull ;  and  its  colour  blackish  brown :  it 


<  TURF.  IV.  \\> 


is  coven  (1  \\itli  l«iiix  \\ooll\   hair,    and    is  i-mirk 
able  lor  the  vaM  l<  n:;th  and   fiilm  19  <>t   I  h<    hai 
the  tail,   wlmh  of  a  milk- 

\\hite   colour,   and  reaches   to  tin-  L.nmml 
tai!>  -   of  Ox,    v.  liidi    in 

coiintrv  «>I"I  ill«-'l  th 

•  UN    <•!'   la.-shiini    in   China,    India,    and    other 

of  the  Eastern   world,   \>\  of  tl\-i 

and   an-  c'arried,    on   ><>mc 
of  authoritv. 

. 

The    tr<  -mis    Came/us    or    Cam«-l    contains    the 
Camel  and  Dromcdan  . 
and  other   S] 

Ciinicl  and  Dromedary  .  i  to 

ahno>t  e\ery  one:    the  C(tmclii.i  Dromedarim 
IJiiiiaMiN  or  Arabian  Camel  ha  'ion 

or   Imneh   on  the   back:    the  Cuinclux   Kacl  rt  . 
of  Ijiiuieiis  or  Baetrian  Camel  ha  !>nt   the 

nam«->  of  Camel   and    1  : 
nj)plied    by   diiferent    writers,     \vi, 
ea»-e>   a   de^,-<  e  oi  iking1   of 

them.       It    h  -oiiu.'    that    \\.<  -\ 

litnte     in    realit\     but     on< 

t  irh'T  with   a    single  or  double  <  K\ation    on   the 
i  !s  arc  of  the  gr«-ai  -:hlr 


120  LECTURE  IV. 

utility  to  the  inhabitants  of  many  of  the  Asiatic 
and  African  regions,  since  with  a  very  small 
portion  of  food  they  can  travel  for  several  days 
together,  and  can  also  suffer  a  long  abstinence 
from  water.  The  admirable  contrivance  of  Na- 
ture for  enabling  the  animal  to  do  this  must  by 
no  means  be  omitted.  This  consists  in  the  sto- 
mach of  the  Camel  and  Dromedary  being  so 
formed  as  to  be  divided  internally  into  a  vast 
many  separate  cells  or  cavities ;  and  as  the  whole 
organ  is  of  great  size,  when  the  Camel  drinks, 
it  takes  in  a  very  large  quantity  of  water,  which 
is  preserved  in  the  cells  of  the  stomach,  and  is, 
at  the  pleasure  of  the  animal,  thrown  back  into 
the  mouth,  in  order  to  refresh  that  part  when 
heated  and  parched  by  the  sun  and  dust. 

The  genus  Moschus  or  Musk  is  distinguished 
by  having  no  horns,  and  in  the  mouth  being  fur- 
pished  with  long,  sharp,  crooked  tusks,  one  on 
each  side,  directed  downwards,  and  reaching 
nearly  two  inches  beyond  the  lips.  The  com- 
mon Musk  is  an  inhabitant  of  the  mountains  of 
Thibet,  and  is  of  the  size  of  a  Roebuck,  and  of 
a  deep  iron  grey  colour.  The  substance  called 
Musk,  by  far  the  most  powerfully  diffusive  of 


- 


v! . 


LECTURE  IV.  121 

:ill  animal  odors,  (if  we  except  that  of  some  of 
llic  American  Viverra-,  before  mentioned)  is  con- 
tained in  a  small  pouch  about  the  size  of  an  egg, 
.situated  !•  IK  at  h  the  body  ;  and  is  of  an  unctuous 
substance,  and  of  a  reddi.sh  brown  colour.  Wh-  n 

i,  it  is  said  to  be  so  excessively  powerful  or 
ju-iii  tratiiiLC,  as  to  force  blood  from  the  nose, 
eyes,  and  cars  of  those  who  incautiously  smell  it. 
It  form-  well  known,  an  article  of  com- 

and    i>   used   both  as   a   medicine  and  a 
perfum 

T<>   this  genus  belongs   a  very  elegant   little 
(juadruprd,    about  the  size   of  a   small  cat,    and 

1  1  the  IV.^iny  Musk.  It  is  found  in  many 
Java  and  Sumatra,  but  is  of  so  tender 
a  nature  as  not  to  be  capable  of  being  brought 
alive  into  Europe.  It  is  distinguished  as  a  species, 
by  the  total  want  of  the  small  or  secondary  hoofs 
behind  tin  larger  pair  on  each  foot,  and  which 
are  found  in  almost  all  the  n-t  <  f  the  Cattle 
tribe.  To  this  litlK  s  of  Mu>k  also  be-long 

the  very  minute  le^s  with  their  hoofs,  sometimes 


*  It  has  been  also  observed  that  the  smell  of  mu«k  is  not 
easily  discharged  even  from  metallic  substances  themselves  which 
hare  been  rubbed  with  it. 


122  LECTURE  IV. 

seen  ii?  Museums,  and  which  do  not  much  exceed 
the  size  of  a  quill  in  diameter.  They  have  often 
been  tipped  with  gold  and  used  for  the  purpose  of 
a  tobacco-stopper,  and  are  sometimes  called  by 
the  mistaken  title  of  the  legs  of  Greenland  Deer. 

In  the  Order  Pecora  we  find  a  very  extensive 
genus  under  the  title  of  Antelope,  forming  the 
modern   genus  Antilope,   (for   Linnaeus   arranged 
the   few   species   then  known,   among   the    Goat 
tribe.)     The  Antelopes  are  in  general  remarkable 
for  the  elegance  of  their  appearance.     The  com- 
mon Antelope  or  A.  Ceroicapra   is   a   native  of 
many  parts  of  Asia  and  Africa,  its  general  size 
is  somewhat  smaller  than  that  of  a  fallow  deer, 
and  its  colour  a  tawny  reddish-brown  above,  and 
white  beneath :  the  horns  black,  of  a  peculiarly 
beautiful  form,  having  a  double  flexure,  first  in- 
wards, and  again  outwards,  and  they  are  elegantly 
and   distinctly  marked,   throughout   almost  their 
whole  length,   by  numerous  prominent  rings  or 
circles.     The  Antelopes   in   general   inhabit   the 
hottest  regions  of  the  globe :    their  swiftness   is 
proverbial,     and   it    is   observed    that   most    spe- 
cies are  of  a  gregarious  nature,  forming  herds  of 
manv  hundreds  or  even  thousands  together.     For 


COMMON    ANTELOPE. 
i unit  ti 


!\.  123 

figures  of  this  numerou>  mid  <  1,  -.;-ant  tribe  I  nm>t. 
to    the    \\ork   of  Schn  l>er,   where   they  arc 
colh cti  d  fr<>m  the  \\orks  of  Pallas  ami  many  0 
<1.  M  ; -i!»  It,      In  tin-   Leverian   MiiM-um,   so  unfor- 
tunati  ly    doom*  d    to    d  n,     may    l»c    founcl 

some  of  the  most  curious  kind-. 

Of  the  S/nr/>  and  Gout  tribe,   or  tlie  tu«>  Lin- 
na-an    -•  n.-ra  of  Om  and  C\rprat  it  may  be  suf- 

nt  to  say,  that  tin-  sjxr'u-s  \vliidi  is  supposed 
to  be  the  origin  of  the  Common  Sheep  in  all 

arietta,  i^  tin-  Argali,  a  large  and  handsome 
animal,  found  in  many  of  the  mountainous  rc- 
uion>  of  the  Ka>tern  world.  In  this  its  natural 
itate  it  i>  rather  covered  with  hair  than  wool, 
and  is  <>f  a  pale  tau  ny-brown  colour,  with  very 
large  horns. 

Tlie  Common  Goat,  in  all  its  varieties,  is  MIJ>- 
posed  to  have  descended  from  the  animal  called 
the  ///<•!•,  a  lar^e  and  \ery  active  (jnadriiped,  fmmd 
in  situations  not  dissimilar  to  those  in  \\hii-h 
th<  Ar.urali  <>r  A\'ild  Sheep  is  seen.  The  Ibex  is 
of  a  brown  colour,  with  r\c«  -  :\«  K  lariat-  and 
bending  or  curving  backwards  and 
mark.  (I  above  by  rows  of  transverse  knobs  or 
half-ci: 


124  LECTURE  IV. 

The  chief  distinctive  character  between  the 
two  genera  of  Ovis  and  Capra  or  Sheep  and 
Goat,  is  that  in  the  former  the  horns  have  a 
spiral  curvature;  in  the  latter  a  simple  one. 

The  next,  or  6th  Linnaean  Order  of  Quad- 
rupeds is  called  BELLU.S,  a  word  which  cannot 
admit  of  any  very  distinct  English  corresponding 
word.  We  must  be  content  to  take  the  Linnasan 
term  in  its  original  shape.  This  order,  Bcllua, 
consists,  in  general,  of  animals  either  of  large 
or  moderate  size,  and  comprizes  the  Rhinoceros, 
Horsey  the  Hippopotamus,  the  Tapir,  and  the  Hog. 

Of  these  Genera  we  surely  need  not  particu- 
larize that  of  Equus  or  Horse,  any  otherwise 
than  to  say,  that  the  common  Horse  is  a  native 
of  the  Eastern  regions,  in  which  it  is  still  seen  in 
a  state  at  least  approaching  to  that  of  natural 
wildness,  and  that  the  cultivated  or  improved 
races  of  the  Eastern  countries  are  allowed  to 
excel  all  others  in  swiftness  as  well  as  in  beauty. 

The  Ass  belongs  to  the  same  genus,  and, 
like  the  Horse,  is  a  native  of  the  East,  and  is 
an  animal  of  great  elegance  and  fleetness;  and 
by  no  means  to  be  judged  of  from  its  degraded 
descendents  in  the  European  regions,  where  it 


CTURE  IV.  125 

generally  nj  under  every  possible   <  ireum- 

e  of  disadvantage. 

But,  >o  far  as  regards  mere  beauty,  the  Afri- 
can species  of  this  ijcnus,  railed   the  Zclmi,  must 
confessed  to  stand   superior  to   almost  every 

lii.-il,   even    thevTiger    itself 
CXCe]  one    knov, 

distinguished  numerous  ribband-like,  br 

stripes  on  -!  <  vani-coloured  ground.     The  Z< 

not  yet  been  brought  into  a  state  of  com- 
plete domestication;  its  native  wildne.vs  still  pre- 
v<-nti  iv  effort  at  rendering  it  serviceable 

in  an  economical  view. 

Lastly  to  the  genus  Equus  or  Horse  is  re- 
ferred an  animal,  discovered  of  late  years  in  the 
mountainous  parts  of  Chili  in  South- America,  and 
distinguished  by  the  titl  of  the  Cloven-fi- 

ter  of  the  genus  Horse 
:.)   consisting  in  the   hoofs 
entire   or   undivided,    it    fc>! 
tli-    animal  just  mentioned,    must  be  c< 

•  nstitutinsr  a  very  anomalous  species, 
.  adieting    in    part,   the   generic  character   of 
.     But  as  nature  scorns  all  artificial  ar- 
rangements, we  cannot  presume  to  suppose  that 


126  LECTURE  IV. 

she  may  not  have  produced  a  species  of  this  ex- 
traordinary cast.  The  Cloven-footed  Horse  was 
first  described  by  Molina,  in  his  Natural  History 
of  Chili :  In  its  general  appearance,  size,  and 
colour,  it  resembles  the  Ass,  but  has  the  voice 
of  the  Horse,  and  the  hoofs  are  divided,  like 
those  of  ruminant-animals.  One  might  be  in- 
duced to  suppose  that  Molina,  from  its  general 
appearance,  might  have  chosen  to  consider  it  as 
a  species  of  Horse,  but  that  it  really  belonged 
more  properly  to  the  Antelope  tribe ;  but  this 
supposition  is  contradicted  by  its  anatomical 
structure,  which  resembles  that  of  other  ani- 
mals of  the  Horse  genus.  It  must  therefore  be 
considered  as  one  of  the  most  remarkable  ani- 
mals yet  discovered. 

The  genus  Hippopotamus,  of  which  we  only 
know  of  one  species,  is  a  highly  singular  genus. 
The  front-teeth  in  each  jaw  are  four ;  and  the 
tusks,  which  are  single  on  each  side,  are  very 
large :  the  feet  are  each  furnished  with  four  hoofs. 
The  Hippopotamus  is  a  very  large  animal :  its 
general  size  equalling  that  of  the  Rhinoceros: 
in  its  mode  of  life  it  is  Amphibious,  concealing 
itself  during  the  day  in  large  rivers,  out  of  which 


LECTURE  IV. 


it  only  •      nostnN   .it    intervals,    in   <> 

t«>  breathe  ;  and  coming  out  by  night  to  graze, 
-  uttn  l\  <>ii  \.  getables.     li^  \»im  \^  highly 
uncouth;    tin-    body    hcinu'    extremely    lar^c,    fat, 
and  i^s   \cry   slmrt    and    thick  : 

the  in  ad  verj    large,    \\ilh   >lmrt   rounded  or   \ 
.-lightly  pointed   ears,   B  UK  ly   wide   mouth, 

with  trrth  of  ;i  vu>t  si/e  ;uid  Micnu,th  ;  pnrticii- 
l.nly  tin  tii^k--,  or  c;inin«  -ic<  th  of  the  lower  jaw, 
which  arc  of  u  curved  form,  streaked  on  their 
ont-ide  with  numerous  furrows,  and  appear  a>  if 
oliliijiiely  cut  off  at  the  tips.  These  teeth  some- 
liiiH'N  niea.-urc  more  than  two  feet  in  length. 
'I'he  skin  of  the  Hippopotamus  is  smooth,  but 
is  thinly  covered  witli  short  hairs.  When  the 
Hippopotamus  first  emerges  from  the  water,  it 
t<»  he  of  a  Imnvn  colour,  accom- 
panied by  a  hliiei-h  cast;  hut  \vhen  dry,  is  of 
an  oliM  ure  brown.  It  is  naturally  of  a  harmless 
disposition,  but  if  pursued  or  wounded,  is  said 
to  become  excessively  furious,  and  to  be  cap  a-. 
ble  of  easily  ouTturnm-  a  canoe  or  boat,  and 
has  sometimes  been  known  to  sink  them,  by  biting 
large  pitccs  out  of  the  bottom.  The  j  are 

:ble  of  behi£  tamed,  and  \\e  are  told  by  Be- 


12$  LECTURE  IV. 

Ion  that  he  saw  one  in  that  state.  The  Hippo- 
potamus is  a  native  of  the  large  African  and 
Asiatic  rivers,  and  is  sometimes  seen  in  herds. 
The  tusks  are  much  esteemed  as  a  species  of 
ivory,  being  more  hard,  and  less  liable  to  change 
colour  than  those  of  the  Elephant :  they  are  there- 
fore in  great  use  among  the  dentists.  I  shall 
add,  that  the  Hippopotamus  was  known  to  the 
ancient  Romans,  and  that  Pliny  tells  us  that 
Scaurus  a  Roman  ^Edile,  treated  the  people  of 
Rome  with  the  exhibition  of  an  Hippopotamus 
accompanied  by  four  Crocodiles,  all  brought  out 
of  Egypt,  and  exhibited  in  a  temporary  lake, 
prepared  for  that  purpose. 

The  genus  Rhinoceros,  which  some  natural- 
ists have  placed,  like  the  Elephant,  among  the 
Bruta  of  the  LinnaBan  arrangement,  is  distin- 
guished by  the  remarkable  circumstance  of  a 
horn  or  process  situate  above  the  nose.  The 
mouth  is  furnished  in  each  jaw  with  two  teeth, 
placed  at  the  corners  of  the  jaws  in  the  manner 
of  canine-teeth  ;  and  in  each  jaw  are  six  grinders 
on  a  side.  The  general  height  of  the  Rhino- 
ceros is  about  eight  feet,  but  specimens  are  said 
to  be  occasionally  seen  which  nearly  equal  the 


- 

c 

T 
e 
-. 


IV.  12J> 


,'iant    in  ,  'sin    <>f  Ihc   Rhinoceros 

•,onir   and    :  roloiir, 

i.     Oil     I.  .lilillKll, 

ill  Mi'  h  .1   in;iMM'  r  . 

Mils    (.}'    |ii< 

forward-  the 

;i|i]i<  11  anim              -ted  with  a  kiiul  of 

arm  •>unt  of  tin-  strongly-nr.irki-d  folds 

and  ;  in.     '1  h 

tlic  Kill: 
lie    !, 

the  rrcatup 
suit  of  armour  .rate   \\ 

Thi'.  \Ii)ort  D  d  in 

.  and  many 

others,   and  1  a  kind 

'aiulanl  !.       The 

rn    of  a 
full- 
oft  hrcc  feet  :  it  is  . 

|>t  at  thr  I)  trds,  and  sluii'p- 

pointed.     The  Rlirn%tn|fl^j^;  :!I\  a  nathe 


1.EC 


130  LECTURE  IV. 

of  Asia  and  Africa,  where  it  is  still  seen  in  consi- 
derable numbers,   living  in  woody  regions,   and 
feeding  on  the  young  shoots  of  trees.     In  some 
parts   of  Africa   is   also   found    another   species, 
called   the   two-horned   Rhinoceros,   having   two 
horns  on  the  nose,  one  behind  the  other :    this 
species,  which  is  of  equal  size  with  the  common 
or    single-horned   Rhinoceros,    is   farther    distin- 
guished by  having  a  much  smoother  skin  than 
that  of  the  single-horned  species,  and  which  (in 
the    younger    specimens    particularly,)     exhibits 
hardly  any  of  the  roughnesses  or  folds  which  dis- 
tinguish  the  common   kind.      The   ancient  Ro- 
mans had  undoubtedly  seen  a  two-horned  Rhi- 
noceros exhibited ;  since  the  circumstance  is  par- 
ticularized in  an  Epigram   of  Martial,   who,   in 
speaking  of  the  combat  between  this  animal  and 
a  bear,  says  that  it  threw  up  or  tossed  the  bear 
with  its  double  horn  as  easily  as  a  bull  would  a 
bag  of  wool.     The  animal  also  appears  with   a 
double   horn  on   a   coin   belonging  to  the   reign 
of  Domitiun.     It   is   well   known  that   the  cele- 
brated Mr.  Bruce  has  been  much  censured  for 
having  figured  in  his  travels  the  two-horned  Rhi- 
noceros as   perfectly  resembling   in   every  other 


I  l.v  IV.  131 

rill. I!'    ill.      «  ollimon     or    -  III   •!••    |)O|  :  iCg  : 

it  is  also  certain  lliat  tin-  li  nn  LTACII  in  Mr. 
Him  •  •'-  uoi-k  is  absolutely  a  ropy  from  IJuiluii's 
fl  of  the  common  Rhinoceros,  with  tin-  addi- 
tion m<  r«  Iv  of  a  second  horn.  Jt  <  • -i  liow- 
I«.||«)U  from  this  rirt  un.  that  Mr. 
Urine's  li^up.  j.tis*-,  ami  it  is  si;. 
no  improbable  circnnM  mofi  lluit  the  ctunni"n 
Rhinoceros  may  vary  with  a  double  horn  ;  in 
uhirh  ( ase  Mr.  Bruce,  knowing  Button's  figure 
to  In-  correct,  nn^ht  have  thought  it  unneces- 
sary to  be  at  the  trouble  of  causing  a  com- 
pletely new  figure  to  be  executed. 

I  must  add,   that  Mr.  Bruce's  description  of 
the   manners  or    habits  of  the  animal,    i>  an   in- 
teresting and  even  a  sublime  composition;   and 
'•oinmend    it    to    all    uho    \\ish    for    an    ani- 
mated account  of  so  extraordinary  a  quadruped. 
The   jjenus  called   Tapir  consists  of  a  single 
-nly,  and   is  di>tini,ui>hrd   by  having  mi- 
men.u.N  teeth,  amounting  in  all  to  no  fewer  than 
J'<irty-t\io:   namely  six  iront  or  cutting-teeth  above 
and    IM  lo\\  ;   two  canine-teeth  aho\.-  and  below, 
and  tu.nty-siv:  grinders:  the  nose  is  lengthened 
out  into  :i  short  proboscis  -»nd  the  feet  are  ea<  h 


LECTURE  IV. 

divided  into  three  narrow  hoofs  in  front,  with  the 
addition  of  a  small  or  spurious  hoof  behind  each 
of  the  fore-feet.  The  Tapir  is  a  South-American 
animal,  nearly  equal  in  size  to  a  heifer.  Its  co- 
lour is  an  ohscure  brown,  and  the  skin  is  but  spar- 
ingly covered  with  hair.  It  is  an  animal  of  harm- 
less manners,  wandering  about  the  woods,  and 
feeding  on  the  young  shoots  of  various  shrubs. 
It  has  been  occasionally  brought  alive  into  Eu- 
rope, and  a  well  preserved  specimen  occurs  in  the 
Museum  of  Mr.  Hunter. 

The  genus  Sus  or  Hog,  concludes  the  enumera- 
tion of  the  Limicean  Bellua?.  It  is  characterized 
by  having  four  front-teeth  above,  and  six  below : 
two  short  tusks  or  canine-teeth  in  the  upper  jaw, 
and  two  very  long  and  curved  ones  in  the  lower 
jaw,  projecting  upwards  from  the  mouth :  the 
snout  is  prominent,  moveable,  and  abruptly  ter- 
minated; and  the  feet  are  divided  into  two  large, 
and  two  smaller  hoofs,  all  pointing  forwards.  The 
wild  Boar,  which  is  supposed  to  be  the  stock  or 
origin  of  all  the  domestic  breeds,  is  a  native  of 
almost  all  the  temperate  and  warmer  regions  of 
the  ancient  Continent.  It  is,  in  general,  of  smaller 
size  than  the  domestic  Hog,  and  is  of  a  dark  grey 


IV.  135 

ii   iln-  liri-i 

mueh    lin<  r  .iixi   s,,fi«-,-   kind   of    hair,  of  a  s< 
uh.it   \\oolU  in-  curled  hut  the  principal 

dill.  .  n  thf  wild  IJuar  and  the  domestic 

feukf,   uhieh   in   the  uild   Boar 
are  often  in  1- iiirtli,  and  capahle  of 

inflicting    the    most    severe    and    fatal    wound--. 

neral    si/,-    of    tin-    Wild    Boa: 
interior   to    that    of   the  domestic,  yi-i    in 

•  •nally  occurred  in  which  tin-  animal 
en  of  a  -ixc  so  enormous  as  far  to 
surj»a>s  the  general  measure  of  its  trihc,  and  to 
i\  ndcr  credihle  the  Mcniini,dv  extravagant  recitals 
which  .sometimes  occur  iu  the  works  of  ancient 
authors. 


PI\  \ATA. 


arc  nov.  to  take  a  \  icw  of  the  pinnated 
Mammalia,  or  those  in  which  the  divisions  or  toes 
of  tl  iK  connected  hy  \\ehs;  enabling  the 

animal>,  whoso  principal  residence  is  in  the  waters, 


134  LECTURE  IV. 

to  swim  with  far  greater  facility  than  any  other 
quadrupeds,  while,  on  the  contrary,  they  walk 
with  much  greater  difficulty. 

In  the  Linnaean  System,  in  which,  perhaps, 
too  great  a  degree  of  attention  is  paid  to  the  cha- 
racters of  the  teeth,  these  quadrupeds  are  some- 
what awkwardly  arranged;  making  their  appear- 
ance in  detached  parts  of  the  class  Mammalia. 
In  this  instance  therefore  we  shall  depart  from  the 
Linnasan  arrangement,  and  pursue  that  of  Mr. 
Pennant  and  others;  making  a  separate  order 
for  the  pinnated  quadrupeds,  which  will  thus  be 
made  to  lead,  by  a  natural  transition  to  the  Ce- 
taceous Mammalia,  or  Whales.  I  need  hardly 
observe,  that  by  the  pinnated  or  web-footed  Mam- 
malia, must  be  understood  those  only  which  are 
strikingly  and  conspicuously  distinguished  by  webs 
on  all  their  feet,  and  not  those  which  are  par- 
tially web-fooied,  as  the  Otter,  Beaver,  and  many 
others. 

Of  the  truly  pinnated  quadrupeds  we  are  ac- 
quainted with  but  two  distinct  genera,  viz.  that 
of  Phoca  or  Seal,  and  that  of  Trichechus  or 
Munati. 

The  first  ge^us,  or  Phoca,  (Seal,)  is  entirely 


LECTtKl    IV. 

marine.     It   i>  characterized  by  haying  teeth, 
inil.ir  ill  form  and  disposition  to  tlm^i-  ol'ti 

..Inlc  the  I".  ei  an-  so  ionm  d  a>  to  resemble 
.1  kind  of  leatlnry  tin-,  through  which  an-  very 
distinct  I  »es,  which  an-  terminated 

-lightly  I-  Dgthened    nails  or  <  ', 
tin-    whole    -eiiu-    Plmea    is    aijiiati. 

'itntrd    a->   to   rctjiiin-    i'ci:a>-ion:d    interval 
i   <-<.iiM<!>Ta!>l<-  decree  ot'  < 
ti  iiiiinci-    on    dry    land;      toi>ukni'_;    at    particular 

the  water,  and  congregating  iu  multiti 
on    til--   shores,   on   lloating    ice,    or   on    in-u! 

nid  tin-  «->p«-cially  at  the  season  in  which 
the  young  arc  produ.  The  mo>t  com 

species,  or  that  which  x-ein^  t<>  have  been  kn 
from  times  <>f  remote  antiijuity,  i>  the  Phoca  ri di- 
ll na  of  Linmvus,  tlie  comn:< 

tn-imeiitly    termed.        It    is    a    nati\c    of  the 
Kurope  -  and  is  chiefly  seen  in  the  mu-ti 

I  iiit    it-   -eiu-ral   length 

ns  t-»  he  from  fi\.  to  six  feet,  and  its  colour 
grey  or  greyish  hrown:  the  In  ad  is  larg<  ami 
rounded,  \\ithout  any  a|)pearai) 

k    small    and   short  ;    the    j 
-hoi,  \  tliick,  th- 


136  LECTURE  IV. 

thence  towards  the  extremity :  the  legs  are  so 
very  short  as  to  be  scarcely  perceptible,  but  the 
feet  are  large,  and  the  hinder  ones  are  so  placed 
as  to  be  of  the  highest  use  to  the  animal  in  swim- 
ming, being  situated  at  the  extremity  of  the  body, 
and  close  to  each  other :  the  tail  is  very  short : 
the  whole  animal  is  covered  with  short,  thick-set, 
glossy  hair,  and  its  general  colour  is  a  dark  grey- 
ish brown.  In  this  respect,  however,  it  is  known 
to  vary,  like  most  others  of  its  genus,  being  some- 
times seen  spotted  or  variegated.  Like  the  rest 
of  the  genus  it  feeds  on  various  fishes,  shell 
animals,  and  marine  plants.  A  species  much  re- 
sembling this,  but  larger,  is  often  seen  about  some 
of  the  European  coasts:  it  differs  in  having  a 
somewhat  more  lengthened  snout  than  the  com- 
mon Seal,  and  is  generally  black  above,  and  white 
beneath,  but,  like  the  former,  it  varies  in  colour. 
It  is  the  Pied  Seal  of  Mr.  Pennant,  which  in  the 
first  or  folio  edition  of  the  British  Zoology,  was 
not  considered  as  distinct  from  the  common  Seal. 

I  shall  not  pursue  the  description  of  this  genus 
farther,  than  to  observe  that  it  is  of  considerable 
extent,  and  that  several  species  inhabiting  the 
Asiatic  and  American  seas  are  of  vast  size,  and 


- 

I 


RE  IV. 

lieir  (Economy  or  n  liibit  many 

[i.irtiru1.  .  iption  ot'uliicli 

I  iin  r  t«>  tli-  :i  of  Mr.  IVnu. 

Hi-'  Quadrupeds,  \\  lull   de>eri|< 

liners    will    he   fount!,    rxtractcd  fr«mi 

of  high 
hority. 

d  t'>  tli  us,   \\hieh   is  entitled 

I  ;-izc<l  hy  the* 

want   of   t«>,  \-<  ry  large  tti.sk  on 

.  nwanls  :    the  ^rinder>  are 
I  or  ii        ilar  >m,  •  the 

toj>.      'I  mhk-  thovc  <,('  ; 

.  ami  e\                             •  unite    into 

tin-   a;>jH'ar;'  cies. 

])riiicip  (x  Rosmarus 

of  Liniia-iis,  or  i  ;h>  r;i  Walruss,  an   ani 

Its  nhles  that  of  a 

f  a  thicker  «  aspect; 

its  (  iark  brown  ;  the  s!  \-r  tiiick, 

and  d  over  with  short  dusky  hair :  t!ic  !, 

.Kill,  and   rounded,   the   upper  lip  very  large, 
divided  in  the  middle,   and   beset   with  mum 


13$  LECTURE  IV. 

bristles  of  the  length  of  three  or  four  inches,  and 
of  the  thickness  and  colour  of  wheat  straw  j  the 
tusks  are  of  great  length,  measuring  from  eighteen 
inches  to  two  feet  or  more.  The  Walruss  is  of  a 
gregarious  nature,  often  assembling  in  vast  num- 
bers on  the  masses  of  floating  ice  so  often  seen 
in  the  northern  seas;  where  they  produce  their 
young  in  the  spring  season,  and  have  generally 
but  one  at  a  birth.  In  their  manners  they  re- 
semble the  genus  Phoca,  but  feed  principally  on 
sea-plants  and  shell-animals  rather  than  on  fishes. 
The  Walruss  is  naturally  a  harmless  animal,  unless 
attacked,  when  it  becomes  extremely  vindictive ; 
roaring  in  a  dreadful  manner,  and  with  its  long 
tusks  grappling  with  and  endeavouring  to  overset 
the  boats  of  those  who  attack  it.  It  is  an  animal 
which  has  long  ago  been  pretty  well  represented 
in  the  works  of  some  of  the  earlier  zoologists,  but 
it  is  observed  by  Mr.  Pennant,  that  the  best  re- 
presentation  is  given  in  the  fifty-second  plate  of 
the  last  voyage  of  Captain  Cook.  There  appear, 
however,  to  be  distinct  races  or  varieties  of  the 
Walruss,  those  seen  in  the  icy  regions  of  the 
Anacrican  sens,  and  represented  in  the  above 
plate,  having  longer  and  sharper  tusks  in  pro- 


1    9 


portion  than  those  ob-  n  the  northern 

in  which  also  tin-  tusks  are  obse:      i 
r.  nut  to  converge,  as  in  the  American 

the  T.  boreal  is,  or  Whalc- 

1    \Valru-,  the  feel    «>f  which  very  nearly  re- 

i>le    those  of   Wha!  uniting   no   distinct 

app<  of  the  toes  or  claws.       It  grows  to 

a  -till    longer    sj/e    llian    the  common  Walruss, 

sometimes    measuring    cight-and-twenty   feet   in 

th,  and   is  an  inhabitant  of  the  Asiatic  and 

in  seas. 

A  third  .species  is  the  T.  Alanutus,  or  tin-  Ma- 

nati,    fuinid    \n   the  Indian  and- American  rivers, 

and  of  which  a  curious  anecdote  is  told  by  the 

historians  of  America,  who  relate  that  at  the 

arrival  of  the  Spaniards,  a  tame  Manati  was 

!>\   .1    Prince  of  Hispaniola,  in  a  lake  a.ljoin- 

in^  !••  lii>  residence;   ;ind    whieli,  wlicn  e;di.-d   by 

it>  name,  \\oiild  readily  appear  and  suffer  it-elf  }o 

l»y  its  protectors.     It  would  occa>ion- 

ally  oiler  itself  to  its  Indian  favorites  and  carry 

th-  in    "\-r    th«-    lake,   to    the    number  often    at   a 

'•I  playing  on  its  back.    At  leu 
•iis-queiice   of  a  violent    inundation,   it 


140  LECTURE  IV. 

carried  back  to  its  native  waters,  and  never  more 
appeared. 

It  is  well  known  that  the  common  Seal  or 
Phoca  vitulina,  may  also  be  readily  tamed. 

Lastly  the  round-tailed  Manati,  a  species  allied 
to  the  former,  but  smaller,  is  a  native  of  the  larger 
African  rivers ;  it  grows  to  the  length  of  fourteen 
feet,  and  is  of  a  dark  colour,  with  hair  somewhat 
resembling  that  of  the  Seals,  and  a  flat  rounded 
fin  at  the  extremity  of  the  body,  formed  by  the 
juncture  of  the  webs  of  the  hind-feet :  the  fore- 
feet are  each  furnished  with  flat  and  rounded  nails. 
A  specimen  of  this  animal  exists  in  the  Levenan 
Museum. 


CETACEA. 


HAVING  taken  a  slight  survey  of  the  pinnated 
or  web-footed  quadrupeds,  we  are  led  by  a  kind  of 
natural  transition  to  the  Cetaceous  Mammalia  or 
Whales.  These  cannot  in  strict  propriety  be  called 
Quadrupeds,  since  they  are  in  reality  furnished 
with  only  two  feet,  which  have  the  appearance  of 


1.K.CTURE  IV.  141 

Iliick  fins  uhile  the  tail,  \\liicli  is  divide.!  into  two 

\\    muscular   and    i.  n- 

dinons,    hc:<  I    of   any    IMMU-S    analogous   to 

the  f;-(t  in  i'  Mammalia;  th<>>,-  hones 

'•nnil  in   tin-  fins  or  fore-feet. 

•1     appearance    of    tin      ('   '    <  eons 

lia   or  Wli..  much  resembles  that  of 

a  li>h.  that    it    is  vt  ry  natural  for  anyone  to  sup- 

that  they  should  be  classed  ainon^  that  trilio 

iiimals,  and   not   with   tlu-   rest  of  th(>  Main- 

jnali.'  ;   and  indeed  so  far  has  this  eompliance  with 

popular   ci!>tom  Tolloucd,    that  most  natu- 

ralists,  till  the  institution  of  the  LinnaMii  S\>j<  m, 

them  the  appellation  of  Fi-hcs.      Tims,  ex- 

rln-ivr  of  the  more  early  writers,  the  eeh-hr, 

.uul  Willoughby  considered  them  in  this  view, 
and  rommeneed  their  History  of  Fishes  with  that 
of  Whales.  Nay  i  veil  Limr.vu  -  him- If,  in  his 
well-known  work  the  Fauna  Su  as  well  as  in 

some  of  tin-  earlier  editions  of  the  Svst< -ma   Xa- 

• 

turze,  at  them  under  the  class  of  IV 

Hut,    sine.-  their  whole   interior   structure    a^: 
with  that  of  the  Mannn.iiia;  since  they  have  lr 
and  l>nathc,   MIX  «•  tin  \    h;;\e  \\aim    blood,   and   a 
heart    ic-<  uibling    in    conformation    that   of   Qua- 


142  LECTURE  IV. 

drupeds,  and  in  particular,  since  they  produce  and 
nourish  their  young  in  the  same  manner,  it  fol- 
lows very  clearly  that  they  can  with  propriety  be 
ranked  in  no  other  class  of  animals  than  the  Lin- 
naean  Mammalia. 

In  a  general  view,  exclusive  of  their  Fish-like 
form,  the  Whales  are  distinguished  by  a  particu- 
larity not  to  be  found  in  any  of  the  rest  of  the 
aquatic  Mammalia.  This  is  a  double  opening  or 
spout-hole,  on  the  top  of  the  front  of  the  head, 
through  which  they  discharge  at  intervals,  with 
great  violence,  and  to  a  great  height,  the  water 
which  they  have  taken  in  at  the  mouth. 

Though  the  Whales,  all  together,  constitute  a 
pretty  numerous  tribe,  yet  the  genera,  or  par- 
ticular divisions  into  which  they  have  been  distri- 
buted are  but  few.  Linnaeus  institutes  for  the 
whole  tribe  only  four  distinct  genera,  viz.  Bala?ia, 
Physeter,  Monodon,  and  Delphinus. 

The  first  of  these  genera,  or  that  of  BALDEN  A, 
is  distinguished  by  the  total  want  of  teeth  j  instead 
of  which  the  mouth  is  furnished,  but  in  the  upper 
jaw  only,  with  a  vast  number  of  very  long  and 
broad,  horny,  flexible  plates,  disposed  in  regular 
rows  along  each  side.  These  are  popularly  known 


|,v  tin-  name  <>f  Whalrhonr:    rach   plat  ply 

ed  or  subdivided  at  it  •    into  long 

.UK!  lender   bri«tleS,    by  which  i 
the  imdt  T   iau   UK-  secure  from  being  wounded  by 
it,  and   at   tin-  same  lime  t be- junction  of  many 
iiri-ilrd  or  suhdi\id<  d   <  as  a 

.    \\hen    the    nunitli,    after    PT<  i\in-^   1'ood, 
>uddi-nl\  .  thus  retaining  the  prey,  and  per- 

mitting the   superfliiouN    \\aler  to   c-se.  The 

principal   sj».  t    tlie  ^enns    llalaiia    i»  tlie    II. 

M\Nt:r<  tns  or  i^rcat  Wlialeboiie  AVbale,  M  \-ticet, 
or  common  Xcrtlieni  \\'liale.  It  is  «m  all  bands 
alhiued  to  be  the  !  »i'  all  animals  yet 

tun  tly  knou-n.     Befor   th(    Northern  Whale-F 

had    reduced   the-  number   of  tbi-  s,   it 

no  uncommon  circumstance  to  find  specimens 
<>f  ;m  hundred,   an  hundred  and  t  <  >r  e\<  11, 

accordin  ,    an  hundred  and  fifty  feet  ill 

lengtb.  Such  however  arc  now  \vry  ranly,  if 
ever  seen,  and  it  is  not  often  that  th-  >und 

of  more  tlian  M  .  jeventy  feet  in  I'-n^tb.     In 

its  general  appearance  the  animal  is  poculiarh 
uiKouth;  the  bead  constituting  n  third  of 

the  u  hole  ma<s:  the  mouth  is  of  prodigious  width, 
the  tongue  measuring  eighteen  or  twenty  feet  in 


144  LECTURE  IV. 

length:  the  eyes  most  disproportionably  small; 
scarce  exceeding  in  size  the  eyes  of  an  Ox.  The 
common  colour  of  this  species  is  black  above,  and 
white  beneath ;  but  in  this  it  is  known  to  vary : 
the  skin,  as  in  all  the  rest  of  the  Whale  tribe,  is 
perfectly  smooth,  soft,  and  glossy,  and  is  entirely 
bare,  or  destitute  of  any  appearance  of  hair.  The 
general  residence  of  the  animal  is  in  the  Northern 
seas;  its  food  is  supposed  to  consist  chiefly  of  dif- 
ferent kinds  of  small,  gelatinous  marine  animals, 
particularly  of  the  smaller  Medusas  or  Sea-Blub- 
bers, and  Sea-Snails  of  the  genus  called  Clio.  The 
throat  in  this  Whale  is  observed  to  be  very  j 
narrow,  so  that  it  only  preys  on  the  smaller  sea- 
animals  in  general. 

With  respect  to  the  anatomy  of  the  Whale,  I 
shall  content  myself  with  observing,  that  on  so 
colossal  a  scale  of  magnitude  does  nature  act  in 
these  animals,  that  the  vertebrae  or  joints  of  the 
back-bone  are  of  the  size  of  moderate  barrels; 
the  ribs  and  jaw-bones  so  large  as  to  be  occasion- 
ally used  to  form  the  sides  of  tall,  arched  gate- 
ways; the  heart  too  large  to  be  contained  in  a 
very  wide  tub ;  the  aorta  or  principal  artery  mea- 
sures about  a  foot  in  diameter,  and  it  is  computed 


•TURK  IV.  J45 

:he  (jitantity  of  blood  thrown  into  it  at    every 
ti..n  of  I),  .    is  nut  It  ss  than  from  t.- 

ii  gallon-. 

1  -!i  of  tlu1   .threat  Northern  Whale  is 

prod  .  it  is  able  to  shatter  a  strong  canoe  in 

ith   a  a  tail  :  it  swims, 

.  the  compulation  of  CVpede,    at    the 
bout  thirty-three  feet  in  a  second,  and  it 
rther   computed   that   i;i  the   space  of  about 
forty-seven    days,    it    might   circumnavigate    the 
globe  in  the  direction  of  the  equator,  even  allow- 
ing it  to  rest  by  night  during  the  whole  time.     It 
imposed  to  !.,-  an  extremely  long-lived  animal. 
The  ii  male  product  ••ncral,   but  one  young 

at  a  birth,  which  usually  measures  something  more 
than  i    in  length;  and  she  ha.s  the  repu- 

>n    of    being   very   tenderly    attached   to   her 

The  hast  of  all  the  Whalebone-Whales  or  Lin- 

*  B.  Glacialis  or  Nord-Caper  is  a  very  large  species  of  Whale, 
but  thinner  in  proportion  than  the  Mysticete  :  it  is  an  extremely 
voracious  animal ;  preying  on  many  kinds  of  fish,  and  in  par- 
ticular on  Cod  and  Herring.  In  the  stomach  of  this  Whale 
have  been  observed  three  hundred  Cod :  and  in  tin*  stomach  of 
4  second  individual  were  found  more  than  a  tun  of  herring*. 
LECT.  I.  L 


KG  LECTURE  IV. 

nsean    Balsenje    is    the   B.  rostrata,    rostrated  or 
taper-snouted  Whale.     It  seldom  reaches  to  the 
length  of  twenty  feet,  and  is  of  an  elegant  shape, 
its  colour  is  blueish-black  above,  and  white  be- 
neath, and  the  skin,  from  the  throat  to  the  middle 
of  the  body  beneath,  is  marked  in  a  longitudinal 
direction  by  very  numerous,  deep  furrows,  the  in- 
sides  of  which  are  of  a  red  colour:  this  furrowed 
structure  of  the  skin  beneath  the  fore-parts  of  the 
body,  appears  to  be  a  wonderful   institution  of 
Nature  for  enabling  the  animal  to   increase  at 
pleasure  its  diameter,  and  render  itself  specifically 
lighter ;  by  inflating  a  vast  cavity  situated  beneath 
the  breast  and  communicating  with  the  throat : 
during  this  action  the  furrowed  skin  becomes  ex- 
tended laterally,  and  the   insides  of  the  furrows 
being  thus  laid  open,  give  the  appearance  of  so 
many  beautiful  red  stripes,  along  the  sides  and  be- 
neath the  body.     This  curious  structure,   which, 
perhaps,  was  first  distinctly  described  by  the  late 
Mr.  Hunter,  is  not  peculiar  to  the  present  species, 
but  exists  in  some  others.      The  Rostrated  Whale 
is  a  native  of  the  Northern  seas,  and  has  occasion- 
ally been  taken  on  our  own  coasts. 

The  genus   PHYSETER,    containing  what   are 


47 


LECTURE  IV.  147 

ralk-d  Sperma-Ceti  Whales,  is  distinguished  \>y 
having  visible  teeth  in  tin-  Io\\crjaw  only,  which 
\\hi-ii  the  mouth  is  dosed,  are  received  into  so 
inaiiv  open  socket*  in  the  upper  jaw  :  an  accurate 
inspection  <>f  the  upper  jaw  h  that 

there   are   cor  respond!  n  i    in   that   al-o,  but 

thev  are  very  small,  and  situated  so  deep  within 
the  sockets  as  to  be  totally  invisible  on  a  general 
view. 

The  Physeter  Macrocephalus,  or  great  Sper- 
maceti Whale,  is  not  greatly  inferior  in  size  to  the 
Great  Whah  hone  Whale  or  Mysticeto,  and  is  of  a 
shape  not  less  uncouth;  the  head  being  of  so 
a  >i/e  a^  at  Ica.-t  to  equal  a  third  of  the  length  of 
the  whole  animal.  It  is  from  this  Whale,  as  well 
as  from  some  others  of  this  genus,  that  the  well- 
known  substance  popularly  known  by  the  name  of 
Spermaceti  is  obtained.  This  substance,  v.h.ch 
in  the  living  animal  is  a  liquid  oil,  is  contained  in 
a  vast  cellular  cavity  within  the  head;  when  ex- 
posed to  thi  f  cold  air,  it  concretes  into  a 
solid  form:  it  exists  in  other  parts  of  the  animal, 
as  well  as  in  the  head,  and  may  be  gained  from 
the  blubber  or  common  oil  by  proper  preparation: 
in  a  smaller  proportion  also  it  is  found  to  exist  in 


150  LECTURE  IV. 

pear  indeed  to  have  been  guilty  of  some  aggrava- 
tion in  this  respect  in  their  poetical  and  sculptorial 
representations,  while  the  moderns,  on  the  con- 
trary, have  been  somewhat  too  severe  in  con- 
demning them. 

The  Porpoise  or  D.  Phocana,  is  a  still  more 
common  species  than  the  Dolphin,  and  so  ex- 
tremely similar  to  it,  that  there  can  be  little  doubt 
of  its  having  been  often  confounded  with  it :  it  is 
however  a  smaller  animal,  and  rarely  exceeds  the 
length  of  six  or  seven  feet:  its  chief  mark  of  dis- 
tinction from  the  Dolphin  seems  to  consist  in  having 
a  shorter  and  blunter  snout.  The  Porpoise,  being 
the  most  common  European  species  of  all  the 
Cetaceous  tribe,  has,  of  course,  been  more  ac- 
curately inspected,  as  to  its  anatomical  structure, 
than  any  of  the  rest;  Rondeletius,  Ray,  Tyson,  and 
others,  having  given  a  good  general  anatomy  of 
the  animal.  It  is  also  a  curious  fact,  (such  is  the 
revolution  of  taste),  that  the  Porpoise  was  a  few 
centuries  ago  considered  as  a  splendid  and  elegant 
dish  at  royal  and  noble  tables ;  and  this  in  Eng- 
land even  so  late  as  the  reign  of  Queen  Elizabeth. 

By  far  the  largest  of  the  Dolphin  genus  is  the 
species  called  the  Grampus,  the  D.  Orca  of  Lin- 


IV.  151 

It  arrivi  a  at  tin-  l<  ii-.:ih  of  fi\<  -ainl  tu  eiity 

and   is   of  an    e\tremel\   fierce  and  \orarioilS 

iiatu  'in:;    nn    the    lar-.  i-    li-ln-s,   and    c\»  n, 

•ionally,  on  the  Dolphin  and   Porpoise  th.-m- 

I         i'.und  in  tin-   Mediterranean   and 

Atla.  11  as    in   the  polar  regions,    and  is 

our  of  the  most  ferocious  inhabitants  of  the  ocean. 

cies  it  i>  chieily  distinguished  by  ha\ 

the  Miout  turned  a  little  upwards.      I   cannot  but 
here   observe   that   the   IJnmran  character  of  this 

ics  inay  mislead,  since  it  is  said  to  be  furnished 
ikntibus  scrratisy  \\-\i\\  serrated  or  sawed  teeth,  a 
particularity  not  found  in  any  of  the  Whale  tribe, 
uliich  have  all  simple  or  plain,  conical  teeth:  but 
the  meaning  of  the  words  dentibus  scrratis  here  is 
only  to  be  understood  in  the  common  classical 
sense,  as  in  Pliny  and  other  authors;  meaning  so 
disposed  as  to  give  the  outline  of  the  jaw  a  ser- 
rated appearance  in  profile. 

There  remains  one  more  Linncean  genus  of  the 
Whale  tribe,  and  that  one  of  the  most  remarkable: 
this  is  the  ^enus  Afonodon  or  Xanvhal.  It  is  dis- 
tinguished by  an  extremely  large  and  long,  spi- 
rally twisted  tooth,  projecting  in  a  straight  direc- 
tion, from  the  upper  jaw.  Sometinn  arc 


152  LECTURE  IV. 

two  of  these  teeth,  parallel  to  each  other,  in  which 
case  one  is  always  observed  to  be  somewhat  shorter 
and  thinner  than  the  other.  Supposing  the  na- 
tural number  to  be  two,  as  stated  by  Linnams,  in 
his  generic  character,  I  neecl  not  observe,  that  the 
name  of  J\lonodon  would  be  peculiarly  absurd.  In 
fact  the  natural  number  is  two,  but  one  is  always 
observed  to  predominate,  and  the  probability  is 
that  they  are  so  constituted  as  alternately  to  supply 
the  defect  occasioned  by  casting,  on  one  side. 

The  common  'N'torwhtil  or  M.  Monoceros  of 
Linnaeus,  sometimes  called  the  Sea  Unicorn,  is  an 
inhabitant  of  the  northern  seas,  where  it  grows 
to  the  length  of  more  than  twenty  feet,  exclusive 
of  the  tooth,  which  is  about  half  the  length  of 
the  body.  The  colour  of  the  animal  is  an  ir- 
regular variegation  of  black  and  white  on  the 
upper  parts,  and  white  beneath ;  and  the  young 
are  said  to  be  of  a  much  darker  colour  than  the 
full-grown  animal.  The  food  of  the  Narwhal, 
like  that  of  the  great  Whalebone  Whale,  consists 
chiefly  of  Sea-blubbers  or  Medusa3  and  other  small 
animals,  but  it  is  also  known  to  prey  occasionally 
on  fishes,  and  particularly  on  flat-fish.  Before 
this  animal  became  very  distinctly  known  to  the 


LECH  IM.  IV.  15S 

iiaturali-ts  of  Europe,    tin-   teeth,   or  spiral   lioni- 
lik>    ,  I<1    in  very  1 

as    tin-    -upposed    li>  Unicorns.       \"arious 

medical  \irturs  were  attributed  to  them,  and  they 
were  even  numbered  among  th<-  artidt  >  oi'  i 
magnitifcnce.  At  Rosenberg  in  Denmark  is  said 
11  pri-srrvcd  an  ancient  throne,  composed 
of  Narwhals'  teeth,  and  which  uas  once  the  seat 
of  state  of  the  ancient  Daui-h  Monarch*. 

I   purposely  omit  speaking  of  the  supposed 
.•i  nt  .-pecies  of  this  genus;  their  dc  scription, 
as  yet,  IK  ing  not  sufficiently  accurate  to  justify 
any  very  clear  conclusions. 

Having  thus  taken  a  general  view  of  the  Mam- 
malia or  viviparous  quadrupeds,  we  shall  in  our 
ju-xt  Lecture  proceed  to  Birds. 


I5f 


LECTURE  V. 


W  E  are  now  entering  upon  a  beautiful  and  ex- 
teiiMve  brunch  of  Natural  History,  called  Orni- 
thology or  the  History  of  Birds.  These  animals 
far  exceeding  Quadrupeds  in  point  of  number, 
it  was  highly  necessary  that  they  should  be  dis- 
tributed into  orders,  and  gcneru,  in  order  to  faci- 
litate the-  knowledge  of  the  species.  In  this  part 
of  Zoology,  as  in  Quadrupeds,  we  shall  pursue 
the  Limuiun  arrangement,  with  some  variations 
and  transpositions. 

I  know  not  whether  it  may  be  thought  neces- 
sary to  be  very  particular  in  the  description  of  a 
bird,  us  distinguished  from  a  quadruped,  but  as 
there  are  some  circumstances  which  are  important 
in  the  comparative  anatomy  of  these  animals,  it 
may  not  be  improper  to  give  a  slight  general 

.  iption  of  them. 


I5G  LECTURE  V. 

The  skeleton  or  bony  frame  of  the  animal  is 
in  general  of  a  lighter  nature  than  in  quadrupeds, 
and  is  calculated  for  the  power  of  flight :  the  spine 
is  immoveable,  but  the  neck  lengthened  and  flex- 
ible :  the  breast-bone  very  large,  with  a  prominent 
keel  down  the  middle,  and  formed  for  the  attach- 
ment of  very  strong  muscles :  the  bones  of  the 
wings  are  analogous  to  those  of  the  fore-legs  in 
quadrupeds,  but  the  termination  is  in  three  joints 
or  fingers  only,  of  which  the  exterior  one  is  very 
short.  What  are  commonly  called  the  legs  are 
analogous  to  the  hind -legs  in  quadrupeds,  and  they 
terminate,  in  general,  in  four  toes,  three  of  which 
are  commonly  directed  forwards,  and  one  back- 
wards j  but  in  some  birds  there  are  only  two  toes, 
in  some  only  three.  All  the  bones  in  birds  are 
much  lighter  or  with  a  larger  cavity  than  in 
Quadrupeds. 

With  respect  to  the  definition  of  a  Bird,  as  ab- 
solutely distinguished  from  all  other  animals,  it 
would  be  sufficient  to  say,  according  to  the  old 
mode,  that  a  bird  is  a  two-footed,  feathered  animal. 
The  power  of  flight  need  not  enter  into  the  defini- 
tion ,  for  there  are  many  birds  which  are  perfectly 
destitute  of  the  power  of  flight ;  as  the  Ostrich, 


(.ETON 


f'/fff  .\'tr.  ,t 


V.  151 

the  Cassowary,  all  and  some  other 

MX  rs  with  v.  arc  covered 

logous  in  their  nature  to  the  hair  oi'  (}na- 
ing  con  of  a  similar  Mil^tance 

appearing  in  a  di>-imil.  Beneath  or  under 

the   comm<>  or  general  plumage,   the 

.skin  in   bird*  is  inn:  ly  covered  with  a  much 

.    or   so:  ihrry  substance  called   down. 

Tlu-  external  or  common  leathers  are  called  by 
;vnt    names  on  ditlercnt  parts  of  the  animal, 
longest  of  the  wing-feathers,  which  are  ge- 
nerally ten   in  number,  in  each   wing,  are  called 

\ 
first  or  great  quills,  (in  the  Linmean  phrase 

remises  primores,  as  being  the  chief  oars  or  guid- 

>  i;    were.)      The  feathers  constituting  the 

middle  part  of  the  wing  are  called  the  secondaries 

ccond  quills  (rcmigcs  secondarii  of  Linnaeus,) 

and   are   more  nunn  rous  than  the  first-    tin-  lea- 

;  nding  along  each  side   the   back   are 

atlirrs:    the   small    li-athers 

.shoulders  are  ciilli-d  the  .smaller  wing- 

ria,    (tectrices   minores:)    the  nev  s  to 

culled  the  larger  wing-coverts,  (tcci; 
secondariae  or  majore>.     an  1   at  the  edge  of  the 
•huuldt.-r   arc   a  few    rather   strong   awl  slightly 


I5g  LECTURE  V. 

lengthened  feathers,  constituting  what  is  called 
the  false  or  spurious  wing;  the  alula  or  alulet 
of  some  ornithologists.  The  tail,  in  most  birds, 
consists  of  twelve  feathers;  in  some  of  ten  only, 
and  in  some  others  of  eighteen,  twenty,  or  twenty- 
four.  Sometimes  on  each  side  the  tail  or  above 
it,  at  the  lower  part  of  the  back,  are  placed  se- 
veral very  long  feathers  of  a  different  structure 
from  the  rest:  these  have  been  called  the  hypo- 
chondriac and  unpygial  feathers.  These  are  the 
principal  distributions  of  the  feathers  on  a  bird. 
With  respect  to  the  particular  shape  of  the  fea- 
thers themselves,  they  vary  greatly  in  the  different 
tribes. 

The  particulars  most  important  in  the  com- 
parative anatomy  of  birds  are  these.  The  throat, 
after  passing  down  to  a  certain  distance,  dilates 
itself  into  a  large  membranaceous  bag,  answering 
to  the  stomach  in  quadrupeds :  it  is  called  the 
crop,  and  its  great  use  is  to  soften  the  food  taken 
into  it,  in  order  to  prepare  it  for  passing  into- 
another  stronger  receptacle  called  the  gizzard: 
this  which  may  be  considered  as  a  more  powerful 
stomach  than  the  former  consists  of  two  very 
strong  muscles,  lined  and  covered  with  a  stout 


rruRE  V. 

and  furrowed  on  the  insidi  •.      In 

ivc.-ptaclr   the  l»»od  is  completely  ground  and 

r«  tin  a  pulp.      Tin-  lungs  of   Birds   differ 

.   those  of  quadrupeds   in  not  being  loose  or 

in    tin-   breast,   but  fixed   to   the   bones   all 

tin-  way  down:    they  consist  of  a  pair  of  large 

spongy  bodies,  covered  with  a  membrane  which 

d   in  several   places,   and   communicates 

with  I    large  vesicles  or  air-bags  dispersed 

about  the  cavities  of  the  body. 

The  eyes  of  birds  are  more  or  less  convex 
in  the  different  tribes  j  and  in  general,  it  may  be 
observed  that  the  sense  of  sight  is  more  acute  in 
birds  than  in  most  other  animals  -y  and  they  seem 
t<>  possess  a  greater  degree  of  power  in  accom- 

i  at  ing  the  convexity  of  the  eye  to  any  par- 
ticular distance  than  other  animals,  for  which 
purpose  they  are  provided  with  a  curious  ap- 
paratus of  scales  round  the  iris  or  coloured  part 
of  the  eve  not  be  observed  in  quadrupeds.  Birds 
have  no  outward  Ear,  but  the  internal  is  formed 
on  the  same  general  plan  as  in  quadrupeds. 

Birds  as  every  one  knows  are  oviparous  ani- 
mal>,  ah\a\-  producing  Eggs,  from  which  the 

*  In  the  predaceoos  birds  or  Accipitres  this  is  wanting,  the  sto- 
mach being  allied  to  that  of  quadruped*. 


160  LECTURE  V. 

young  are  afterwards  excluded.  The  process 
of  the  young  in  the  Egg,  from  the  time  of  its 
first  production  to  that  of  the  complete  forma-r 
tion  of  the  bird,  is  extremely  curious  and  in- 
teresting, and  may  be  found  detailed  with  suf- 
ficient exactness  in  the  works  of  Malpighi,  Bufr 
fon,  Monro,  and  many  others.  I  shall  only  ob- 
serve on  this  subject  that  the  first  appearance 
of  the  young,  as  an  organized  body,  begins  to 
be  visible  in  six  hours  after  the  egg  has  been 
placed  in  a  proper  degree  of  heat  under  the 
parent  animal*. 

The  number  of  eggs  is  extremely  various  in 
the  different  tribes  of  birds. 

Birds  are  divided  by  Linnasus  into  six  Or- 
ders or  Assortments,  viz.  1.  Accipitres  or  Pre- 
dacious Birds,  such  as  Vultures,  Eagles,  Hawks, 
Owls,  and  some  others. 

*  A  particular  highly  worthy  of  attention  is,  that  the  chick, 
or  young  bird,  when  arrived  at  its  full  size,  and  ready  for  hatch- 
ing, is  by 'nature  provided  with  a  small,  hard,  and  calcareous 
protuberance  at  the  point  or  tip  of  the  bill,  by  which  it  is  enabled 
the  more  readily  to  break  the  shell,  and  which  falls  off  some 
hours  after  its  hatching.  So  careful  has  Nature  been,  and  so 
accurately  has  every  circumstance  attending  the  process  been 
foreseen  and  provided  for ! 


I.ECTUIF.  V.  161 

t.    Pica  or  Pies,  containing  all  the  birds  of 
nd  Jay  kind,  tin-  Parrots,  the  Wood- 
til.-  Kingfishers,  and  a  great  variety  of 
r  bird*. 

3.  Passercs  or  Passerine  birds,   comprising 

I,  tin-  Thrushes,  the  Larks,  and  all 
tin-  I  inches  or  small-birds  in  general,  either  with 
thick  «*r  slender  bills 

4.  Gallitue  or  Gallinaceous  birds,  or  such  as 
are  more  or  less  allied  to  the  common  domestic 
1       I,  and  consequently  containing  the  Pheasant 
and   Partridge  tribe,   the  Peacock,    Turkey,   and 
a  variety  of  other  birds. 

5.  Gratia  or  Waders,   consisting  of  all  the 
Heron  tribe,  the  Curlews,  the  Plovers,  and  other 
numerous  tribes  which  have  lengthened  legs  and 
chiefly  frequent  watery  situations. 

6.  The  Anseres  or  Web-footed  birds,  as  the 
Swan,  Goose,  or  Duck  tribe,  the  Gulls,  the  Pen- 
guins and  many  others. 

Out   of  these  six  Linncean  Orders  some  or- 
nithologists have  instituted  a  few  others,  in  or- 
der to  give  a  greater  degree  of  clearness  and  j 
cision   to   the    arrangement   of  birds,    but    they 
cannot   be    considered    as    absolutely   necessary. 

LECT.  1.  M 


162  LECTURE  V. 

Thus  the  Pigeons  have  been  sometimes  consi- 
dered as  properly  forming  a  distinct  order  of 
birds  under  the  title  of  the  Columba  or  the  Colum- 
bine Order,  instead  of  being  ranked  among  the 
Passeres  of  Linnaeus  j  and  the  Ostrich,  Cassowary, 
and  Dodo  have  been  supposed  to  constitute  an  or- 
der called  the  Struthious  Order,  instead  of  ranking 
either  among  the  Grallas  or  Gallinae  of  Linnaeus. 

The  first  Linnaean  tribe  of  Birds,  called  Ac- 
CIPITRES,  consists  of  the  Vultures,  the  Eagles,  the 
Chvls,  and  the  Shrikes  or  Butcher-Birds  ;  for  all 
these  birds  are  of  a  predacious  nature,  and  feed 
entirely  on  animal  food.  Their  general  charac- 
ters, considered  at  large,  or  as  belonging  to  the 
whole  tribe,  are  these.  The  bill  is  more  or  less 
curved,  strong,  and  often  covered,  round  the  base, 
by  a  naked  membrane,  called  a  cere ;  and  on 
each  side,  towards  the  tip,  is  a  pretty  strong 
point  or  projection,  forming  a  kind  of  tooth, 
and  serving  the  more  easily  to  tear  the  prey. 
The  wings  are  large  and  strong,  and  the  whole 
body  stout  and  muscular ;  the  legs  strong  and 
short,  the  claws  much  curved,  and  sharp-pointed. 

These  birds  generally  make  a  somewhat  neg- 
ligently or  slightly-formed  nest,  in  lofty  situa- 


PURE  V. 


163 


,  and  lay  from  i\\<>  t  .  lour  eggs.  The  fe- 
male  in  the  pn<la<  ,.MI  |iird>  it  aluay.s  larger 
than  the  ni  ih  ;  and  the  whole  trilu-,  according 
to  Liima-us,  may  In-  <  d  as  analogous  to 

the  Order    i  'lonir  ijiiadnipi  iN. 

Oi*  tin-    preda<  iom   tribe   tlu-  first  genus  or 

of  rultur.  It-  cliicf  character  is,  a 
beak  of  a  somewhat  lengthened  form,  running 
.strait  to  some  distance,  but  curving  strongly  at 
tht  tip:  it  has  no  cere  or  naked  membrane  at 
base:  th.-  In  ad  and  neck,  in  most  species, 
are  bare  of  feathers,  being  covered  only  with  a 
kind  of  down.  '1  h  s  of  Vultures  are  con- 

:ahly  numerous,  and  they  inhabit  almost  all 
tin  wanner  parts  of  the  globe,  but  are  not  so 
oiuii  seen  in  the  Northern  regions,  where  their 
>cnce  would  be  less  necessary.  They  are 
rved  to  prey  on  dead  animals  in  preference 
to  living  ones,  and  as  they  are  always  on  the 
watch  for  those,  and  prefer  such  as  are  in  a 
putrid  state,  they  may  be  considered  as  the  Sca- 
vengers of  Nature  in  the  animal  world,  and  are 
ot  extreme  utility  in  the  hotter  regions,  by  quickly 
removing  all  such  animal  remains  as  would  other- 
\\i»e  tend  to  infect  the  air. 


164  LECTURE  V. 

The   largest,    and   most  extraordinary  of  all 
the  Vultures  is  the  South- American  species  called 
the  Condor,  so  long  celebrated  as  the  largest  of 
all  birds  possessing  the  power  of  flight,  and  till 
lately,  so  very  indistinctly  described  in  the  works 
of  naturalists.      It  does  not  appear  that  a  spe- 
cimen of  the  Condor  was  ever  seen  in   Europe 
till  about  twelve  or  fifteen  years  ago,   when   a 
female  bird  was  brought  over  in  a   dried   state 
by  Captain  Middleton,  and  deposited  in  the  Le- 
verian  Museum.     About  two  years  afterwards  a 
male,  in  the  most  perfect  preservation,   was  ob- 
tained, and  placed  in  the  same  collection.     It  is 
this  latter  specimen  that  has  afforded  the  oppor- 
tunity of  giving  a  true  description  of  the  species, 
which  is  distinguished  by  being  of  a  black  co- 
lour, with  the  shorter  or  secondary  wing-feathers 
white  j  the  head  furnished  with  an  upright,  com- 
pressed,  fleshy  crest  or  comb,   the  throat,   to  a 
considerable  distance  down  the  breast,  naked  and 
red,  and  the  neck  furnished,  down  each  side,  with 
several  short,  circular  wattles  or  flaps :  round  the 
upper  part  of  the  neck,  where  it  joins  the  back, 
is  a  kind  of  ruff  or  tippet  of  milk-white,  downy 
feathers  ;  the  wings  are  of  vast  extent,  and  when  - 


LECTURE  V.  165 

the  bird  was  fn  ,h  killed,  are  said  to  have  mea- 
sured nearly  I'-nit.  .  n  f« •«  t  from  tip  to  tip.      1 

:MCII  allords  an  opportunity  of  rectifying  au 
important  error  in  i  «-ription  of  the  Condor 

gi\cn  by  general  obtcnreny   who  have  seen   it 
in  its  IL.  ,   hut  prohahly  at  a  di>tance, 

and    with    it^    \  dosed;    tor    such    descrip- 

11   us  that   the   hack   of  the   bird  is  milk- 
white,    which   is   not    the    case,    but    the   mistake 
may  be  supposed  to  have  arisen  from  the  white 
uiiiLc-leatln  r>    folding   over    the    hack    when   the 
.  Njsi-d.      In  SIK  h  d( x-riptions  also,  the 
tail  is  said  to  be  small,  whereas,  on  the  contrary, 
it   i>   large   in   proportion  to  the  bird.      The  ac- 
counts  of  the  Condor,   by  some   of  the   earlier 
historians   of  the  Western  Continent  are   singu- 
curious,   and  such  as  the  more  sober  phi- 
losophic   faith    of    Kuropean    Naturalists    could 
hardly   be    supposed    to   admit.      These   writers 
•More  us  that  the  Vulture  called  the  Condor    is 
Hatching  up,  and  carrying  oil  boys 
-irds   of  ten   years   of  age;    that   a   pair 
of  these  destroyers  in  concert,  will  attack  a  heifer 
in  th«-  midst  of  a  field,  and  tear  it  in  pieces  w  ith 
the  utmost  ease.     In  short,   tke  descriptions  of 


166  LECTURE  V. 

the  Condor  bring  to  our  mind  the  imaginary 
bird  called  the  Roc  or  Ruck,  which  makes  so 
conspicuous  a  figure  in  the  Arabian  Tales. 

The  most  common  European  Vulture  is  the 
V.  castaneus,  or  great  brown  Vulture ;  it  is  of  a 
dusky  chesnut-brown  colour,  with  a  naked  head  and 
neck ;  the  long  wing-feathers  black,  and  the  base 
of  the  neck  surrounded  by  a  ruff  of  short  whitish 
feathers.  This  is  the  Vulture  so  often  seen  in  the 
usual  exhibitions  of  animals.  It  is  found  in  the 
South  of  Europe,  and  in  many  parts  of  Africa. 

The  next  genus  of  the  Accipitres  is  called 
Falco,  and  contains  all  the  Eagles,  Falcons  and 
Hawks.  It  is  a  genus  so  very  numerous  that 
on  the  most  moderate  computation  the  species 
may  be  supposed  to  amount  to  about  120.  The 
largest  and  most  celebrated  species  is  the  Golden 
Eagle,  or  Falco  Chrysaetos  of  Linnaeus,  which  is  of 
a  reddish  brown  colour,  with  dusky  shades  and 
variegations,  and  has  the  cere  or  naked  mem- 
brane round  the  base  of  the  bill  of  a  deep  yellow 
or  gold-colour :  and  the  legs  and  feet  are  of 
similar  colour.  Its  general  length  is  about  three 
feet,  and  its  weight  about  12  pounds.  It  is  ob- 
served to  vary  in  some  degree  in  its  colours.  The 


i.t«,i  t',i.i 


J  61 


1  1  <  n  in;  v. 

•le  is   the    Bud    of  .Inpitcr  of  the   an- 

i  -  R  .llv  It      l>      llllinhiTCil 

among  our  nah\«-  British  hinK  haung  been  oc- 
casionally ol«MT\i  el  to  breed  in  thr  northern  part- 

-i  i!ni  ,   hut  in   I         i   it  i-  more  <  om- 

!ii"ii  :    itl   <  \trnr   ..!    \vm-_:s,   v\hcn   fully  c\|)aiulril) 
is  in"--.-   than 

.    1  1  alia  tns   of    Linn.Tus    is 

OT    ratlun-  ini<lilU>sixc(l   species 

1    hrown   colour   above1, 

lii-iH-atli,   \sitli   tin'   h'-ad   uhitisli,   and  the 

,  legs  and  tlrt  hluc.     Liniucu>,  in  nu-ntiuning 

l»ird,   falls  into  a  vulu  ,  in   snj  (posing 

that  tin*  left  foot  is  .sli-rhtly  w«  h!>«-d.     'I'lic  Osprey 

n.itivr  i^f  Kunjpf,   and  is  found  in  our  o\\  n 

,   (  hicily  frequenting  tin:   s<-a  shor«-<,   and 

larger  LI.  B,  and   j>rryin.^  on   fish,  which   it 

y   precipitating  itM-lf  nnon  them  ti-om  a 

'     H    ««f  th<- 


\  much  larger  and  finer  species,  very  nearly  equalling  the 
Golden  Eagle  in  size,  u  the  Falco  OstifragHs  of  Linnaeus, 

by  many  naturalists  is  also  called  the  Sca-Kagle,  though  very 
different  from  the  Common  Osprey.  Its  colour  is  brown  with 
paler  variegations,  and  it  is  remarkable  for  the  strong  curva- 
ture of  iu  sharp  pointed  claws.  Native  of  England,  &c 


168  LECTURE  V. 

have  any  gayety  of  colours,  but  some  are  pos- 
sessed of  a  high  degree  of  elegance,  especially 
some  of  the  smaller  kind  of  Falcons  and  Ha?cks> 
among  which  latter  may  be  particularized  the 
Kestril,  a  well-known  British  species  of  a  reddish 
brown  colour  above,  spotted  with  black;  with 
the  head  and  tail  dove-coloured,  the  latter  marked 
by  a  black  bar.  The  female  is  brown,  with  black 
variegations,  and  the  tail  is  brown  also,  with 
numerous  blackish  bars. 

The  third  genus  of  the  Accipitres  is  that  of 
Strix  or  Owl.  The  bill  in  this  genus  is  hooked, 
but  without  cere  at  the  base :  the  nostrils  are 
covered  by  reversed  bristly  plumes,  and  the  head, 
eyes,  and  ears  are  very  large.  The  genus  is 
pretty  numerous ;  and  the  largest  or  principal 
species  is  nearly  equal  to  a  small  Eagle  in  size, 
and  of  a  rich  chesnut-brown  colour,  elegantly 
marked  and  spotted  with  very  numerous  blackish 
variegations  of  different  sizes:  the  head  is  dis- 
tinguished by  a  large  pair  of  feathered  tufts, 
rising  above  each  ear,  and  the  irides  or  circles 
of  the  eyes  are  of  the  finest  golden  yellow.  This 
bird,  generally  known  by  the  name  of  the  Eagle- 
Owl,  or  Great  Horned  Owl  is  not  very  uncom* 


GKEAT 


t/wi. 


ifivt  Cttfi  I****'*  fulA/M  *•  Mrrnr***  ft, 


LECTURE  V.  ir,!> 

mon    in    ninny    parts    of  Europe,    nnd    has    been 
times    found    in    Kir, land.       In    North    Aim- 
I  much   allied   to  it,  l)iit   differing 
in  li;i\  iuur  tin-  under  parts  ash-e 

•e  brown  lines  or  bars. 

'I'll.--  <  onnnon  IJnm  n  Owl,  and  the  common  Hani 

mu>t  he  M;pp<>-ed  to  he  known  to  everyone. 

()v\l>   in   general  are  calculated  lor  seeing  to  the 

.u'-eatesl    ad\antage   in   a   sober    light,   for   which 

reason    tlioy   shun    the  glare   of  day,    and    pur- 

Mu    their    prey  by  night;   and,    as  an    eminent 

writer   somewhat   oddly   expresses   himself,    they 

see   ill    because   they   see   too   well  ;    their   « 

beiii£   sensible   to    the   smallest   or   weakest    im- 

-ions  of  light.     Yet  some  speeies  have  been 

rved  to   prey,   like   Ilauks,   dnrinp:  the  d;;y- 

tinu  ;    and    it    is    remarkable    that    such    species 

are   in   some  degree   allied   to    Hawks   in   shape; 

having    a    slender    or    lengthened    body    and    «i 

:«r    tail    than    the  rest   of  their  tribe.      The 

bird    called    the    Caparacoch     or    Hawk-Owl     of 

North    Aim  riea    is    of    this    kind,    and    is    well 

figured    in   the  ornithological   work   of   Kdwards. 

Some  of  thi>  ijrnus  are  remarkable  for  their  small 

;  as  a  Siberian  species,  called  by  Dr.  Pailus 


170  LECTURE  V, 

Striv  demmutdy  which  is  hardly  superior  to  a 
sparrow  in  size,  and  of  an  elegant  grey  co- 
lour, freckled  with  very  numerous  dark-brown  or 
^blackish  specks. 

Ornithologists  differ  in  some  degree  about 
the  next  or  fourth  Linna^an  genus  of  the  Acci- 
pitres  or  predacious  Birds;  some  thinking  that 
it  should  rather  be  placed  among  the  Picae  or 
Pies.  Its  habits  however  are  strictly  those  of 
Birds  of  prey.  This  genus  is  called  Lanius,  in 
English  Shrike  or  Butcher- Bird,  which  nanie  is 
given  to  it  on  account  of  its  singular  practice 
of  separating  the  limbs  of  such  birds  and  other 
animals  as  it  kills,  and  fastening  them  on  thorns, 
by  regularly  transfixing  each :  this  practice  is 
not  only  common  to  the  several  European  spe- 
cies, but  is  observed  in  those  of  Africa  and  Ame- 
rica. The  Great  or  Common  English  Shrike  or 
Buteher-Bird  is  the  Lanius  Excubitor  of  Lin- 
nreus,  and  chiefly  seen  in  the  northern  parts  of 
the  kingdom.  It  is  about  the  size  of  a  Thrush 
and  of  a  grey  colour,  with  black  wings  and  tail, 
and  a  black  streak  across  each  eye :  the  bill  and 
legs  are  also  black.  Some  of  the  exotic  species 
of  this  genus  are  of  very  brilliant  colours. 


Lrrri  i:r  V.  1:1 

1  »  PICJB  or  PM.>,    at    \vhi<  h    PI   now 

0  \ery  mum-run-,  that,  far  from  passing 
i    all  the   genera   of  which   it    is  comp< 

I  only    select    a    fe\\  Hple--.       The 

,iy  be   con-id«  n •<!   as  analog  >u-~   to 

v    among  Qnadrn:  1  he    bill 

lure    in    the   <lill'»  rent    genera.    1-i.L 

•minonly  of  a  slightly  compressed   and   eon- 

II  :   they  !)uiM  their  nests  op  deposit,  iheir 
in  trees,    ami   their  fr,(.|   is  principally  of  a 

regetable   nature,   though   some  genera  feed  on 

I  shall  now  proceed  to  select  some  examples 

of  the  genera  belonging  to  this  numerous  order. 

genus  Puceros  is  one  of  the  most  singular: 

>ts  of  birds  of  rather  large  size,  and  dis- 

;i>hed    l.y  the  excessive  size  of  their   beaks, 

which  an-  often  still  fartln-r  ivmark.ihli.-  for  some 

kind   of  large   prominence   on   the    upper   man- 

dihle.     The  most  conspicu-  is  the  I5n- 

lihinoceros  of  Linnaeus,  commonly  called 

-Bird:    its  general  size  is  that  of 

a  'I  with  a  much  more  slender  body 

in  proportion.      It.-  colour  is  black,  M'ith  the  tail 

.    l>ur:    the   beak   is  of 


17?  LECTURE  V* 

enormous  size,  of  a  lengthened,  slightly  curved, 
and  pointed  shape,  and  on  the  upper  mandible, 
towards  the  base,  is  an  extremely  large  process, 
equal  in  thickness  to  the  bill  itself,  and  turning 
upwards  and  backwards  in  the  form  of  a  thick, 
sharp-pointed  horn.  The  use  of  this  strange  pro- 
cess is  by  some  supposed  to  be  that  of  enabling 
the  bird  the  more  easily  to  tear  out  the  entrails 
of  its  prey ;  but  others  affirm  that  it  is  not  of 
a  predacious  nature,  feeding  only  on  vegetable 
substances.  This  bird  is  principally  found  in  the 
East-Indian  islands.  In  the  Leverian  Museum 
is  a  remarkably  fine  specimen. 

But  the  genus  Ramphastos  or  Toucan  ex- 
hibits a  still  greater  degree  of  disproportion  be- 
tween the  size  of  the  bill  and  that  of  the  bird ; 
for  the  Toucans  in  general  are  not  larger  than 
Magpies;  but  are  provided  with  bills  of  so  in- 
ordinate a  size  as,  in  some  species,  almost  to 
equal  that  of  the  whole  body:  the  bill  in  this 
genus  however,  notwithstanding  its  size,  is  of 
a  very  slight  substance,  having  a  very  large  in- 
ternal cavity,  and  the  exterior  sides,  in  the  living 
bird,  are  so  slight  that  they  may  be  impressed 
by  the  fingers,  and  afterwards  restore  themselves 


LECTURE  V.  113 

heir  own  elasticity.     The  tongue  in  tin •  Tou- 

.s<>   much  resembles  a  long  .sleud<  r  f<  ather, 

that   the   first  describers  considered   it    as    really 

L:  it  is  of  a  horny  substance,  and  dividid 
at  the  edges  into  innumerable  notches  or  barbs. 
Tlu-  Toucans  arc  all  natives  of  South  America, 
and  feed  mi  the  softer  kind  of  fruits.  One  of 
the  most  rcmurkahle  specie.-  is  the  Toco,  the  Ram- 

tos  Toco  of  Linna-us,  a  bird  about  the  size 
of  a  Pigeon,  black  above  and  white  beneath; 
with  a  bill  measuring  more  than  seven  inches 
in  length,  and  of  a  reddish-yellow  colour  with 
a  black  tip. 

The  T»ueans  are  not  very  numerous,  and 
are  in  general  of  very  gay  colours ;  the  under 
parts  being  commonly  either  red  or  bright  yel- 
.  ied  with  both  these  colours;  while 
the  prevailing  colour  of  the  upper  parts  is  a 
greenish  black.  The  bills  are,  in  some  species,  not 
less  brilliant,  being  richly  marked  and  shaded 
with  red,  green,  or  yellow,  generally  in  the  form 
of  long  and  broad  stripes  or  bands  on  each 
side. 

The  genus   Psittacus  or  Parrot   needs   very- 
little  description,  since  every  one  knows  the  usual 


174  LECTURE  Y. 

shape  of  a  Parrot's  bill,  and  that  the  feet  are 
formed  for  climbing,  or  are,  in  the  Linnasan 
phrase,  scansorial,  that  is,  with  two  of  the  toes 
forwards,  and  two  backwards.  Every  one  how- 
ever may  not  have  observed  that  in  a  Parrot's 
bill  the  upper  mandible  is  moveable  as  well  as 
the  lower;  a  very  rare  particularity  in  animals; 
and  that  the  tongue,  in  most  species,  is  thick 
and  fleshy :  in  some  however,  and  particularly 
in  some  which  are  natives  of  New  Holland,  the 
tongue  is  tipped  by  a  fringe  of  white  cartilagi- 
nous fibres. 

So  very  numerous  is  this  splendid  genus,  that 
the  species  already  described  in  the  works  of 
authors  amount  to  more  than  170,  and  new  ones 
are  frequently  added  to  the  list,  particularly  from 
the  regions  of  Australasia  or  New  Holland,  and 
from  the  Indian  islands.  The  whole  genus,  for  the 
convenience  of  investigation,  is  divided  into  the 
long  and  short-tailed  kinds :  the  long-tailed  kinds 
are  remarkable  for  having  the  two  middle  feathers 
of  the  tail  longest,  the  rest  shortening. gradually 
on  each  side,  so  that  the  shape  of  the  tail  is 
more  or  less  lanced  or  sharpened  in  the  dif- 
ferent species.  On  the  contrary,  in  the  short- 


56 


GREAT  SCAETLIETMACCAW 


jSflff  VctiZcndon  Publi/hd  *>•  GXearf/e i>  fleet  Sbret. 


i.i  <  TI  I;K  v. 

1  Parrots  thcfrath.  n  »t   fa  tail      <   oC  » «jual 

!        :li,    and  the   end    or    tip    is    nearly   c\<  n  or 

itly  n.imded.     Tin-  larger  kind  of  long-tailed 

in     «.ill.  .1    Maccaws;    the   smaller   /'</;•- 

rakeett.      The   l'ngli>h  term  Parrot,    in  emninmi 

!..ii/ii:!'_'  usually  confined    to   ilic-  H.     I  or 

lxind>.      Oi'  tl,<-  la:  -taili  «1  Par- 

«r    .)/</(•(•<:  [lieuons    is    the 

Ptittacus   Macao  of   Liniums,   or  (treat  Scarlet 

.    \\hieh    indeed    may    be   well   considered 

as   one   i-f   tin-    most   magnificent   of   the   whole 

feathered  trilie.     As  a  >pei  ies,  it  is  distingui- 

by  hiivinir  the   Ix.dy  >earlet,   the  wings  blue,  with 

a  bar  of  yellou,   and  the  cheeks  ba;-c,    \\hite,  and 

sli^iitly  wrinkled.     In  colours  it  sometimes  varies  a 

in  different  individuals.     Like  the  rest  of  the 

t  Macraus,  it  is  a  native  of  South- America. 

The   best  figure  extant    is   that  of  Edwards, 

which,    in   the   true   expression   of  character,   as 

well    as  of  colours,   far   surpasses    that   given   in 

the  Planches  Enlnmiii-  Danbenton.     In   its 

native   regions  this    bird   is   often  seen    in   large 

flocks,  \\hich,  from  the  brilliancy  of  their  colours, 

when  seen  at  a  distance,  exhibit  the  appearance 

.1   kind   of  Hying   rainbow.      An   appearance 


176  LECTURE  V. 

of  this  kind  is  described  in  Anson's  voyage,  of 
the  description  of  the  beautiful  isle  oiTinian. 

The  Psittacus  Ararauna  or  Blue  and  Yellow 
Maccaw  is  of  similar  size  and  shape,  but  is 
entirely  of  a  fine  blue  colour  above,  and  gold- 
yellow  beneath. 

Psittacus  Augustus  or  kyacinthinus  is  of  equal 
size  with  the  two  preceding,  but  is  entirely  of  a 
fine  deep  blue,  with  the  bill  and  feet  black,  and 
the  orbits  of  the  eyes,  and  base  of  the  lower  man- 
dible surrounded  by  a  bare  yellow  skin.  This  very 
fine  species  was  unknown  to  Naturalists  till  it  made 
its  appearance  in  the  Leverian  Museum.  It  is 
supposed  to  be  a  native  of  South-America. 

The  smaller  kind  of  long-tailed  Parrots,  or 
Parrokeets  as  they  are  commonly  called,  are 

V  •/ 

wonderfully  numerous.  As  an  example  of  these 
I  shall  mention  the  Psittacus  Alexandra  or  com- 
mon Ring-Parrakeet,  which  is  a  native  of  India 
and  the  Indian  islands,  and  is  supposed  to  have 
been  first  made  known  to  the  Greeks  and  Ro- 
mans by  means  of  the  Indian  expeditions  of 
Alexander  and  his  Generals.  It  seems  to  have 
been  almost  the  only  Parrot  distinctly  known 
to  the  Ancients.  It  is  to  this  species  that  Ovid's 


,*A#*6>  CJT.wsto  Met .firrrt 


v.  m 

beautiful  Klepy  on  tin-  d<  ath  of  Corimui\  Parrot 

t    IK     f«   ['.   !Ti  (I. 

();.          i.r    in    i  <  Vgant  of  the  Parrakcets  is 

a  species    lately    brought    in    a   dried  state  from 

l!»IUuid,   and    which    I    have   myself   lately 

described  under  tin-  name  of  Psittacus  Melanotos 

or  black- 1  MI -krd  l\irr:ik«-«-t.      It   ^  a  middle-sized 

and    remarkable   for   the    vivid   contrast 

, 

Among  tlu-  short  or  even-tailed  Parrots  the 
common  Cini/  l\irrot  ii  rve  as  an  example: 

the   Psittacus   Erithacus   of  Linnaeus,   and 
is  a   very  well-known  ,   generally  of  the 

of  a  small   I'i^eon,  and  of  a  deep-grey  co- 
lour with  a  red  tail :   it  is  a  native  of  the  inland 
I    of  Africa.      The   Parrot   called   the   Ama- 
zon's  Parrot    (P.  JBttiOHt)    is   also   of  this   di- 
i,   and   is  .subject  to  much  variety   in   point 
of  colour. 

Tlu-  Pa;  lied  Lories  belong  also  in  ge- 

neral  t<>   tin  tailed   division    in    this  genus. 

\ample  \\e  may  take  the  Psittacus  Gar- 
rulus  or  Scarlet  Lory,  remarkable  for  the  beuuty 
I  plumage. 

r.  i,  N 


ITS  LECTURE  V. 

Among  the  numerous  genera  of  the  Order 
Piece  one  of  the  principal  is  the  genus  Wood- 
pecker or  Picus.  It  is  distinguished  by  having 
climbing  feet,  as  in  the  Parrots,  and  a  strait, 
strong,  pointed  bill ;  while  the  tongue  is  wonder- 
fully calculated  by  Nature  for  the  mode  of  life 
to  which  the  animal  is  destined,  being  of  equal 
length,  when  extended,  with  the  body  of  the 
bird ;  but  by  an  admirable  apparatus  of  muscles 
and  tendons,  it  is  either  withdrawn  into  the  bill, 
or  thrust  out  at  pleasure,  and  is  tipped  with  a 
sharp  horny  point,  serving  to  seize  and  transfix 
the  softer  kind  of  insects  upon  which  the  birds 
of  this  genus  feed  j  as  well  as  to  probe  or  search 
for  them  in  the  cavities  of  the  bark  and  bodies 
of  trees.  The  residence  of  the  whole  genus  Pi- 
cus, which  is  very  numerous,  is  in  the  hollows 
of  trees,  in  which  they  breed.  The  most  fami- 
liar example  of  the  genus  is  the  common  Green 
English  Woodpecker  or  P.  viridis  Lin.  frequent 
in  this  country,  and  of  a  green  colour,  with  the 
top  of  the  head  sprinkled  with  bright  scarlet  spots. 

The  Picus  major  is    an  elegant  British  spe- 
cies  also,   and   notwithstanding   its   name,    is  of 


Pic  ITS  PILE  A- 


,;< /rt-  t'/n f  . 


LF.CTl  !:i     \  179 

izc    than    tin-    former,    and    of    a    black 
d    white    colour,     with    ;i    ml     bar    .1- TOSS   the 
k    of  tin-    IK  .id. 

Oi'    tl  ;    <  !«•-•,    tlu;   greater    mini  I  • 

.  one  of  thf  elm  f  i^  the 

://.v  i»f  Limner  or  H'hite  hilled  If'ood- 

,   a  I  way  hed   by   the    ivory   uliito 

;ll  :     th  If  is    one    of  the 

.iii.l   i>    hlaek,   with   a  white 

tin!  a  length- 

.  iin.-on    cresi    "ii   the   li«-a«l. 

Picus  pilctitn*    is    ;i    North-. \  in    .sjii-cies 

neai-l\    Allied    t«>    the   former,   but  distin- 

gui>li«I   1'  'iired    bill. 

Th  \\hoK  i-,   the    Picus 

minimus   of  Linnaeus,    of  the    .^i/e  \\'ren, 

ajid  of  a  brown  c-ilMur,   with  th  the  head 

n-d,  and  the  Lack  part  black  sjxekled  with  \\hite: 
tin.-  total  length  of  the  bird   is  thro  ,•! 

a  half:   it   is  a  native  of  South-America. 

Pica   it    would    be   nnpardona' 
.lendid  genus  Paradisca  or  Pamdi    - 
Bird,    of   which    l>nt    a   very   few 
known    »  ago,    but    whiiii 

Creased    l>y  the   |,er<cvcriiiLr   n.>searches  of  mo- 


ISO  LECTURE  V. 

dern  naturalists  that  the  number  is  pretty  coi 
siderable.  Of  these  the  most  common,  or  th 
which  was  earliest  known  to  the  Europeans  is 
the  Paradisea  apoda  of  Linnasus,  who  did  wrong 
to  give  it  that  title,  since  it  still  keeps  up  in 
some  degree  the  highly  absurd  idea,  that  the 
bird  was  naturally  destitute  of  feet,  the  word 
apoda  meaning  footless,  whereas,  on  the  con- 
trary, the  legs  and  feet  of  the  Paradise-Birds 
are  rather  remarkably  stout  and  large.  The  cha- 
racter of  the  Paradise-Birds  is  that  the  bill,  which 
is  somewhat  lengthened,  slightly  curved  and 
sharp-pointed,  is  beset,  round  the  base,  with  up- 
right velvet  or  plush-like  feathers,  and  that  from 
each  side,  beneath  the  wings,  springs,  in  most 
species,  a  certain  number  of  loose-webbed  fea- 
thers, of  a  peculiar  construction,  and  greatly  ex- 
ceeding the  rest  in  length. 

The  P.  apoda  or  common  Paradise-Bird  is 
about  the  size  of  a  Thrush,  and  of  a  very  fine 
reddish  chesnut-colour  on  the  upper  parts,  and 
yellowish-white  beneath  :  the  velvet-feathers  round 
the  bill  are  black ;  the  top  of  the  head  and  the 
back  of  the  neck  yellow,  and  the  throat  of  the 
most  brilliant  golden-green :  the  tail  is  of  mo- 


.„ 


GKEAT/V  COMMON  PARADISE  BIRD 


<»•*  Pft't.lv***  /WA/*./  At  CJ^mr^n  f'lni  Slrrrt 


LECTURE  V.  1S1 

derail-  1<  n-th;  of  the  sani«-  brown  colour  with 
the  rest  of  the-  upper  part-,  a:id  is  shaped  as 
ill  tl,  <  rality  of  birds  ;:iid  is  in  a  «;r--at 

ihe  loiiLc  and  beautiful  as- 
sortment oi  !;-v.  ebbed  floating  plumes 
sprinijini;  from  f  the  back  :  these  are 
of  the  most  el<  -ant  si  met  in  Ic,  and 
arc  generally  of  :i  bright  jonquil  yellow  at 
their  base,  gradually  growing  pale  or  whitish  as 
they  advanee  in  l.-ngth;  and  besides  these,  there 
are  two  very  long  naked  shafts  or  .slender  quills 
in  the  middle.  The  long  floating  feathers  are 
popularly  called  the  tail  of  the  bird,  though  in 
reality,  as  before  observed,  the  tail  is  of  a  very 
different  appearance  and  structure. 

This  species,  or  the  Parudixca  apoda,  like  the 
rest  of  the  genus,  was  onee  supposed  to  be  natur- 
ally without  feet,   and  to  float  almost  perpetually 
in   air,   never    resting,   except    by   the   supp- 
assistance   of   the   two   long   and  slender   naked 
shafts  or  filaments   before   mentioned,   whieh  the 
bird  was  supposed  to  have  the  power  of  occasion- 
ally coiling  round  the  branches  of  trees,   and  of 
thus  somt  times  sleeping.       Thc.se  laities  are   now 
sufficiently  exploded.    The  Paradise-birds 


182  LECTURE  V. 

to  live  chiefly  on  the  larger  kind  of  Butterflies 
and  Moths.  They  are  the  peculiar  natives  of  the 
Philippine  and  other  Indian  .islands,  and  the 
reason  of  the  old  supposition  of  their  wanting 
legs  was  owing  to  these  parts  having  been  gener- 
ally cut  'off  by  the  natives  before  they  sold  the 
skins  to  the  Europeans.  Several  of  the  most  ele- 
gant species  of  the  genus  Paradisea,  have  lately 
been  engraved  in  a  most  magnificent  manner  in  a 
French  work  on  the  subject  by  Audebert  and  his 
associates ;  but  it  must  be  confessed  that  they 
neither  seem  to  have  been  copied  from  capital 
specimens,  nor  can  they  be  said  to  exhibit  with 
sufficient  effect  the  peculiar  splendor  and  elegance 
so  remarkable  in  the  birds  of  this  genus.  A 
highly  learned  dissertation  on  the  genus  Paradisea 
may  be  found  in  the  additions  to  Mr.  Pennant's 
Indian  Zoology,  by  the  late  Dr.  Reinhold  Forster, 
together  with  an  elaborate  and  satisfactory  dis- 
quisition relative  to  the  fabulous  PhcenLv  of  an- 
tiquity, to  which  these  birds  have  been  sometimes 
supposed  to  bear  a  kind  of  affinity. 

The  beautiful  genus  Alcedo  or  Kingfisher  has 
a  strait,  strong,  very  sharp  pointed  beak;  with  a 
very  short  tongue  j  legs  and  feet  extremely  short,, 


EINGPISHEH 


LECTURE  V. 

Ami   the  toes  so  con>ntnted  as  to  form  \\hat   \.in- 
calls  n pes  gressoriuf  or  gressorial  toot,  con- 

f  t!'.  \\anUand   one    bickuanU, 

\\ith  two  of  the  front*  toes  joined  half  u.iy 
from  tin-  ha>e.  The  genus  Alcedu  or  K.inuli>h< -r  is 
mini* TOU>,  and  remarkably  brilliant  in  point  of 
colour,  tli«-  prevailing  (  ast  being  blue  or  given, 
uith  dilVereiit  •  of  splendor.  The  only 

European  speeirs  is  the  common  K-m.^nMicr,  one 
of  the  most  brilliant  of  all  the  Knropcan  birds. 
It  inhabits  the  banks  of  rivulei  e  it  deposit-* 

its  eggs.  The  kingfisher  is  supposed  to  be  the 
Alcijnn  of  the  Ancients,  but  the  idea  of  tin-  float- 
ing nest,  uhich  tin-  ai  attributed  to  their 
Alevon,  will  by  no  means  apply  to  ihi^  bird; 
though  Mich  a  circumstance  n  ally  takes  place  in 
a  certain  g  ;  aquatic  birds  of  a  very  dif- 
ferent tribe. 

The  genus  CifCidu.f  or  Ciiekow  i>  ol  i/ed 

by  its  slightly  curved  bill,  climbing  ti  et,  and  tail 
composed  of  ten  soft  feathers. 

It  is  a  numerous  genus,  differing  greatly 
in  si/e  and  colours  in  the  diifeivnt  >pccies:  the 
only  species  inhabiting  Euro|  the  common 

Cuckow  or  Cuculus  Canorus  of  Liniuvus, 


184  LECTURE  V. 

known  by  its  remarkable  note.      The  common 
Cuckow  is  about  the  size  of  a  turtle-dove,  and  of 
a  deep  blueish  grey  above,  white  beneath,  with 
numerous   narrow    dusky  bars :    the   tail    rather 
long  and  edged  with  black  and  white  bars,  but 
the   young,   or   bird  of  the  first   year's   growth, 
differs  so  widely  in  appearance  from  the  bird  in 
its   advanced  state,  that   at  first  sight,   it  would 
hardly  be  supposed  to  belong  to  the  same  species, 
being  varied   with  brown,  black,  and  ash-colour, 
-somewhat  in  the  manner   of  the  plumage  of  a 
Woodcock.      The   extraordinary   conduct  of  the 
Cuckow  in  usurping  the  nest  of  some  other  bird, 
of  much  smaller  size  than  itself,  as  the  Yellow- 
hammer,  the  Wagtail,  or  the  Hedgesparrow  for 
instance,  and  depositing  its  egg  in  it,  leaving  it  to 
be  hatched,   and  s  the  young  nursed  by  the  care 
of  a  stranger,   has  long  excited   the  wonder  of 
the  philosophic  world.     It  is   observed  that  the 
Cuckow  seldom  lays  more  than  one  egg  in  the 
same  nest,  as  if  conscious  that  the  space  would 
not  be  sufficient  for  the  young  when  hatched.     Oti 
this  subject  may  be  found  a  highly  curious  and 
interesting  paper  in   the   78th  vol.  of  the  Phil. 
Trans,  by  the  celebrated  Dr.  Jenner,  from  which 


COMMOW  I' 


'  ' 


LECTURE  V.  181 

it  appears  that  the  young  Cuckow,  on  the  very 
first  day  of  its  exclusion  from  the  egg,  employs 
itself  in  throwing  out  all  tin-  yotm  :  of  tin-  bird 
under  which  it.  has  been  hatch  sole 

possessor  of  the  not,   ,  all  the  care 

of  the  parent  bird.  Wjn-tln  r  any  of  the  mi- 
nn T-  !  .  tie  Cuekou.s  pursue  a  plan 

ueli  diilcnng  from  the  general  inst itution  of 
Nat  i.  '\\n. 

But,  of  all  the  ord(r  Picd'y  none  is  so  remark- 
able for  beauty  and  .singularity  as  the  numerous 
genus  Trochi/itx  or  1  iumming-Bird.  This  bril- 
liant and  lively  race  is  p«  ciilinr  to  America,  and 
with  it  \v  (Xi'eptions,  to  tin-  hottail  parts  of  South 
America.  Their  vivacity,  swiftness,  and  singular 
appearance  unite  in  rendering  the  Ilumming- 
Hirds  the  admiration  of  mankind  ;  while  their 
colniii-N  arc  so  brilliant,  that  it  is  not  by  com- 
paring them  with  the  analogous  hues  of  other 
birds  that  u  c  arc  cnaMcrl  to  describe  their  ap- 
UHC,  but  by  the  more  exalted  brilliancy  of 
polUhed  metals  and  precious  >tone>;  the  ruby, 
the  topaz,  the  garnet,  the  sapphire,  the  emerald, 
and  polished  gold  being  considered  as  the  most 
proper  objects  of  elucidation.  It  is  not  however 


186  LECTURE  V. 

to  be  imagined  that  all  the  race  of  Humming- 
Birds  are  so  decorated  j  some  are  even  obscure 
in  their  colours,  and  instead  of  the  prevailing 
splendor  of  the  major  part  of  the  genus,  exhibit 
only  a  faint  appearance  of  a  golden-green  tinge 
slightly  diffused  .over  the  brown  or  purplish-brown 
colour  of  the  back  and  wings :  neither  are  all  the 
species  very  small,  for  some  few  exist  which  mea- 
sure many  inches  in  length,  and  may  be  con- 
sidered as  the  giants  of  this  generally  diminutive 
genus. 

The  structure  of  the  tongue  in  the  Humming- 
Birds,  which  constitutes  the  chief  part  of  the  ge- 
neric character,  cannot  be  sufficiently  admired. 
It  consists  of  a  very  long  double  tube,  formed 
somewhat  on  the  principle  of  the  long  trunk  in 
some  of  the  Moth  and  Butterfly  tribe,  except 
that  instead  of  being  rolled  into  a  spiral  form 
when  contracted,  it  is  merely  withdrawn  and 
doubled  deep  into  the  throat  as  in  the  Wood- 
peckers, and  at  the  tip  it  is  fringed  on  each 
side  with  a  few  horny  hairs  or  processes.  By 
means  of  this  tongue  the  animal  absorbs  the 
sweet  juice  or  nectar  at  the  bottom  of  flowers, 
and  always  feeds  on  the  wing,  stretching  out  its 


K  IvD  THROATED  HUMMING  B' 


jffcff  Oct'tl.o/uivn  fulili/hJi  6r  £J&arslci  -ftcer 


l.VCTURK    V.  187 

tongue  in  tli--  nianiKi- of  aM|e  Motli,  and  dart- 
ing oil  with  the  in  -notion  <»»  Hr-  least 
apprehension  of  danger.  One  of  tin-  mo.st  eom- 
inoii,  as  well  as  one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  all 
tin-  Humming-birds  is  t!ic  T me  hit  us  Calabria  or 
red-tluoai<  d  Humming-bird,  which  is  not  confined 
to  South  America,  hut  otv  .  in  most  of  the. 
northern  parts  of  that  coniincnt,  and  is  • 
found  as  far  north  a>  Canada.  Its  colour  above 
is  ti!  -id,  with  purplish-brown  wings,  and 
tail,  and  beneath  white,  with  the  throat,  to  a 
considerable  distance  our  the  breast,  of  the  most 
inten.se  mul  \i\id  crimson,  changing,  on  the  least 
alteration  of  pov.uiv,  into  the  most  brilliant  gold- 
colour,  and  again  in  some  particular  lights,  into  a 
very  dark  or  black i  \s  before  observed, 
it  is  found  in  mosi.  parts  of  North  America,  and 
whoever  .  iii  summer-time,  some  of  its  fa- 
vourite llowcrs  in  the  window,  as  the  scarlet  Mo- 
nanla,  t  'nxe  others,  is  sure 
of  bein^  visited  bv  innltitudes  of  tin  s  of 
Humming-Bird.  "  The  mo>t  violent  pas>i<ms," 
•  writer,  "  sometii;,  ,ite  their 
little  breasts:  they  have  often  dreadful  contests, 
!i  numbers  happen  to  dispi,  MI  of 


188  LECTURE  V. 

the  same  flower :  they  will  tilt  against  each  other 
with  such  fury  as  if  they  meant  to  transfix  their 
antagonists  with  their  long  bills.  During  the  fight 
they  often  pursue  the  conquered  into  the  apart- 
ments of  houses  which  happen  to  have  the  windows 
open,  and,  taking  a  few  turns  round  the  room, 
like  the  flies  in  Europe,  again  make  their  escape 
into  the  open  air.  They  are  almost  fearless  of 
mankind,  and,  in  feeding,  will  suffer  people  to 
approach  within  two  yards  of  them,  but  if  ap- 
proached more  nearly,  fly  off  with  the  rapidity 
of  lightening."  An  author  of  high  credit,  Fer- 
nandez Oviedo,  in  his  History  of  the  Indies,  speaks 
from  his  own  experience  of  the  wonderful  cou- 
rage and  spirited  instinct  of  this  minute  bird  in 
defence  of  its  young.  "  When  they  see  a  man 
(says  he)  climbing  a  tree  where  they  have  their 
nest,  they  will  fly  at  his  face,  and  strike  him  in 
the  eyes,  coming,  going,  and  returning,  with  such 
swiftness,  that  no  man  would  lightly  believe  it 
that  had  not  seen  it."  The  nest  is  of  an  elegance 

suited  to  the  architect,  being  composed  of  small 

i 

fragments  of  mosses  and  lichens  on  the  outside, 
and  lined  within  with  the  down  of  the  leaves  of 
plants :  it  is  somewhat  like  the  nest  of  a  Chaffinch. 


TROCHTLTTS  MTNIMTJS 


1806  Oct'jJ.Oiuloii  PubU/hdbv  GJcarsbv  ////'/  ftrr 


LECTURE  V.  189 

in    mini.'1'  \\i\\   diamr-tor    1>«  ing  about 

an  inch,  ami  it^  d<  |>th  about  half  an  inch.  The 
bird  la\s  only  t\\<>  eggs,  which  an-  white,  round, 
and  of  the  -mall  pease.  It  is  a  general 

rule   of   nature    that    the  smallest  birds   lay   the 

numb<  ^s    but    in  the-  IJummin^- 

^r  jAfe 

Bird  this  rule  si  d. 

The  smallest  of  all  the  Humming-Birds  is  the 
Trochilus  Minimus  of  Linnaeus ;  but  it  is  not  very 
splendid  in  colour,  being  of  a  dull  gilded  green 
above,  with  brown  or  purplish  wings  and  tail,  and 
white  beneath ;  it  measures  only  an  inch  and 
quarter  in  total  length,  from  the  tip  of  the  bill  to 
tiie  end  of  the  tail.  It  is  a  native  of  South- America, 
but  is  said  likewise  to  be  sometimes  found  in  the 
i>land  of  Jamaica. 

One  of  the  largest  of  all  the  Humming-birds  is 
the  Trcchilm  Pelkt  or  Topaz  Hummingbird,  the 
body  of  which  is  of  the  size  of  a  Wren,  but  as 
the  two  middle  tail-feathers  greatly  <  the 

k  and  as  the  bill  is  also  of  consider- 
able length,  the  total  extent  of  the  bird  amounts 
to  more  than  ri^ht  inches.  The  colour  of  the  body 

1 ;  of  the  back,  wings, 
and  tail  purple;  tin-  head  black,  and  tin-  throat 


190  LECTURE  V. 

and  breast  of  the  most  vivid  changeable  polished- 
gold  or  topaz-colour,  varying  according  to  the 
light,  into  deep  green.  It  is  a  native  of  Surinam. 
I  should  observe,  that  this  very  numerous  genus  is 
divided  into  two  assortments,  according  to  the 
shape  of  the  bill,  which  is  either  strait  or  curved. 
The  species  just  mentioned  is  one  of  the  curve- 
billed  kinds,  but  the  two  preceding  ones  belong 
to  the  strait-billed  division.  The  Humming-birds 
have  rarely  been  so  coloured  in  the  figures  given 
in  the  works  of  naturalists,  as  to  convey  any  very 
exact  idea  of  their  brilliant  hues.  An  ingenious 
attempt  has  been  lately  made  by  a  French  artist, 
Audebert,  to  express  by  means  of  prepared  gold 
itself,  properly  rubbed  on  the  copper-plate  used 
in  the  process,  the  metallic  brilliancy  of  the  birds; 

but  though  the  work  be  highly  elegant,   yet  it 

/ 
must  be  acknowledged  that  the  experiment  has 

not  succeeded  so  completely  as  might  be  wished. 
The  publication  itself  however  is  highly  valuable, 
since  it  collects  in  one  view  more  species  and  va- 
rieties than  had  ever  been  represented  in  any  one 
work  before.  In  this  work  also  the  peculiar  struc- 
ture of  the  brilliant  feathers  of  the  Humming- 
bird is  well  explained,  and  it  is  justly  observed 


MCTUREV.  l»l 

thai  Iliix  is  owini;  to  the  barbs  <»r  lateral  plumes  of 
the  !.  nth.  i>  In  ing  of  a  flattened  form,  of  a  so 
what  horny  .strurture,  and  so  disposed  as  to  form 
on  each  feather  very  numerous  rows  of  con- 
cylindric  mirror-  UN  it  were,  which  very  strongly 
reflect  the  li«;ht  which  falls  upon  them  in  different 
directions.  There  is  one  more  particular  to  be 
noticed  with  respect  to  this  curious  genus,  \\li;<  h 
i*.  that  if  we  may  rely  on  the  observations  of  a 
French  observer,  who  had  frequent  opportunities 
of  examining  their  manner  of  life  in  the  West 
Indies,  some  of  the  larger  Humming-birds  have 
been  known  to  swallow  minute  insects  as  well  as 
the  juices  of  flowers ;  fragments  of  such,  accord- 
ing to  Monsieur  Badier,  having  been  sometimes 
found  in  their  stomachs.  This  however  is  con- 
tradicted by  others  who  have  never  been  able  to 
perceive  any  remains  of  insects  in  the  stomachs 
of  these  birds,  but  merely  the  chrystallized  sac- 
charine matter  or  juice  which  had  been  extracted 
from  flowers. 

One  would  almost  be  tempted  to  suppose  that 
in  those  cases  in  which  the  remains  of  insects  had 
been  found,  some  species  of  Certhia  or  Creeper  had 
been  mistaken  for  a  Humming-bird  j  the  Certhia? 


1*2  LECTURE  V. 

feeding  on  insects,  and  the  smaller  kinds  being  so 
nearly  allied  in  appearance  to  the  Humming-birds 
that  they  seem  to  differ  only  in  the  structure  of 
the  tongue,  which  is  not  of  a  tubular  form. 


[93 


LECTURE  VL 


[E  Order  Passeres  of  Linnaeus  may  be  said 
to  comprehend  most  of  the  smaller  kind  of  land 
birds  in  general,  together  with  some  of  a  larger 
size  than  the  rest.  The  natural  characters  of  this 
order  of  birds  are  the  following.  The  bill  is  form- 
ed so  as  to  operate  in  the  manner  of  a  forceps  j 
the  limbs  are  rather  weak  than  strong:  their  flight 
is  quick,  with  a  frequent  repetition  of  the  move- 
ment of  the  wings :  they  chiefly  build  in  trees,  or 
shrubs,  and  in  general  lay  a  moderate  number  of 
eggs,  except  some  of  the  smaller  species,  which 
lay  numerous  ones.  They  excel  in  the  art  of  nidi- 
fication  or  constructing  their  nests.  Their  food 
is  either  animal  or  vegetable  j  some  live  chiefly 
on  insects,  some  on  seeds,  and  some  on  both. 
The  whole  order  is  considered  by  Linnaeus  as  ana- 
logous to  the  Glires  among  Quadrupeds. 

The  Pigeon  tribe,  forming  the  first  Linna?aii 

LBCT.  i.  o 


194  LECTURE  VI. 

genus  in  this  order,  under  the  title  of  Columba,  is 
by  some  referred  to  a  distinct  order  called  the 
Columbine.  The  generic  characters  of  the  Pigeon 
are  a  rather  weak  and  slender  bill,  swelled  at  the 
base  into  a  soft  protuberance  in  which  the  nostrils 
are  situated:  the  tongue  is  entire  or  undivided. 
The  common  Pigeon  may  stand  as  an  example. 
To  give  a  particular  history  of  the  Pigeon  would 
be  superfluous.  In  its  wild  state  it  is  known  by 
the  name  of  the  Stock-Dove,  and  inhabits  the 
hollows  of  rocks  and  other  similar  situations.  In 
its  domestic  or  cultivated  state  it  runs  into  a 
number  of  beautiful  varieties,  the  culture  of  which 
forms  a  particular  kind  of  business.  This  ad- 
diction to  the  more  rare  and  singular  kind  of 
Pigeons  is  not  confined  to  modern  times,  but 
may  be  traced  to  the  ancient  Romans,  who,  ac- 
cording to  the  testimony  of  Pliny,  were  as  far 
gone  in  the  expensive  varieties  of  tame*  Pigeons 

*  Among  others  the  variety  called  the  carrier  Pigeon  was 
highly  esteemed  both  among  the  Greeks  and  Romans :  it  is  the 
nature  of  this  bird  to  retain  a  very  strong  and  almost  invincible 
attachment  to  the  place  of  its  early  residence :  being  therefore 
carried  elsewhere,  it  hardly  ever  fails  to  fly  back  again  to  its  native 
spot.  If  therefore  marked  by  any  particular  token,  as  a  signal  of 


LECTURE  VI. 

as  the  m«»l»Tns*.     Tlie  Pigeon  is  the  C.  Oenas  of 

IJIIIKIU-V  It  must  not  be  coiifoiuiilcil  \\ith  tin- 
Wtod-Pigcon,  Ring-Doce;  or  tin-  C'olumba  Pa- 
lunihitx  of  LIMIIUMIS  wliicli  is  of  inucli  larger  size: 
in  -OHM-  u  liters,  ln.\\f\(r,  \\r  liml  this  lattrr  bird 
im|>roprr!v  naiin  <1  the  Stock-Dove.  Thus  Thom- 
son in  particular  so  names  it* 

"  The  Stock-Dove  only  thro'  the  forest  cooes 

Mournfully  hoarse;  oft  ceasing  from  his  plaint, 

Short  interval  of  weary  woe ;  again 

The  sad  idea  of  his  murder' d  mate 

Struck  from  his  side  by  savage  fowler's  guile 

Across  his  fancy  comes ;  and  then  resounds 

A  louder  song  of  sorrow  thro'  the  grove." 

intelligence ;  or  if  a  letter  be  tied  to  its  leg,  it  becomes  the  swiftest 
of  all  messengers.  The  tales  related  of  this  bird  are  almost  in- 
credible. One  has  been  known  to  fly  from  Babylon  to  Aleppo^ 
(which  is  considered  as  a  distance  of  thirty  days  journey,)  In  th« 
space  of  forty-eight  hours. 

*  Linflaeus  observes  that  the  domestic  Pigeon  commonly,  or 
at  least  frequently,  breeds  once  a  month  ;  laying  two  eggs  each 
time :  the  increased  production  of  the  whole,  would  amount  in 
the  space  of  four  years  to  the  number  of  eighteen  thousand. 
Others  say  that  from  a  single  pair  of  Pigeons  may  proceed  four* 
teen  thousand  in  the  space  of  four  years. 


196  LECTURE  VI. 

The  species  of  Pigeons  are  excessively  nu- 
merous, and  many  are  remarkable  for  the  splendor 
and  beauty  of  their  colours.  Of  the  whole  genus 
by  far  the  most  magnificent  is  the  Columba  co- 
ronata  of  Linnaeus  or  great  crowned  Pigeon,  a 
native  of  the  East-Indian  islands ;  in  size  not  far 
inferior  to  a  Turkey,  and  of  a  beautiful  violet 
purple  colour,  with  a  very  large,  upright,  com- 
pressed crest.  The  eyes  are  of  the  most  vivid  red, 
and  the  whole  bird  has  an  air  of  an  unusual  mag- 
nificence. 

The  Pigeons  are  succeeded  by  the  numerous 
tribe  of  Thrushes,  forming  the  genus  Turdus  of 
Linnaeus.  The  species  are  so  very  numerous 
that  those  at  present  known  may  be  supposed  to 
amount  to  at  least  1 60. 

The  character  of  the  genus  consists  in  having 
a  straitish  beak,  slightly  bending  towards  the  tip 
with  a  small  notch  on  each  side :  the  nostrils  are 
oval  and  naked. 

The  common  Song-Thrush  may  stand  as  an 
example.  It  is  brown  above,  whitish  beneath, 
with  reversed  arrow-shaped  spots  on  the  breast 
and  belly. 

The  Fieldfare  is  another  species,  brown  above, 


H 


:AT 


65 


TTLTKAM  ARISE  AMFELIS 


,    f/. ,  f  .  fft;  rf 


I.I  (  Tt  HK   VI.  iv? 

\\  itli  tin*  In  -ad    l«  ;id-eo|,,nn  d   or  Mueish  grey,  the 
body  \\hite  beneath. 

Of  tin  exotic  Thru.slios  none  arc  more  remark- 
able  than  the  celebrated  bird  called  th.  .]/,„  I  i//^- 
Thrushj  or  mocking-bird  of  America,  tin-  I  Or- 
pheii-  and  PoK  <^lottus  of  Linna-nv  C)i'  this  bird 
an  animated  description  may  be  found  in  Mr. 
Pennant's  Arctic  Zoology. 

The  genus  .-Impcli?  or  Chati.  r<  r,  uhicli  is  very 
nearly  allied  to  that  of  Thrush,  ditll  r>  in  having 
the  nostrils  conc<  -al<  d  l»y  small  bristles  growing 
over  them. 

It  is  not  a  numerous  LM  -nn>,  l»nt  i>>  remarkable 
for  the  extreme  .splendor  of  it>  colour.  The  Am- 
pelix  (  for  instance,  or  Ultramarine  Ampelis, 

is  of  so  intense  and  brilliant  a  blue  as  scarcely  to 


ui|.;i-.  d    b\    any  other  natural   object,  not 
n  by  the  bine  exhibited  on  the  wings  of  some 
of  the  larger  exotic  Butterflies.     The  Pompadour 
Ampelis  is  remarkable  for  its  fine  purple  colour: 
both  these  species  are  natiu-  of  South  America*. 

*  In  the  large  picture  at  present  before  us,  may  be  seen  both 
these  beautiful  species  by  the  ingenious  pencil  of  the  Chevalier 
de  Barde;  they  are  taken  from  select  specimens  in  the  Leverian 
Museum. 


198  LECTURE  VI. 

The  only  European  species  is  the  A.  Garrulus,  or 
Bohemian  Chatterer  of  the  older  writers ;  it  is  a 
native  of  many  parts  of  Europe,  and  is  an  occa- 
sional visitant  in  our  own  country.  It  is  of  a 
beautiful  bright  bay  colour,  with  the  larger  wing 
and  tail-fe'athers  black,  and  is  easily  distinguished 
by  the  remarkable  appearance  of  the  secondary 
wing-feathers,  which  are  each  tipped  with  a  small, 
flat,  oval  appendage,  of  a  bright  red  colour  and 
of  a  shining  surface,  like  that  of  sealing-wax. 

The  genus  Loyia  or  grossbeak,  is  remarkable 
for  the  thick  or  stout  appearance  of  the  bill  in 
most  species :  it  is  a  very  numerous  genus,  and 
may  be  exemplified  by  the  Bullfinch,  the  Cross 
Bill  and  many  others,  and  particularly  by  the  bird 
palled  the  Coccothraustes  or  Crossbill. 

The  genus  Emberiza  is  distinguished  by  hav- 
ing a  moderately  strong  bill,  with  the  gape  or 
outline  descending  rather  abruptly  on  each  side 
the  base,  and  the  inside  of  the  upper  mandible  is 
usually  furnished  with  a  hard  or  callous  tubercle, 
serving  for  the  convenient  breaking  of  seeds  and 
other  vegetable  substances  on  which  these  birds 
chiefly  live.  Like  the  genus  Loxia,  it  contains  a 
great  number  of  species. 


FOCCOTHRAU8TES  w  C.uossu  li.l, 


IP  VI.  199 

The  remaining  genera  of  the  Order  Passert*t 
consist  of  the  more  Muiilcr-billcd  small  liinls,  or 
sueli  as,  from  the  structure  of  their  l>< -aks,  arc 
more  calculati  .I  fef  feeding  on  the  smaller  and 
mtou  insects  than  on  grain.  Linnaeu*  ranges  the 
major  part  of  these  birds  imdrra  vast  genus  called 
Alotacilla  or  Warbler,  the  characters  of  which  are 
a  weak,  slender  bill,  slightly  notched  at  the  tip: 
the  tongue  either  divided  or  jagged  at  the  tip,  and 
the  legs  slender.  These  birds  live  principally  on 
the  smaller  kind  of  insects  and  worms. 

Among  the  principal  species  is  the  Nightingale, 
which  is  the  J/.  Luxcinia  of  Linnaeus,  a  native  of 
most  parts  of  Europe  and  Asia,  and  of  a  migra- 
tory nature.  In  our  own  country  it  arrives,  as  is 
well  known,  about  the  beginning  of  April,  and 
leaves  us  in  the  month  of  August. 

"  To  every  person,  (says  the  Count  de  Buflbn,) 
whose  ear  is  not  totally  insensible  to  melody,  t lie- 
name  of  the  Nightingale  must  recal  the  charms 
of  those  soft  evenings  in  spring,  when  the  air  is 
still  and  serene,  and  all  nature  seems  to  listen  to 
the  songster  of  the  grove.  Other  birds,  the  larks, 
the  canaries,  the  chaffinches,  the  petty-chaps,  the 
linnets,  the  goldfinches,  the  blackbirds,  the  Ame- 


200  LECTURE  VI. 

rican  mocking-birds,  excel  in  the  several  parts 
which  they  perform:  but  the  nightingale  com- 
bines the  whole,  and  joins  sweetness  of  tone 
with  variety  and  extent  of  execution.  His  notes 
assume  each  diversity  of  character,  and  receive 
every  change  of  modulation  ;  not  a  part  is  re- 
peated without  variation;  and  the  attention  is 
kept  perpetually  awake,  and  charmed  by  the 
endless  flexibility  of  strains.  The  leader  of  the 
vernal  chorus  begins  the  prelude  with  a  low  and 
timid  voice,  and  he  prepares  for  the  hymn  to  na- 
ture by  essaying  his  powers  and  attuning  his 
organs:  by  degrees  the  sound  opens  and  swells; 
it  bursts  with  loud  and  vivid  flashes;  it  flows 
with  smooth  volubility;  it  faints  and  murmurs ; 
it  shakes  with  rapid  and  violent  articulations  :  the 
soft  breathings  of  love  and  joy  are  poured  from  his 
inmost  soul,  and  every  heart  beats  in  unison,  and 
melts  with  delicious  languor.  But  this  continual 
richness  might  satiate  the  ear.  The  strains  are 
at  times  relieved  by  pauses,  which  bestow  dig- 
nity and  elevation.  The  mild  silence  of  evening 
heightens  the  general  effect,  and  not  a  rival  in- 
terrupts the  solemn  scene." 

I  must  not  omit  to  observe,  that,  according  to 


I.KCTURE  VI.  201 

united  testimonies  of  all  modern   natura 
tin    admired  song  of  the   Nightingale  is  that  of 

the  male  bird,  ubo  tliu.s  cni|il<i\>  him-rlf,  as  if  to 
entertain  and  soothe  the  female  during  her  task 
of  incubation;  so  that  tin-  celebrated  lines  of 
Virgil,  however  beautiful  in  point  of  poetry,  are 
in  reality  inaccurate  in  point  of  natural  history. 

Quails  populea  mcerens  Philomela  sub  umbra 
Amissos  queritur  foetus,  quos  durus  arator 
Observans,  n'tdo  implumes  detraxit ;  at  ilia 
Flet  noctem,  ramoque  sedens,  miscrabile  carmen 
Integral,  et  mcestis  late  loca  questibus  implet. 

So  close  in  poplar  shades,  her  children  gone, 

The  mother  Nightingale  laments  alone  : 

Whose  nest  some  prying  churl  had  found,  and  thence, 

By  stealth,  convey'd  th'  unfeather'd  innocence. 

But  she  supplies  the  night  with  mournful  strains, 

And  melancholy  music  fills  the  plains. 

Among  the  very  numerous  species  of  the  genus 

• 

Motacilla,  every  one  must  be  acquainted  with  the 
common  Water-Wagtail,  or  M.  Alba  of  Linnaeus; 
but  so  very  marked  and  peculiar  is  the  appearance 
of  this  bird  and  a  few  others  nearly  allied  to  it, 
that  Dr.  Latham  in  his  excellent  Ornithology, 
has  instituted  for  these  birds  a  separate  genus  to 


202  LECTURE  VI. 

which  he  confines  the  title  of  Motacilla  or  Wag- 
tail, while  all  the  rest  of  the  Linntean  Motacilla 
are  referred  to  a  genus  called  Sylvia  or  Warbler. 

Among  the  smallest  and  most  curious  birds  of 
the  genus  Motacilla,  may  be  numbered  the  Indian 
species  called  the  M.Sutoria  or  small  Taylor-bird. 
It  is  so  named  from  its  singular  practice  in  build- 
ing its  nest,  which  consists  of  one  or  two  leaves 
proper  for  the  purpose,  dexterously  sewed  toge- 
ther by  the  bird,  which  makes  use  for  this  purpose 
of  any  kind  of  fine  vegetable  filament  that  it  can 
most  easily  procure.  If  the  nest  be  prepared 
from  one  leaf  only,  the  two  edges  are  sewn  toge- 
ther, so  as  to  form  a  kind  of  pouch :  if  of  two 
leaves,  the  edges  of  both  are  connected  in  a 
similar  manner.  The  figure  at  present  exhibited 
is  copied  from  Mr.  Pennant's  Indian  Zoology ; 
and  the  original  was  a  drawing  in  the  possession 
of  Governor  Loten.  The  hollow  of  the  leaves 
is  filled  up  with  cotton  or  feathers.  The  colour 
of  the  bird  is  yellow. 

Among  the  European  birds  the  genus  Parus 
or  Titmouse  is  distinguished  for  the  remarkable 
neatness  of  the  nest  in  some  species ;  more  parti- 
cularly the  elegant  little  species  called  the  long- 


SMALL  TATLOK  -B 1 > 

,.{,<••  HMijAit  *,  K h'wf. 


LECTUR1.  VI.  MB 

•  I  Titmouse,  uhich  buil  \t  o\al  nest  with 

a  lateral  opeiiin:;.       Others  Imilil  pend-  nl 
tin-  Pnli-li  'I.  or  P.  pemlulnm->. 

Amont;  the  soft-hilled  Passen-s  or  small-birds 
tin-  ijeniis  Ilinimtu  or  Swallow  is  r« -markable  for 
many  particularities.  The  eh  of  liie  genus 

,11  a  -^iiiall  short  l>ill,  ^^itll  a  broadish  base; 
a  uiiir  mouth  or  <^i|x •;  a  .sliori,  divided  tongue; 
long  wings,  and  short  I. 

The  common  Swallow,  or  Hinindo  rustica,  is  a 
migratory  Itird,  \arying  its  residence  according 
to  tli  >n,  on  account,  chiefly,  of  the  insect 

trilu-s  on  which  it  ft •«  <U.  If  kept  in  a  sufficiently 
warm  apartment,  and  supplied  with  insect  food, 
the  (  oinmon  Swallow  may  be  kept  throughout  ih< 
\\iutcr,  without  exhibiting  any  symptoms  of  an 
inclination  to  torpidity.  It  is  well  known  that  it 
lia^  been  by  many  supposed  to  remain  torpid,  or 
rather  concealed  in  close  caverns  and  other  retired 
situations  during  the  winter  season;  and  this 
really  appears  to  have  been  sometimes  the  ease 
with  the  later  broods;  instances  having  been 
known  of  Swallows  suddenly  appearing  on  th*- 
tops  of  sunny  buildings  and  rocks  in  the  middle 
of  winter.  Among  the  most  extravagant  theories, 


204  LECTURE  VI. 


that  of  the  supposed  submersion  of  the  Swal- 
low tribe  under  water  during  the  winter;  but  I 
forbear  to  dwell  any  longer  on  a  topic  so  often 
discussed,  and  shall  recommend  to  those  who  may 
wish  to  pursue  the  arguments  on  all  sides,  relative 
to  the  dormancy  of  Swallows,  to  the  pages  of 
Pennant,  Buffon,  Klein,  Willughby,  and  especially 
to  those  of  the  Gentleman's  Magazine,  where 
they  may  find  an  ample  harvest  of  observations  on 
the  subject. 

One  curious  circumstance  should  not  be  omitted 
in  the  history  of  the  Swallow,  which  is,  that  the 
same  pair  have  been  known  to  return  to  the  self-  . 
same  spot  in  which  they  bred  the  year  before  : 
this  has  been  observed  for  at  least  three  years 
successively,  and  has  been  ascertained  by  mark- 
ing the  birds,  before  their  disposition  to  migration, 
by  a  circle  of  red  or  other  coloured  silk  fastened 
round  their  legs. 

Allied  to  the  Swallow  genus  is  that  of  Capri- 
mulgus  or  Goatsucker,  a  genus  of  birds,  differing, 
as  Linnaeus  observes,  in  the  same  degree  from  the 
Swallows  that  Moths  do  from  Butterflies  ;  for  in 
reality  the  Goatsuckers  may  almost  be  considered 
as  a  kind  of  nocturnal  Swallows.  The  bill  is  very 


LECTURE  VI.  203 

small  in  most  species,  but  broad  at  the  base,  tin 
gape  or  swallow  excessively  wide;  the  edges  of 
the  jaws  btM  t  with  strong  bristles,  the  wings 
long,  and  the  tail  even,  or  not  forked.  They  are, 
in  general,  birds  of  moderate  size,  and  are  remark- 
able for  their  curiously  variegated  or  speckled 
plumage,  without  any  brilliancy  of  colour.  The 
common  European  Goatsucker,  the  only  species 
known  in  Europe,  is  a  migratory  bird,  appearing 
in  England  during  the  summer  months,  and  feed- 
ing, like  the  rest  of  this  genus,  on  the  larger  kind 
of  Moths,  Beetles,  and  other  insects*.  The 
largest  of  the  genus  is  the  Caprimulgus  Grandis 
or  Great  South  American  Goatsucker,  in  size 
source  inferior  to  a  Buzzard,  and  with  a  mouth  so 
wide  as  to  measure  three  inches  in  the  gape,  or 
from  the  tip  of  the  bill  to  the  angle  of  the  mouth. 
Its  plumage  is  a  dull  cream  colour  with  very  nu- 
merous brown  freckles  or  variegations.  But  the 
most  curious  or  singular  of  all  the  Goatsuckers  is 
an  African  species  discovered  not  many  years  ago 
in  Sierra  Leona,  and  which  is  somewhat  smaller 
than  the  common  European  Goatsucker.  It  is 

*  It  flies  by  night,  and  is  lometimes  called  the  Fern-Owl,  oc 
Churn-Owl. 


208  LECTURE  VI. 

varieties,  of  which  the  most  remarkable  is  that 
called  the  Silk  Fowl,  (S*  lanatus  Lin.)  in  which 
the  whole  body  is  covered  with  feathers  so  loosely 
webbed  as  rather  to  represent  hair  than  plumes. 
This  variety  is  most  common  in  some  parts  of 
China  and  Japan.  Another  very  remarkable  va- 
riety of  the  common  fowl  is  called  the  Negro 
Fozcl,  in  which  not  only  the  whole  plumage,  but 
the  comb,  wattles,  skin,  and  even  the  flesh  itself 
are  entirely  black.  This  variety  is  said  to  be 
chiefly  found  in  some  of  the  lower  parts  of 
Africa. 

The  genus  or  particular  set  in  which  the  fowl 
is  placed  is  entitled  Phasianus,  and  comprehends 
not  only  the  fowl  but  all  the  Pheasants.  Its  cha- 
racters are  that  the  cheeks  or  sides  of  the  head 
are  bare,  or  covered  by  a  naked  skin :  that  the 
bill  is  short  and  strong,  and  that  the  legs,  in  most 
species,  are  armed  with  spurs. 

The  common  Pheasant  or  Phasianus  Cokhicus 
of  Linnaeus,  takes  its  title  from  the  regions  of  the 
ancient  Colchos,  where  it  was  formerly  found,  and 
from  whence  it  was  first  brought  into  different 
parts  of  Europe.  Of  late  years  some  other  highly 
beautiful  birds  of  this  genus  have  been  rendered 


ARG-US 


VI.  209 

common   in  our  own  country  in  :i  douieMie  si 
;i>    t  of  China    or    /'.  piclus  of 

id  M  en  i  re  only, 

and  not  tin-  bird  it-  lit  have 

gined    it    to   ha\  ;  lal   animal, 

than  a  r  |n  culiarly  vivid 

and  varied  i  I  plum;; 

uirkable   for   its 

si/r  ami  lieauty,  tliou-h  unaccompailiecl  by  any 
brill  i"  colour,  is  a  native  of  Sumatra,  arid 

has  lor  many  years  been  eon^idi  red  as  consti- 
tuting one  of  the  chief  ornaments  uf  ihe  F.u- 
ropean  Museums. 

There  exists  in  China  some  very  large   N|. 
of  Pheasaiit  i!»ed,  and  known  to  us 

only  from   the  long  tail-feather  !i  are  some » 

tim«  Jit    over,    and    which    are    of  such    a 

length  as  to  exce<  d  six  feet :  their  colour  is  grey, 
with  very  numerous  brown  bars. 

This   may  perhaps   be  the  bird  mentioned   l.v 
Marc«»  1'  that  in  the  neighbourhood 

of  the  city  of  Siriiras  in  Carthage  are  large  Phea- 
sants, with  tails  measuring  from  seven  to  ten  spans 
in  length. 

.  i.  P 


210  LECTURE  VI. 

The  P.  Ignitus  or  Fire-backed  Pheasant,  de- 
scribed in  Sir  George  Staimton's  Account  of  the 
Embassy  to  China,  is  a  species,  which  till  that 
period  had  either  never  been  described,  or  so  im- 
properly and  indistinctly  as  to  convey  no  just  idea 
of  the  bird.  I  confess  however  that  I  have  some 
suspicion  of  its  being  very  nearly  allied  to  the 
Guan  of  Edwards's  Ornithology.  If  so,  it  has  been 
referred  by  Linnxus  and  others  to  a  wrong  genus, 
and  considered  as  a  species  of  Turkey. 

The  Turkey,  so  long  domesticated  in  this 
country  as  well  as  in  most  other  parts  of  Europe, 
is  a  native  of  North  America,  and  by  no  means  of 
India,  as  sometimes  imagined.  The  genus  to 
which  the  Turkey  belongs  is  called  Meleagris, 
and  is  distinguished  by  a  short,  thick  bill,  and  the 
head  and  throat  covered  by  spongy  tuberculated, 
bare,  reddish,  or  other  coloured  membrane.  The 
Turkey  in  its  native  regions  of  North  America 
is  commonly  of  #  black  colour,  accompanied  by  a 
coppery  and  greenish  gloss.  It  is  seen  in  nu- 
merous flocks,  and  is  principally  found  in  woods. 
A  very  fine  specimen  of  the  Wild  American  Tur- 
key may  be  seen  in  the  Leverian  Museum.  Tho 


LFCTURE  VI.  211 

Turkey  ii  commonly  said  to  have  been  intro- 
duced into  England,  or  culti\ated  in  a  domestic 
staff,  in  the  reign  of  King  Henry  the  Eighth. 

A  \cry  numerous  genus  called  Tetrao  or  Par- 
fridge  MU-MC.U.  It  contains  a  vast  variety  of 
>|M •( -it-,  of  which  by  far  the  major  part  arc  inha- 
bitants of  Africa  and  America.  In  our  own 
country  the  two  prevailing  species  are  the  Com- 
mon Partridge  and  the  Common  Quail.  The 
former  of  these  is  so  well  known  that  it  would 
appear  a  mere  loss  of  time  to  particularize  its 
description.  The  latter  or  the  Quail  is  less  com- 
mon ;  and  is  a  migratory  species,  varying  its 
quarters  according  to  the  season.  The  Quail, 
says  an  excellent  ornithologist,  seems  to  spread  en- 
tirely through  the  old  world,  but  does  not  inhabit 
the  new  :  it  is  seen  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope 
cu  n  to  Iceland  ;  and  throughout  Russia,  Tartary, 
and  China ;  and  is  mentioned  by  so  many  tra- 
vellers and  in  so  many  places,  that  we  may  almost 
(all  it  a  universal  inhabitant  of  the  old  continent. 
In  spring  it  migrates  northward,  and  in  autumn 
-outhward  ;  and  this  in  large  flights,  like  most 
oilier  migrating  birds.  Twice  in  a  year  such 
flights  come  into  the  island  of  Capri  (in  the 


212  LECTURE  VI. 

Archipelago)  that  the  bishop  of  the  island  draws 
his  chief  revenue  from  them,  and  has  thence  been 
sometimes  called  the  Bishop  of  Quails.  Almost 
all  the  islands  in  the  Archipelago,  and  on  the  op- 
posite coasts,  are  also  at  particular  times  covered 
with  these  birds.  On  the  western  coast  also  of 
the  kingdom  of  Naples,  within  a  space  of  about 
four  or  five  miles,  have  been  taken  no  less  than 
eight  hundred  thousand  in  a  day.  Great  clouds 
of  Quails  are  also  occasionally  seen  to  alight  in 
spring  on  some  of  the  French  coasts,  according 
to  the  testimony  of  the  Count  de  Buffon.  All 
these  observations  may  therefore  tend  to  con- 
firm the  account  in  the  sacred  writings  of  the 
Quail  having  been  the  bird  sent,  heaven-directed, 
in  such  countless  flights,  among  the  Israelites 
during  their  abode  in  the  wilderness. 

The  Quail  is  the  Tetrao  Cuturnic  of  Lin- 
naeus, and  is  distinguished  as  a  species  by  its 
pale  chesnut-brown  colour,  with  a  whitish  stripe 
down  each  feather,  and  by  a  whitish  stripe  over 
each  eye. 

In  China  is  a  species  much  allied  to  it  but 
of  a  smaller  size,  and  with  a  black  crescent  be- 
neath the  throat.  This  is  the  species  trained  by 


HOD  ') 


/hii  t>t  GXfarslcr  fit**  Street. 


VI.  213 

,   in  the  manner  of  C 
in    Kurope. 

Tii  •••lin  is  a  beautiful  sperie>,  about  the 

•  minon  Partridge  or  rather  larger,  and 

<1   with  dilleivnt  colours:  it  is 

a  native  ot'  tin-  (ireeian  Islands,  and  is  the 
/  rrancol  Liiina-us. 

Among  the   (iallina«  we   must   by 

no  moans  omit  that   in  alar  bird  the  Dodo, 

a  very  la  rue  and  thick-bodied  bird,  formerly  seen 
in  tin-  i>land  of  Hourbon  in  the  Indian  seas,  as 
well  as  in  x»nie  parts  of  Africa,  but  which  for 
nearly  two  centuries  appears  to  ha\c-  eluded  all 
the  diligence  of  naturalists  tu  detri-t.  The  only 
authentic  original  1:  f  the  Dodo  is  a  paint- 

•ii)Lc  preserved  in  the  British  Museum,  which  is 
said  to  have  been  executed  from  the  living  bird, 
brought  into  Holland  bv  the  Dutch  some  time 

t 

the  d:  the   Indies   by  the  way  of 

the   Cape   of    Good   Hope.      The    bird    ap;> 
to    b  derably    larger   than    a   Turkey,    with 

!it,    and    with    a 

large  head,  an  e\tn  inely  large  thick  bill,  and 
MT\  sj)  ;t,  thick  legs.  A  skin  of  a  Dodu  was 
preserved  in  the  Museum  of  the  famous  John 


214  LECTURE  VI. 

Tradescant,  at   Lambeth,   and  was  seen  by  our 
famous  Ray,  who  mentions  it  in  his  Synopsis  of 
Birds;  but  this  skin  appears  to  have  been  after- 
wards  suffered  to  decay;   the  beak   alone,   with 
one  of  the  legs,   and  that  in   a   state   of  consi- 
derable decay,  being  now  preserved  in  the  Ash- 
molean  Museum  at  Oxford,  which  is  well  known 
to  contain  the  old  collection  of  Tradescant.     The 
Leg  of  a  Dodo  was  also   preserved  in  the  Mu- 
seum of  the  Royal  Society,  and  is  well  described 
by  Grew  in  his  description  of  that  collection : 
it   is   at   present    in   the   British   Museum,  and, 
(fortunately  for  ascertaining  the  real  existence  of 
so  extraordinary  a  bird,)  is  in  a  good  state  of 
preservation;   amply  confirming  the   description 
given  by  Dr.  Grew,   and  at  once  demonstrating 
to  the  eye  of  every  ornithologist  that  it  cannot 
belong   to    any   other   known   bird.      This    leg, 
from  the  British  Museum,   with  the   beak  from 
the   Oxford   Museum  may  be  found   amply  de- 
scribed and  figured  in  the  Naturalists'  Miscellany, 
where  I  have  taken  some  pains  to  evince  the 
existence  of  the  animal,  which  has  been  some- 
times  considered   as   doubtful.      The   bird   itself 
however  is  either  grown  so   rare  as  to  be  no 


]  i  <  T(  i;r.  vi.  sis 

longer  easily  discoverable  in  the  regions  where 
it  \\a>  formerly  found,  or  else,  like  some  other 
nni  inuls,  must  have  become  extinct,  from  some 
of  destruction  with  which  we  are  un- 


It  would  he  unnecessary  to  observe  that  the 
generic  characters  of  the  Dodo,  (which  is  the 
l)idii>  ineptus  of  LiimaHis,)  are  taken  from  the 
figures  published  by  Edwards  and  others,  and 
which  have  been  copied  from  the  painting  in 
the  British  Museum.  The  colour  of  the  Dodo 
is  a  variegation  of  black  and  white,  as  may  be 
seen  in  the  coloured  engraving  of  Edwards.  The 
figure  of  the  Beak  from  the  Oxford  Museum, 
and  of  the  Leg  from  the  British  Museum  will 
give  a  sufficiently  clear  idea  of  the  characters 
of  the  genus.  The  bill  is  strongly  wrinkled  or 
indented  in  the  middle  ;  and  the  legs  are  thicker 
in  proportion  to  their  length  than  in  any  other 
bird. 

But    the   Pride   of  the    order    Gallinrc,    and 
indeed  of  the  whole  feathered  race,   is  tl 
Pn\-n  or  Peacock  ;  in  the  chief  species  of  which, 
or  /Vt'o  L-rlstatus,  Nature  s«  ems  to  have  exhai 
all   her   powers   of  splendor  combined  with 


216  LECTURE  VI. 

gance.  The  Peacock  is  a  native  of  India,  and 
when  the  conquering  Alexander  led  his  deso- 
lating Myriads  into  the  peaceful  plains  of  India, 
he  is  said  to  have  been  so  struck  by  the  sight 
of  the  Peacock  in  its  native  regions,  and  in  the 
full  magnificence  of  its  plumage,  as  to  have  for- 
bidden any  one  to  destroy  a  Peacock  under  pain 
of  death.  It  may  not  be  improper  to  observe, 
on  the  subject  of  the  Peacock,  that  the  beau- 
tiful set  of  feathers  springing  from  the  lower 
part  of  the  back,  and  usually  called  the  tail,  do 
not  constitute  the  real  tail,  which  is  situated  be- 
neath them,  and  is  short  like  that  of  a  hen,  and 
serves  as  a  support  to  the  long  and  beautiful 
feathers  constituting  the  admired  train,  which, 
together  with  the  upright  and  slightly  revolute 
feathers  on  the  head,  constitute  the  characters 
of  the  genus  Pavo. 

There  are  two  remarkable  genera  of  birds, 
which  are  placed  by  ornithologists  in  different 
Orders  j  some  referring  them  to  the  present 
Order  Galling,  while  others  rather  choose  to 
rank  them  among  the  Gralla.  These  are  the 
genera  called  Struthio  and  Otis  or  Ostrich  and 
Bustard.  In  reality  the  birds  which  rank  under 


OSTRICH 


/-Yr,-/  .Tow/-. 


j.i .  vi.  an 

genera  >» •<  in  to  be  of  an  ambiguous 

caM,  and  may  with  almost  c-<|iuil  propriety  be 
placed  in  either  order.  The  t'enus  Strutlno  or 
O.Mrieh  i>  eminently  .  nous  among  bird>; 

containing   by   far  tin-    lariat    of  tin-    leathered 
tribe.     Thf  generic  character.-.  CODM^I  in  a  some- 
what    conical,    and    slightly   ilaltencd    Ijill  ;   wings 
tor   flight,    and   feet    forme  il   for   running, 

iuf  destitute  of  the  hind  or  back  toe.  The 
Common  O>trich,  of  which  at  least  the  general 
appearance  and  common  history  must  be  known 
to  almost  every  one,  is  a  native  of  the  hottest 
parts  of  Africa  j  the  hody  of  the  male  is  black, 
of  *the  female  brown  ;  the  wings  and  tail  in  both 
are  white;  the  neck  nearly  bare,  and  of  a  flesh 
colour:  the  legs  excessively. strong,  and  the  feet 
have  only  two  toes,  a  particularity  not  to  be  found 
in  any  other  bird. 

The  Ostrich  is  supposed  to  feed  principally 
on  vegetable  substances :  it  has  been  accused, 
from  the  earliest  times,  of  a  proverbial  neglect 
of  its  eggs,  which  it  is  supposed  to  lea\e  in 
the  sand  without  paying  any  regard  to  tlu-ir 
curity.  Dr.  Sparrman  however  is  inclined  to 


218  LECTURE  VI. 

believe  that  the  male  and  female  Ostrich  sit  b^ 
turns  on  the  eggs,  which  are  generally  from 
ten  or  twelve  to  twenty  in  number;  (not  fifty, 
as  mistakenly  stated  by  Linnseus  in  the  Systema 
Naturae.) 

Other  travellers  of  high  reputation  assure  us, 
that  the  male  Ostrich,  accompanied  by  three, 
four,  or  five  females,  makes  a  kind  of  nest  or 
cavity,  in  which  all  the  females  deposit  their  re- 
spective eggs,  which  they  all  likewise  sit  on,  the 
male  occasionally  relieving  them  by  exercising 
that  office  himself. 

The  American  or  three-toed  Ostrich  was  of 
course  unknown  till  the  discovery  of  that  Con- 
tinent. It  is  a  native  of  South  America,  and 
perhaps  the  only  specimen  known  in  Europe  is 
that  in  the  Leverian  Museum ;  but  it  has  rather 
the  appearance  of  a  half-grown  bird  than  one 
of  its  full  growth.  The  colour  of  the  American 
Ostrich  is  brown,  with  whitish  wing  and  tail 
feathers,  and  the  feet  have  three  toes. 

In  the  same  genus  with  the  Ostrich  is  by 
T/mnatus  placed  the  Cassowary,  or  Emu,  under 
the  title  of  Stntthio  Casudrius;  but  of  late  it  has 


7J 


IKCTI  1:1;  vr. 
been  ratln  ;•  i  "u>idi>red  as  belonging  to  a  distinct 

i-  under  tin-  name  of  C'dsmiriux,  and  is  eall«-d 

:arill>    (  .  :  itlVC 

of  the  East  I  IK  1  d  was  fn>t 

into  ard-    t|;.-    <  .'  •  •• 

of  th  h  cent i:  of  a  coal-hhrk 

d    want 
of  win^s   having  only,  in  pi.  ,  live  or 

irong,  naked,  horny  spines  or  quills  on 
side:  on  thr  head  N  a  very  ^trong  and  some- 
what  flatten*- d  rising  crest  or  helmet,  down  cadi 
side  the  neck  run  a  pair  of  long  spongy  waul*  s 
of  an  irregular  surface  and  of  a  mixed  red  and 
violet-colour.  The  feathers  of  this  bird  are  re- 
markably long  and  narrow,  so  as  to  give  the 
bird  at  first  sight  the  appearance  of  being  co- 
vered rather  with  hair  than  feathers:  each  fea- 
ther ;)  double,  two  .springing  from  one 
shaft  oi-  the  legs  ;  mely  .^trong, 
and  tli-  .uc  tlip  .  all  pointing  for- 
ward nong  t!i  ntations  of  the 
v  :  •>  in  the  sevcntfrnth 
century,  of  Mr.  Millar  in  his  Miscellaneous 
Plates  of  Natural  History,  and  Barraband  in 
some  plates  lately  published  at  Paris. 


220  LECTURE  VI. 

In  New  Holland  is  a  species  of  Cassowary 
of  rather  superior  size  to  the  Indian  Casso- 
wary, of  a  brown  colour,  destitute  of  a  horny 
crest,  and  in  its  whole  appearance  bearing  a 
nearer  resemblance  to  the  Ostrich.  It  has  been 
described  under  the  name  of  Casuarius  Australia. 

The  genus  Otis  or  Bustard  is  characterized 
by  a  slightly  convex  and  rather  pointed  bill,  very 
open  nostrils,  sharp  divided  tongue,  and  long 
legs,  naked  above  the  knee,  with  feet  formed  for 
running,  having  three  toes,  all  directed  forwards. 
The  chief  Species  is  a  European  Bird,  and  is 
occasionally  seen  in  our  own  country ;  some- 
times in  small  flocks  or  groups,  and  sometimes 
singly.  It  chiefly  frequents  large  open  plains, 
is  a  very  large  bird,  with  long  neck  and  legs,  and 
of  a  yellowish  brown  colour,  elegantly  varied 
with  numerous  black  isa  transverse  streaks  and  bars. 
The  male  bird  has  a  membranaceous  sack  or  pouch 
within  tin.'  neck,  for  the  purpose  of  holding  water; 
this  pouch  is  capable  of  containing  several  pints, 
but  it  is  remarkable  that  the  fnnale  bird  is  des- 
titute of  a  similar  apparatus.  The  general  food 
of  the  bustard  is  supposed  to  be  of  a  vegetable 
nature,  but  it  also  feeds  on  worms  and  in.-- 


BFSTARD 


I.FC  VI.  221 

and,  according  to  sonic  lat<-  observations  on 
and  tield-miee.  A  |  rdinary  cir- 

cnm  :i  lately  n  !at«  d  of  tin-  bird  ; 

lliat  it  has  been  kiio'.\n  to  d«-M •end  .suddenly 
from  IN  Illicit,  and  Iron)  some  unknown  capn«  .-, 
l«>  attack  a  horse  and  its  rider  with  great  \i«>- 
lencc,  and  \\  ith  such  blind  fury  as  to  sulTrr  it>«-|f 
to  I-  d  1>\  tin-  traveller,  rather  than  at- 

tempt an  (>ca|)c.  Two  instances  of  this  are 
recorded  in  thr  Gentle-man's  Magazine  of  the 
of  about  t\\o  years  jia-t. 

The  two  rcmainiujT  Orders  of  Birds  are  the 
(initU  and  jH.wrcst  or  the  Il'tidcm  and  the 
Jl\b-footed  Birds.  The  former  of  these  tribes 
is  termed  Oral/a  on  account  of  the  general 
length  of  the  legs  in  these  birds,  which  in  some 
ra  is  Mich  as  to  give  the  appearance  of  the 
bird.-  walking  as  it  Avere  on  stilts,  the  Latin 

d  Gralhe  signifying  a  pair  of  stilts.  The 
birds  contained  in  this  tribe  are  all  the  Herons, 
Craticxj  Storks,  and  nittcrn.s  ;  all  the  Snipe  and 
Plircer-kimL  The  Ibijtes,  the  Cools  and  Rails, 
and  several  other  birds,  some  of  very  large  size, 
and  >ome  ratlu-r  small.  I  must  also  here  ob- 
serve, that  systematical  ornithologists  differ  in 


222  LECTURE  VI. 

opinion  as  to  the  arrangement  of  some  of  the 
genera  in  the  Order  Grallas,  some  of  which  ap- 
pear of  a  dubious  cast,  and  may  with  almost 
equal  propriety  be  referred  either  to  the  Gralla 
or  Gall'ma;  while  others  seem  to  hang  in  equal 
suspence  between  the  Gralla  and  the  Anseres 
or  Web-footed  Birds. 

In  both  these  tribes  I  shall,  as  usual,  parti- 
cularize only  some  of  the  most  important  genera. 
"We  shall  commence  with  the  Order  Gralla?. 

The  Order  Gratia  is  considered  by  Linnaeus 
as  analogous  to  the  Order  Bruta  among  Qua- 
drupeds. The  bill  in  these  birds  is  generally 
rather  long  than  short :  the  legs  lengthened,  and 
the  thighs  often  bare  of  feathers  above  the  knee. 
Their  chief  residence  is  in  watery  situations,  and 
their  food  consists  of  various  kinds  of  aquatic 
animals,  though  some  feed  also  on  vegetable  sub- 
stances. Their  nests  are  often  on  the  ground, 
sometimes  in  tail  trees.  It  is  observed  that  few 
of  the  birds  of  this  order  lay  more  than  four 
eggs,  and  some  genera  only  two. 

Perhaps  the  most  remarkable  genus  among 
the  GraLlz  or  Waders  is  that  of  Mycteria  or 
Jabiru.  It  is  distinguished  by  having  a  very 


7-* 


MTTURE  VI.  225 

large,  pointed  beak,  which  Ujiit3*4  of  descend 

i  the  generality  of  l>inl>,   turns   slightly  up- 
ward.-:     the    hunt    or    face    i-    bare     of    i<  at  i 
and    the  'igth,    with    feet    of 

tin-    u-ual    OH  .iciurcj    that    is    ha\in^ 

tli!'  ;md   ono   backwards. 

on!\  of  tlii-  mi  ntioned  h\    Lmi 

is  tiu-  Mijctcr'nt  ^hncnania  or  Coimnon  Jabiru, 
••ird,  a  nati\<-  of  South- America, 
of  a  white  colour,  with  the  bill,  long  wiu^- 
fcathtTs  and  tail  black,  and  the  neck  bare,  of  a 
black  colour,  (  ncircl«  d  at  tlic  bottom  by  a  broad 
red  zone  or  collar;  but  of  late  years  two  other 
sptcK  >  have  bi-en  added  to  this  genus,  one  of 
which  is  the  bird  now  before  us;  it  is' called 
the  M.  S^negatensU  or  Senegal  Jabiru,  and 
ditYcrs  from  the  American  or  Common  Jabiru 
in  ha\ing  a  pale  or  whitish  beak,  with  a  red 

.   and   <  near   the   middle   by   a  broad 

black    bar.      Of    t!  a   more   particular 

•ipiion  may  be  found  in  the  fifth  volume  of 
tin-  Transactions  of  the  Limuean  Society.  New 
Holland  has  aNo  atl'orded  another  species,  smaller 
than  the  former,  and  distinguished  by  having  the 


224  LECTURE  VI. 

neck  covered  with  feathers,  and  of  a  deep  change- 
able greenish-black  colour.  A  fine  specimen  may 
be  seen  in  the  Leverian  Museum,  now  (unfor- 
tunately for  the  study  of  natural  history,)  con- 
demned to  dispersion.  The  birds  of  this  genus 
are  supposed  to  live  in  the  manner  of  Herons,  to 
which  their  whole  habit  bears  a  near  resemblance. 
The  Herons,  which  belong  to  a  genus  called 
Ardea,  are  by  far  the  most  numerous  of  all  the 

x 

tribe  of  wading-birds  or  Grallse,  and  are  distin- 
guished by  a  rather  large  and  long,  strait  sharp- 
pointed  bill,  generally  marked  on  each  side  by  a 
longitudinal  furrow.  Their  legs  are  very  long, 
and  the  feet  of  the  usual  or  general  structure, 
except  that,  in  some  species,  the  claw  of  the 
middle  toe  is  deeply  serrated  or  toothed  on  its 
inner  edge,  in  order  the  better  to  enable  such 
species  to  hold  their  prey,  which  often  consists  of 
fish,  frogs,  and  other  water-animals.  The  common 
Heron  must  be  known  to  every  one,  and  is  a  very 
frequent  inhabitant  of  the  country.  The  Crane, 
now  so  rarely  seen,  and  that  only  as  an  accidental 
visitant,  was  once  a  constant  inhabitant.  It  is  a 
migratory  species,  and,  unlike  most  of  the  genus, 


LECTURE  VI.  j_- 

feeds,  at  least   principally,  on  grain  of  different 
kinds*.      The  largest  bird  of  the  Heron  tril 
tin-   Ka>t    Indian   spirits    called    the    Ilargil,   or 
.--,   or  Giant-Heron j    chi»-fly  seen    in 
It  is  of  a  blackish  colour,  with  a  n 

,  and  a 

:it  craw  or  crop.  On  opening  one  of 
these  birds;  says  an  eminent  t:\iv.-iler,  was  found 
a  land-tortoise  ten  inches  long  in  its  craw,  and  a 
large  black  cat  in  its  stomach.  It  is  said  to  be 
easily  tamed,  and  rendered  domestic ;  in  which 
state  it  has  been  permitted  to  fly  about  at  j 
sure  in  the  neighbourhood,  when  it  has  been  ob- 
served to  sit  on  the  tallest  trees,  and  at  the  dis- 
tance of  two  or  three  miles  could  spy  the  dinner 
carrying  along  the  court-yard;  and  would  th«-n 
dart  from  its  station,  and  soon  join  the  company, 
and  has  been  known  to  snatch  up  a  whole  fowl 
from  the  dish,  and  swallow  it  in  an  instant :  the 
traveller  adds,  that  the  bone  of  a  shin  of  beef, 
being  broken  asunder,  served  it  but  for  two  mouth- 

*  The  Indian  Crane  or  Ardea  Antigone  of  Linnaeus,  is  nearly 
allied  in  general  appearance  to  the  Crane,  but  differs  in  having  a 
red  bare  collar  round  the  neck  :  it  is  well  figured  in  the  works  of 
Edwards. 

LECT.  I.  O 


•J26  LECTURE  VI. 

fuls.     A  young  bird  of  this  species  is  preserved  in 
the  British  Museum. 

Many  highly  elegant  birds  belong  to  the  genus 
Ardea,  among  which  may  be  particularized  the 
Egret  or  Ardea  Garzetta,  a  beautiful  white  spe- 
cies, remarkable  for  affording,  like  some  other 
birds  of  this  tribe,  a  peculiarly  elegant  kind  of 
long  and  delicate  feathers,  appropriated  by  he- 
raldic rules  to  the  decoration  of  certain  orders  of 
knighthood  and  other  ceremonials. 

The  Sfork  is  a  large  species  of  Heron,  of  a 
white  colour,  with  the  longer  wing-feathers  black, 
and  the  legs  and  beak  of  a  bright  red. 

The  Bitterns  are  a  kind  of  Herons  which  differ 
from  the  rest  in  the  thicker  or  shorter  appearance 
of  their  bodies,  and  in  the  fulness  of  tlie  feathers 
on  the  breast.  The  common  Bittern,  which  is  the 
Ardea  stellaris  of  Linnaeus,  is  a  very  elegant  bird, 
of  a  pale  yellowish  brown,  beautifully  varied  with 
darker  streaks  and  specks :  it  is  found  in  marshy- 
situations,  and  is  remarkable  for  uttering,  during 
some  particular  states  of  the  weather,  a  peculiarly 
loud  and  sudden  noise,  the  nature  of  which  has 
given  rise  to  many  disputes  among  naturalists, 
and  is  thus  explained  by  Sir  Thomas  Browne. 
"  That  a  Bittor  makctli  that  mugient  noise,  or 


74 


m 

-. 
— 
- 

I 
- 


\. 


LECTURE  VI.  227 

as  we  term  it,  humping,  t>v  putting  its  bill  into  a 
NMd,  as   m«.  or  as  B"llonius  and  .V 

vain  I:  iv  «•,  by  putting  the  same  in  water  or 

mud,   and   alter   a   while  retaining  tlic  air  l>y  >ud- 
dt  nly  excluding  it   again,  is   not 
out.       F<>r  my   own   part,    though    after  diligent 
MHj.inv,  1  ( <>uld  never  behold  than  in  this  motion; 

.  ithstandinu;   by  others  whose  observation 
have  expressly  r<  <i  informed,  that 

some  hau-  beheld  them  making  this  noise  on  the 
>hore,  their  bills  being  i'ar  enough  removed  from 
reed  or  water;  that  is,  fust  strongly  attracting  the 
air,  and  unto  a  manifest  distent  ion  of  the  neck, 
and  presently  after  with  great  contention  and  vio- 
lence excluding  the  same  again.  As  for  what 
others  affirm  of  putting  their  bill  in  water  or  mud, 
also  hard  to  make  out.  For  what  may  be 
observed  from  any  that  walketh  the  fens,  there  is 
little  intermission,  nor  uny  observable  pause, 
tween  the  drawing  in  and  sending  forth  of  their 
breath.  And  the  expiration  or  breathing  forth 
doth  not  only  produce  a  noise,  but  the  inspiration 
or  hailing  in  of  the  air,  aflfordeth  a  sound  that  majf 
be  heard  almost  a  flight  shot. 

Now  the  reason  of  this  strange  and  peculiar 


223  LECTURE  VI. 

noise,  is  deduced  from  the  conformation  of  the 
wind-pipe,  which  in  this  bird  is  different  from  other 
volatiles.  For  at  the  upper  extream  it  hath  no  fit 
larynx  or  throttle  to  qualify  the  sound,  and  at 
the  other  end,  by  two  branches  deriveth  itself  into 
the  lungs.  Which  division  consisteth  only  of 
semicircular  fibres,  and  such  as  attain  but  half 
way  round  the  part :  by  which  formation  they 
are  dilatable  into  larger  capacities,  and  are  able 
to  contain  a  fuller  proportion  of  air;  which  being 
with  violence  sent  up  the  weazon,  and  finding  no 
resistance  by  the  larynx,  it  issueth  forth  in  a 
sound  like  that  from  caverns,  and  such  as  some- 
times subterraneous  eruptions  from  hollow  rocks 
afford.  As  Aristotle  observeth  in  a  problem;  and 
is  observable  in  pitchers,  bottles,  and  that  instru- 
ment which  Aponensis  upon  that  problem  de- 
scribeth,  wherewith  in  Aristotle's  time  gardiners 
affrighted  birds. 

Whether  the  large  perforations  of  the  extre- 
mities of  the  weazon,  in  the  abdomen,  admitting 
large  quantity  of  air  within  the  cavity  of  its  mem- 
branes, as  it  doth  in  Frogs,  may  not  much  assist 
this  mugiency  or  boation,  may  also  be  considered* 
For  such  as  have  beheld  them  making  this  noise 


K3LET   IBIS 


iffoff  CctJ.Lotulen  PuJ>ti/h'J by  GJfrar.r/ri-  Fleet  -tV/vv/. 


;  VI. 

out  of  the  \va?  a,  larg  it  ion   in 

.   and  tlu-ir   ordina 
that  of  a  raven." 

The  Hud.- MI'S  Ba\  Bittern  or  American  Bittern, 

ured  in  t  k>  of  Kd-.vanb. 

!y  allied  to  the  .  h  Bittern,  but  of  rather 

smaller   si/  Ttic   Ardea  ininuta,    or   Smallest 

Hittern,  i-  not  much  larger  than  a  Thrush,  and 
has  been  sometii  ud  in  Kugland. 

'I'll.-  •  -  mis  of  birds  called  Tantalus  claims  our 
attention,  from  its  ha\in^  i  to  con- 

tain th«-  celebrated  bird  called  the  Ibi*,  s«»  niuch 
esteemed  by  the  ancient  I'.v\  jitians,  for  its  useful 
quality  in  destroying  various  troublesome  reptiles 
and  other  animals.  The  Linmean  genus  Tantalus 
is  distinguished  by  l,a\mu;  a  Ion;.;,  curved  bill, 'not 
sharpened,  but  rati  itly  rounded  at  tin-  tip; 

and  sit    or  fore-part    of  the 

kin.      One   of  the   hand>»im-t    gp< 
is  the  T.  Rubcr  or  scarl<  i  Ibis,  a  natr. 
Am«  nd  entirely  of  a   most  brilliant 

colour,  exc<  pt  the  tips  of  the  \\in2:.s,  which  are 
Mack:  its  size  i>  ti  common  fowl. 

The   Egyptian   Ibis   h;  rally  been  sup- 


230  LECTURE  VL 

posed  to  be  the  T.  Ibis  of  Linnaeus,  a  large  spe- 
cies, of  a  white  colour,  with  the  tips  of  the  wings 
black,  and  the  beak  yellow.  From  the  exami- 
nation, however,  of  such  specimens  of  embalmed 
Ibises  as  have  lately  been  brought  over  from 
Egypt,  Monsieur  Cuvier  is  of  opinion  that  the 
Egyptian  Ibis  is  not  the  T.  Ibis  of  Linnreus,  but 
either  the  same  with,  or  very  nearly  allied  to,  the 
bird  described  and  figured  by  Mr.  Bruce,  under 
the  title  of  Abbou  Ilannes.  It  is  about  the  size 
of  a  Curlew,  and  is  of  a  white  colour,  with  the 
tips  of  the  wings  and  the  scapular-feathers  black, 
the  base  of  the  beak  greenish,  and  the  head  slightly 
tinged  with  brown.  The  bird  however  embalmed 
by  the  ancient  Egyptians,  and  examined  by  Cuvier 
and  others,  has  the  head  and  neck  naked  or  bare 
of  feathers,  ancl  of  a  blackish  colour,  a  particular 
which  I  do  not  recollect  that  Mr.  Bruce  has  men- 
tioned in  his  description ;  nor  does  it  appear  in 
the  figure  annexed  to  the  description,  in  which 
both  the  head  and  neck  appear  plumed ;  so  that 
it  is  not  quite  clear  that  Mr.  Bruce's  bird  is  really 
the  Ibis  of  the  ancient  Egyptians,  or  that  it  is  the 
game  with  the  Ibis  of  Monsieur  Cuvier.  It  is 


OUTLrNB  of 

'//  ////  /^ i yy ////// 


YPTJAN     1  H  I  N 


Cfnrs/fr  fat  Slrrrf 


!.!•.(   : 

probable   that    tl: 

.  'Mil    sp< ci(  .s   (if    tl,  Mirnl 

\(  ui-ration. 

Herodotus    ti  11s    ns    '  I   that    l 

Egypt!;!.  amu.allx    invaded   by  --varms  of 

small   living  M  Tponts,    which   9  ,-ck' <1.   . 

(1,    and    killed    by    the    Ibis,    which    on    this 
account    was    revered    by    the    Egyptians.       He 
adds  that  lir  had  been  shewn  heaps  of  the  bones 
of  these  serpents   near  the    confines  of  the  de- 
serts.      As    to  the  winged    serpents,    we   well 
know  that  no  such  animals  are  now  discoverable; 
and   it    i*   not  very  probable  that  any  such  have 
:•   existed.      The    animal    called    the    Dragon 
indeed,  or  the   Flying-Lizard  might  be  add; 
as   in  some  degree  justifying  such   an  idea;  but 
tli-    Dragon    is  a  harmless   animal,    whereas  the 
Flying-Serpents  mentioned  by  Herodotus  are  sup- 
(l   to   have  been  highly    p6uonon&      An  in- 
>>us  French  author,  Monsieur  S  o  far 

from  supposing  any  natural  antipathy  to  exist  be- 
;  the  Ibis  and   the   !  tribe,  imagines 

that    neither  the  Egyptian    Ibis   nor   any  other  of 

'•n  such  reptilo,  b(  ing  by  no  n-- 
. dated  for  such  a  kind  of  food,  but  that  the 


LECTURE  VI. 

whole  is  nothing  more  than  a  metaphorical  illus- 
tration of  the  effects  of  the  hot  south-winds  and 
clouds  of  sand,  which  at  a  particular  period,  viz. 
during  the  spring,  invade,  or  as  it  were  threaten 
the  borders  of  Egypt,  at  which  time  all  man- 
ner of  contagious  diseases  prevail,  and  of  the 
salubrious  effects  of  the  cooling  north-winds, 
which  blow  after  the  inundation  of  the  Nile,  at 
which  time  the  Ibis  makes  its  appearance,  and 
may  therefore  be  said  to  have  conquered  the 
winged  Serpents  -}  i.  e.  the  hot  winds,  with  all  their 
accompanying  evils.  The  Cerastes  or  horned 
Serpent,  which  is  an  inhabitant  of  the  hot  sandy 
deserts,  was  therefore  very  naturally  made  an  em- 
blem of  the  malignity  of  these  winds,  with  their 
accompanying  sands  and  diseases  j  while  the  Ibis, 
which  so  constantly  accompanied  the  effects  of 
the  cooling  north- winds  and  the  recovered  ver- 
dure of  the  country,  became  a  kind  of  emblem  of 
salubrity,  and  of  the  conquest  over  the  wingeci 
Serpents. 

The  Egyptians,  according  to  this  author,  instead 
of  saying  in  common  language,  The  sands,  in 
which  the  Cerastes  resides,  are  blown  into  the  air 
and  arrive  among  us  with  their  train  of  evils ; 


LECTU1U.  \I  233 

IM  ihaps  ovcruhclm  mir  cultivated  lands 

iii;  and  v«  noinous  serpent  N  in.t\ 
ssess  our  abed.  •>  a.->  ill-  v  now  <J->  th<  ir  iia- 
.1  i.f  >p<  iius  tli.-y  would 

in   metaphor,    The  /'///  'flits  ;r/7/  </( 

at.    Iii  tlu*  same  manner,  when,  by  tin- 

:li-\vinds  tlic  r<nmtr_  >uriluil,  a.-d  the 

irbiuger  of  fertility,   j-c-appoan d,  tlir-y 

:\,   The  Ibl       ,       conquered  the  Serpi 

!y,  ilu«  sand.-,  accumulated  on  the  confines  of 

rt,  arrested  by  vegetation  in  those  places 

ulit  re   the   openings   between   the   hills  allorded 

thrm  a  passage,  might  well  be  denominated  the 

heaps  of  bone*,  which  declared  the  victory  of  the 

|bis,  and  justified  the  veneration  paid  to  the  bird. 

The  genus  Numenius  or  Curlew  is  so  closely 

allied  to  that  of  Ibis,  that  Jt  only  differs  in  not 

having  a  naked  front     Tin-  common  Curlew  is  a 

native  of  our  own  island,  and  is  often  seen  on  our 

coa>  Its   colour   i-    pale-brown,    \aried    with 

vn,   and  the   lower    parts  are  white. 

The  is  not  very  numerous,  l>nt  some  of  the 

e  birds  of  considerable  elegance  -t 

:n  particular  which  sometimes  strays  into  this 

country,  and  i>  of  a  brilliant  coppery-brown  colour, 


23-*  LECTURE  VI. 

with  greenish,  iridescent  variegations,  according 
to  the  direction  of  the  light.  It  is  naturally  an 
inhabitant  of  Russia,  Siberia,  and  other  distant 
regions,  and  is  the  Numenius  igneus  of  modern 
ornithologists. 

Another  exotic  species  much  allied  to  this,  and 
which  though  a  native  of  South-America.,  has  been 
seen  on  the  British  coasts,  is  the  N.  Gnarauna, 
which  is  by  Linnasus  referred  to  his  genus  Scolopax. 
J  must  also  here  observe  that  the  supposed  Egyp- 
tian Ibis  or  the  sfbbou  Hanncs  of  Bruce,  may  be 
considered  as  a  Numenius  rather  than  a  Linnoean 
Tantalus. 

Among  the  most  singular  genera  of  the  Grallne 
or  Waders,  is  a  genus  called  Parra.  It  is  distin- 
guished by  a  slightly  obtuse  beak  of  moderate 
length,  by  a  rising  scolloped  flap  or  naked  skin 

above  the  base  of  the  bill  in  front,  by  a  spine  or 

' 
sharp  horny  process  on  each  shoulder,  and  lastly 

by  the  immoderate  length  of  the  toes  and  claws, 
which  in  some  species  nearly  equal  half  the  length 
of  the  body.  The  Parra  variabilis  or  variable 
Parra,  called  the  Jacana,  is  well  figured  in  the 
works  of  Edwards,  and  is  of  a  chesm.it  colour 
.•hove,  white  beneath,  with  green  wings.  It  is  a 


' 


Ii<!l   1!!     VI  '.MS 

of  South  :»,    an. I    i >    ivpn  -«  ntcti    in 

Kdwai'd-'s  |i!.it«-  in  its  natui.  Hut   tin    most 

Mi'  bird  of  the  t:enii>   i     •  .died  flic  faithful 

I'.ina  or  faithful  Jaeana;   it   is  th<-  •   n.i\an.' 

and    i-   of  liir  .si/e  of  a  Common   do- 

:c   fowl.       Jt    i>  ehicth  i.la«-ki>li   brown 

colour,  deeper   Ix-ncatii,   and    .stands   lii'.Ji   on 

;ind   ch1  t'j  of  sncli  a  length 

Jo  one  another  in  walk 

bird  is  easily  tamed  and  re  nd»  n  d  <loinestic, 
in  xvliit  i  it    is  made  the  guardian  of  all  the 

utlit-r  kind  of  poultry,  \\liich  are  coininilt' 
care  in  the  same  manner  as  a  flock  of  sheep   are 
to  that  of  their  attendin  During  the  day- 

time iids  them  from  all  birds  of  }>i«  y,  being 

able,  by  means  of  the  spurs  on   its  shoulders,  to 
dri\e   olV  «-\en    Vultures    thin  It    is  said 

c-oinmitted  to  its  « 

goin^  out  with  them  to  proper  situations  by  da\ , 
and  ularly  bringing  the  in  all  safe  home  at 

'it. 

Of  a  similar   disposition    and   manners   is  an- 
.  South  Auu  riean  bird  belon^iiiLr  to  th«:  e 
ia%  but.  of  a  different  genus,  called  Psophia 
gi  'liu,  iiarity  of   its   notes. 


236  LECTURE  VI. 

The  genus  Psopbia  has  a  shortish,  pointed  bill, 
long  legs,  and  feet  of  the  usual  structure.  The 
principal  species  is  called  the  Golden-breasted 
Trumpeter,  and  is  a  rather  large  and  tall  bird,  of 
the  size  of  a  domestic  fowl,  with  a  long  neck, 
and  of  a  grey  colour  above,  black  beneath ;  the 
breast  of  a  changeable  golden-green  with  a 
blackish  cast.  This  bird  is  also  tamed  by  the 
South  Americans,  and  made  ilse  of  as  a  guard  to 
their  poultry  in  the  same  manner  as  the  Parra 
Chccvaria  before  described,  but  seems  to  be  some- 
what inferior  to  that  bird  in  its  character  and  qua- 
lities. The  Trumpeter  is  by  some  ornithologists 
rather  referred  to  the  Linnrean  order  Gallinsc  than 
that  of  the  Grallas.  Indeed  it  seems  to  partake  of 
the  nature  of  both  these  orders. 

The  genus  Platalea  or  Spoonbill  is  too  remark- 
able to  be  passed  over  in  silence.  Its  character  is  a 
long  flattened  bill,  dilated  at  the  tip  into  a  broad 
and  slightly  rounded  expanse.  The  common  or 
European  Spoonbill,  which  was  once  a  native  of 
our  own  island,  but  which  has  long  since  ceased 
to  appear  among  us  except  as  a  mere  accidental 
straggler,  is  about  the  size  of  a  Stork,  and  of  a 
white  colour,  with  the  bill  and  legs  blackish  or 


SPOONBILL. 


LECTL'Kl     VI.  jr>7 

•  hnivni.      It  is  rcconl«  d  by  Mr.  IVnnnnt  thai 
a  Hock  of  tlic.-M.    buds  migrated    into  tin-   ma, 

>uth   in    th<-   y«  .       Ill  !•  M.uid 

OS  Common    binl>,    but 

!      South-AmiTi 

.ut  it'iil  .SJM-I •', 

mhtoM0M(^l^|^ 

ce  to  tli  >ean^biK)o»ibill, 

a   bright  rose-colour.      South  .. 

.    \«  r\    Mnall    >|  mi-, 

vhi<  li   is  said    l»y    JJiiMiL-ti^  lianlly  to  i   the 

a  Sparrow,  and  is  of  a  brown  colour  above, 
and  white  beneath.      The  birds  ol'  th.  >  are 

observed  to  live  in  the  manner  of  the-  I  K-ron  trih. 
li>h,  reptiles  and    water   insects,    and  they  build 
their  nests  on. tall  trees. 

tw.>  genera  of  Tri/iga  and  C/iiiradriusmij*- 

tain  all   the   birds  of  the  Snipe  and  Plorer  trilx-, 

and  y  much  allied  t-  !ln  r,  but  in  the 

ailed  Tnnga  th-  re  furnished  with  a 

:  toe,  wl  '     initlrin-f  thrre  is 

Of  the  the  T.  InU r/urs  or 

Tuni.stone   may  serve  ;i  ;   and  of  the 

•  enus    Charadrius   •  th«-    n.o->t    reinarkablr- 

C'h.    Iliinantopus    or     : 
Plover;    one    of  the   rare-t    «.-f  the   Hritiah   b. 


LECTURE  VI. 

black  above,  white  beneath,  with  red  legs  of  a 
most  extravagant  length. 

The  last  genus  of  the  Gralla  which  I  shall  par- 
ticularize, is  the  Flamingo  or  Phoenicoplcrus ;  it 
is  distinguished  by  a  large,  broad,  but  rather  thin 
bill,  suddenly  bent  down  in  the  middle  as  if 
broken,  and  finely  toothed  or  serrated  on  the 
edges.  The  Red  Flamingo  is  a  most  extraordinary 
bird,  of  the  size  of  a  Goose,  but  with  a  neek  and 
legs  so  enormously  long  as  to  appear  out  of  pro- 
portion to  the  rest  of  the  animal.  The  colour  of 
the  whole  bird  when  full  grown  is  a  vivid  scarlet, 
\rith  the  tips  of  the  wings  black.  It  is  a  native  of 
Africa  and  of  South  America,  frequenting  the  sea 
coasts  and  the  brinks  of  rivers,  and  feeding  in  the 
manner  of  the  Heron  tribe,  on  fish  and  water 
insects,  and  sometimes  on  vegetables. 

As  the  feet  in  the  .Flamingo  are  pretty  deeply 
webbed,  it  may  be  considered  as  forming  a  kind 
of  connecting  link  between  the  Grallae  and  the 
Anscrcs,  or  web-footed  swimming-birds,  to  which 
we  shall  now  direct  our  attention. 

The  Anseres  consist  of  such  birds  as  have  very 
strongly  or  conspicuously-webbed  feet,  and  are, 
from  their  general  structure,  calculated  for  swim- 


FLAMINGO 


IK  T!  UK   \  I. 

au  or  Goo 

sin-  IVn-uiiis,  ti  s,  the  Pelicans* 

T!  oui   to  ih«- 

P  Kflluce  an;  '[amm.dia.      The  hill  in 

:-;il  rither  somr'Ahat  dilat«  d 
at  the  ti;  with  u  Kind  of  nail  or 

md   in   must   it   is  so  con- 
tout  Led  with  Alight  prominences.   The 
in  all  arc  v<  .oug 

:\\\d  .t,  iat,  and  i 

<'iilar.  Tln.ir  loud  consists  of  fish  and  other  water 
animals,  and  1'n'qurinly  of  water- plants.  Th<  ir 
rest  is  generally  on  the  ground;  but  sometimes  on 
lofty  rocks:  the  nmul>  i.i;-<U  D|' 

i»rd«-r  differs  greatly  in  th  .  rent  gci: 

laying   only   one  egc: ;    othrrs  two;    o; 
,    and    olh»'i>    a    :  'i    to 

tutiity. 

As  the  chief  examples  of  the  tribe  of  Ai: 
or   \  may   be   addin  .  \vi!d 

Hud  tan:     -       i,  or  t!  Cyi^nus  f<-ni-,  and 

clomesticus;    the  j^eiius  Anas  nil  the 

bird 


240  LECTURE  VI. 

names  of  Swans,  Geese  and  Ducks.  This  genus 
is  distinguished  by  having  a  broad,  slightly  convex 
bill,  toothed  along  the  edges  by  numerous  small 
cartilaginous  plates  or  processes,  disposed  like  the 
teeth  of  a  comb  -7  and  the  tongue  is  obtuse,  fleshy^ 
and  slightly  toothed  or  pectinated  at  the  edges. 
The  two  birds  often  confounded  together  by  natu- 
ralists, under  the  titles  of  the  wild  and  tame  Swan, 
are  now  found  to  be  truly  distinct ;  nor  does  the 
difference  consist  merely  in  the  exterior  appear- 
ance, but  in  the  interior  organization  j  the  trachea 
or  wind-pipe  in  the  tame  Swan  being  simple  or 
straight,  while  in  the  wild  Swan  it  is  very  strikingly 
reflected  or  doubled  into  the  sternum  or  breast- 
bone, so  as  to  be  able  to  utter  the  powerful  note 
for  which  the  bird  is  remarkable.  The  wild  Swan 
is  rather  smaller  or  more  slender  than  the  tame, 
with  a  black  beak,  and  a  yellow  cere  at  the  base ; 
while  the  tame  Swan,  on  the  contrary,  has  a  red 
or  orange  beak,  with  a  large,  globular,  black  cere 
at  the  base. 

Every  one  has  heard  of  the  supposed  musical 
voice  of  the  Swan,  which  was  believed  to  be  par- 
ticularly exerted  during  its  latest  hours,  when  it 
reclined  on  the  banks  of  its  native  waters,  and 


LECTURE  VI.  241 

took  leave  of  life  with  a  sweetly-mournful  song  or 
dirge.     So  strongly  was  this  idea  impressed  on  tin 
minds  of  the  ancients,  that  the  Swan  became  tin 
syinliol  of  | )<><  try  ,  Imt  '  it  really  is,  it  seems 

to  have  had  its  excuse,  and  to  have  originated 
from  some  exaggerated  descriptions  of  the  natural 
notes  of  the  wild  Swan;  the  flocks  of  which,  dur- 
ing tlu-ir  flight,  have  been  often  observed  to  emit 
a  sound  far  from  un pleasing  in  concert,  though 
the  general  notes  of  a  single  bird  are  harsh  and 
stridulous.  The  tame  Swan  has  no  other  voice 
than  a  mere  hiss :  yet  so  common  appears  to  Imvi 
been  the  general  belief  of  its  musical  pov. 
that  the  celebrated  Aldrovandus,  in  his  Ornitho- 
logy, speaks,  as  he  imagines,  from  good  authorit  \ , 
01  the  music  of  the  Swans  upon  the  Thames  near 
London,  which  he  had  been  well  assured,  were 
very  frequently  heard  to  sing. 

Sir  Thomas  Brown,  with  his  usual  depth  o 
learning  and  solemnity  of  diction,  endeavours  in 
his  P>( -ndoduxia  Epidemica,  or  Vulgar  Errors,  to 
explode  this  popular  notion,  and  concludes  with 
sentence  :  M  When  therefore  we  consider  the* 
dissention  of  authors,  the  falsity  of  relations,  the 
^disposition  of  the  organs,  and  the  unmusical 

LECT.  J.  R 


2*2  LECTURE  VI. 

note  of  all  we  ever  beheld  or  heard  of,  if  gene- 
rally taken,  and  comprehending  all  Swans,  we 
cannot  assent  thereto  :  surely  he  that  is  bit  by  a 
Tarantula  shall  never  be  cured  with  this  music ; 
and  with  the  same  hopes  we  may  expect  to  hear 
the  harmony  of  the  spheres." 

There  is  a  Irighly  curious  species  of  Swan,  a 
native  of  some  parts  of  New  Holland,  and  the 
neighbouring  regions,  called  the  Black  Swan,  which 
I  have  myself  some  years  ago  described  under  the 
name  of  Anas  Plutonia.  It  is  sometimes  brought 
over  to  this  country  in  a  living  state,  and  whoever 
has  closely  attended  to  it,  must  have  been  struck 
with  the  sweetness  of  the  tones  which  it  occasionally 
utters :  they  are  not  of  long  continuance,  but  sin- 
gularly melodious.  I  must  here  observe  that  the 
black  or  southern  Swan,  though  so  lately  made 
familiar  to  the  European  Naturalists,  from  the  dis- 
coveries in  the  Southern  Pacific,  appears  to  have 
been  known  to  navigators  a  great  many  years 
ago,  since  on  some  of  the  older  kind  of  globes 
and  maps,  we  may  occasionally  observe  about 
these  regions,  an  inscription  importing  that  black 
Swans  are  there  to  be  found. 

The   genus  Pekcanus  or  Pelican,   is   distin- 


BLACK 


CQMMOH 


1606  OctJ.J.ondc/1  fubli/tid  by  GJuarflty  flfet  Street 


VI.  243 

rfni-lu  d  by  .1 

mandible,  .ind  by  widely  v.  <th  four 

toes  all  turned  forwards.     The   great   or  r<  11:1111011 
\\hite  T  a  native  of  many  parts  ot'  the  old 

Continent,  and 
enor 
. 

chiclly  |.  -h  it  is  said 

ally  to  c  an  v  to  IN  man    '.  liile  engaged  in 
incubation. 

The  C'orvorant  Pelican,  though 

•icnibra!!  bill  is  but 


nt  in  this  bird.     Ti  a  nati-. 

and,   and   thoi;  d   lurd    i-  u 

1  to  sit  or  re>;  in  trees  :    it    builds  <»n  high 
rock\  cliiVs.      It  ha>   been    son 
IIM  (1  for  'imd 

it^  'I'll-     i 

ihis   jiucj,  »se,    \,  iiieh  ••(•(!   and 

figured   in    ^  China. 

It  i^  :it,  l»nt 

a  brown  colour  above,  and   whitish  with  brown 
spot-    beneath.      According   to  Sir  G.  Staun' 

•  unt,  tl.-  •  -irried  in  boats  by  tin  ii 

proprietors  on  the  -'ivers,  and  well  trained 


244-  LECTURE  VI. 

as  not  to  require  any  ring  round  their  necks,  but 
spring  into  the  water  at  the  command  of  their 
owners,  and  soon  return  with  their  prey  in  their 
mouths. 

Among  the  Goose  tribe  we  may  particularize 
a  species  often  found  in  the  northern  parts  of  our 
own  island,  and  called  the  Bernacle  Goose  or 
Clakis :  it  is  commonly  supposed  the  A.  Erythropus 
of  Linnaeus,  and  is  black  above  with  the  feathers 
barred  or  edged  with  white.  This  is  the  bird 
which  the  vulgar,  and  even  some  of  the  learned 
once  supposed  to  have  been  produced,  not  in  the 
manner  of  other  birds,  from  an  egg,  but  from  a 
peculiar  kind  of  shell-fish  called  the  Bernacle,  an 
animal  which  we  shall  have  occasion  to  parti- 
cularize when  we  arrive  at  that  department  of 
Zoology. 

One  of  the  most  singular  genera  among  the 
Anseres  or  the  web-footed  swimming-birds,  is  the 
genus  Penguin,  Aptenodytes  or  Pinguinaria.  We 
cannot  but  recollect,  that  among  quadrupeds  there 
are  some  particular  kinds,  which  in  point  of  ex- 
ternal appearance,  seem  to  make  an  approach  to 
animals  of  a  different  cast  or  nature;  thus,  the 
Munis  has  so  much  the  appearance  and  make  of 
a  Lizard  that,  outward  form  alone  were  con- 


VI. 

it  might  b.  '  upon  as  const ;> 

link  Ix-tuccii  the  j.-rojicr  or  \i\iparous  quadrupeds 
and  li/ard--.      Tlie  Jerboa  and  the  Kangaroo  \ 
the  i.  •    des  «*f  birds;  generally 

ling  on  the  hind  legs  only.  The  Bats  may 
also  I"  adduced  aa  quadrupeds  of  an  anomalous 
nature,  and  possessed  of  the  power  of  flight ; 
while  tin  Cetaceous  tribe  affords  a  striking  instance 
of  the  gradual  declension  of  the  quadruped  form, 
till  in  the  Manati  it  approaches  to  that  of  a  very 
different  class  of  beings.  Even  among  birds  then- 
are  not  wanting  Mime  instances  of  the  same  sort 
of  indistinct  alliance  to  animals  of  an  opposite 
cast;  the  Penguins,  v\hich  I  have  just  mentioned, 
hcifiLT  furnished  with  wings  so  very  short,  covered 
with  leathers  so  very  small,  so  much  resembling 
scales,  and  so  perfectly  useless  for  flight,  that  they 
seem  approximated  in  some  degree  to  fishes,  and 
are  capable  of  exercising  with  case  and  rxp' 
d  it  ion  no  other  actions  than  those  of  swimming 
and  diving;  since  when  they  attempt  to  walk, 
they  can  merely  stagger  alnnir  in  an  awkward 
manner,  and  if  di>turhed  are  liable  to  stumble  and 
l.ill. 

-remis  I\-n«t{in  i>  not  very  numerous,  and 


246  LECTURE  VI. 

the  largest  of  all  is  called  the  Patagonian  Pen- 
guin ;  it  is  about  the  size  of  a  Swan,  and  of  a 
deep  or  blackish  ash  colour  above,  and  white  be- 
neath :  the  head  is  black,  and  the  beginning  of 
the  neck  marked  by  a  yellow  collar,  descending 
on  each  side  from  the  eyes.  It  is  an  inhabitant 
of  the  Magellanic  seas ;  the  other  species  of  Pen- 
guin are  also  natives  of  the  Antarctic  regions,  and 
are  in  general  about  the  size  of  a  common  Duck. 
The  generic  character  of  the  Penguins  consists  in 
having  a  strong  but  rather  narrow  bill,  slightly 
bent  towards  the  tip,  nostrils  linear,  and  wings 
useless  for  flight ;  all  the  four  toes  placed  forwards. 
There  is  a  European  bird,  occasionally  seen  on 
our  own  coasts,  which  a  beginning  ornithologist 
might  be  inclined  to  suppose  a  Penguin ;  and 
which  indeed  is  often  called  the  northern  Penguin. 
Its  colour  is  black  above,  and  white  beneath,  and 
its  size  that  of  a  Goose.  In  the  shortness  of  its 
wings,  and  its  general  appearance,  it  greatly  re- 
sembles a  true  Penguin ;  but  belongs  to  a  dif- 
ferent genus,  called  Alca  or  Av.'k,  and  is  the  Alca 
impennis  of  Linnaeus.  It  is  the  only  bird  of  its 
genus  that  is  incapable  of  flight ;  the  rest  of  the 
Awks  flying  with  great  strength.  The  generic 


ALB  A'! 


VI. 

diararter  of  the  Auks  ftnsistfl  in  a  strong,  t 
bill,   compressed    01 

forward. 

With  respeet  to  the  real  or  >outhern  PenflAHU 

i   hut 
two  •  tip- 

Of    tlir     I-  •      1111- 

;i  u  itli  the  Trojiii-Bini 

or  P  !  with  ;  \lbatross, 

1  til-- 
serial 

The  Albatross  or  Diomcdea,   i^  a   \<iv 
bird,  of  a  white  coK>ur   when   full-irrnwn,   vari«.l 
with  n  11,    ]>\]'  :i   <»f 

it   b!.  -ur,    ui,  .11,     ;ui«l 

\vinv  rtent    as   soi 

tions,  that  i:  '»ui  jmli* 

lo  pole,  ami  "in  land 

i  any  other  known  bird.      It    is  the  DKUU, 
«  xulans  of  Linnxus,  and  the  wandering  All)at 

logists, 
represented  in  the  works  of  Eclwa: 


2  IS  LECTURE  VI. 

The  other  genus,  or  Phaeton,  with  which  Lin- 
nseus  once  associated  the  Penguins,  merely  on  ac- 
count of  the  form  of  the  beak,  is  called  the  Tropic- 
Bird.  The  principal  species  is  the  Phaeton  aethe- 
reus  of  Linnaeus,  and  is  so  named  from  the  vast 
height  to  which  it  soars.  It  is  about  the  size 
of  a  large  Duck,  but  more  slender  in  proportion, 
of  a  silvery  white  colour,  with  numerous  trans- 
verse blackish  bars  or  streaks,  and  has  the  middle 
tail-feathers  extremely  slender,  and  of  a  vast 
length  in  comparison  with  the  rest.  It  is  rarely 
seen  beyond  the  limits  of  the  Tropical  regions. 
Another  species  is  of  a  pale  rose  colour. 

After  these  examples  of  the  tribe  Anseres  or 
web-footed  swimming-birds,  it  would  be  unneces- 
sary to  dwell  on  the  less  conspicuous  genera  of 
the  order.  I  shall  therefore  request  your  attention 
in  my  next  Lecture,  to  the  animals  distinguished 
by  the  title  of  Amphibia, 

END    OF    VOLUME  I. 


T.  Davison,  Printer, 
Whitefriais. 


Hti 


-1 


FHAETOU  «THER> 


University  of  Toronto 
Library 


DO  NOT 

REMOVE 

THE 

CARD 

FROM 

THIS 

POCKET 


Acme  Library  Card  Pocket 
LOWE-MARTIN  GO.  UMTTO